{"title":"Corporate agreements – templates","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe collection contains agreements for consulting, services, confidentiality, suppliers, collaboration, licensing, franchising, joint ventures and other B2B relationships.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the options below. The product title shows the document type; open the product for full contents, formats and intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"konsultavtal-mall-generell","title":"Consulting agreement Template General Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch4\u003e Consulting agreement Template General\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our Consulting Agreement Template General is a professionally designed document that is necessary to regulate the relationship between a consultant and a client. This template is available for immediate download after purchase and comes in both Word and PDF formats, providing maximum flexibility and ease of use. Whether you are an established consultant or a client, this document is important to ensure clear terms and rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAbout the product\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e This template for consulting agreements is carefully designed according to Swedish legislation and practice. It covers all necessary aspects of a consultancy agreement, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContracting parties\u003c\/strong\u003e : Identification of the consultant and the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of the assignment\u003c\/strong\u003e : Detailed description of the services to be provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRemuneration\u003c\/strong\u003e : Provisions on the consultant's remuneration, terms of payment and any expenses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContract period and termination\u003c\/strong\u003e : Time frames for the assignment and conditions for termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality\u003c\/strong\u003e : Protection of confidential information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLiability and insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e : Provisions on allocation of responsibility and requirements for insurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDispute Resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e : Process for handling any disputes that may arise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages of our template\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLegally correct\u003c\/strong\u003e : The template is designed in accordance with Swedish legislation and is adapted to meet current legal requirements and practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTime saving\u003c\/strong\u003e : Instead of creating an agreement from scratch, you can use this template to quickly and efficiently create a complete and legally binding document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible and customizable\u003c\/strong\u003e : The document is delivered in both Word and PDF format, making it easy to adapt to specific needs and requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInstant access\u003c\/strong\u003e : After completing the purchase, the template can be downloaded immediately, which means you can start using it immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ecommon questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a consultancy agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e A consulting agreement is a legal document that establishes the terms of a business relationship between a consultant and a client. It ensures that both parties are aware of their rights and obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhy is a consultancy agreement needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e A consulting agreement is important to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts. It clarifies what is expected of the consultant and the client, helping to ensure that both parties meet their obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I customize the template for my specific needs?\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is designed to be easy to customize. You can edit the text directly in Word format to add specific details relevant to your assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIs the template legally binding?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, when correctly completed and signed by both parties, the template becomes a legally binding document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTips for use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsult a lawyer\u003c\/strong\u003e : Although the template is designed to be comprehensive and accurate, it may be useful to consult a lawyer to ensure that the agreement meets all specific needs and requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpecify clear mission statements\u003c\/strong\u003e : Make sure the scope of the mission is clearly defined to avoid misunderstandings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInclude payment terms\u003c\/strong\u003e : Be sure to include detailed payment terms to avoid future disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant legislation and practice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eConsulting agreements are regulated by several Swedish laws and regulations, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e : The basic law that regulates agreements and contracts in Sweden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Copyright Act (1960:729)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Regulates rights to intangible works that can be created during consultancy assignments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eData Protection Regulation (GDPR)\u003c\/strong\u003e : Important for handling personal data within consulting assignments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Compliance with these laws and regulations is essential to ensure that the agreement is legally enforceable and protects the interests of both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eUsing our Consulting Agreement Template General is a simple and effective way to ensure that your business relationship is clear and legally protected. With this template, you get a comprehensive, customizable and legally correct document that helps avoid conflicts and misunderstandings. Download the template today and ensure that your consulting agreement is properly drafted and meets all legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48240423338326,"sku":"7350139912983","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/KonsultavtalMallGenerell.png?v=1717875053"},{"product_id":"sekretessavtal-nda-mall","title":"Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template: Your Complete Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA nondisclosure agreement, also known as a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA), is a legal document used to protect confidential information from disclosure or misuse. Having a well-drafted non-disclosure agreement is essential for companies that share sensitive information with employees, business partners or customers. Our confidentiality agreement template is designed to meet all necessary legal requirements and practices in Sweden, and is available for immediate download in both Word and PDF formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e What is a Confidentiality Agreement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A non-disclosure agreement is a legally binding agreement between two or more parties where one or more parties undertake not to disclose certain information shared during cooperation or business negotiations. This agreement is important to protect trade secrets, customer information, strategies and other confidential data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e When is a Confidentiality Agreement needed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A confidentiality agreement is needed in several different situations, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n \u003cli\u003eWhen hiring new employees who will have access to company secrets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e When collaborating with external consultants or freelancers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e In business negotiations and acquisitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e In case of cooperation between companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e When sharing confidential information with potential investors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Advantages of Our Confidentiality Agreement Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is carefully designed according to Swedish legislation and practice, which guarantees that it meets all legal requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is easy to fill out and adapt to specific needs. It comes in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to edit and share.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for use in various industries and situations where protection of confidential information is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e After purchase, you can immediately download the template and start using it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Contents of the Confidentiality Agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our NDA template includes the following key elements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eDefinitions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarify terms used in the Agreement, such as \"confidential information\" and \"recipient\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eThe Parties' Commitments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifies what each party commits to in terms of protecting information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eExceptions to Confidentiality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Describes what information is not covered by the agreement, such as information that is already public.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTime frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indicates how long the agreement is valid and when the confidentiality obligation ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eConsequences of Breaching the Agreement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Describes the legal and financial consequences if the agreement is breached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eApplicable Law and Jurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifies which law governs the agreement and which court has jurisdiction in the event of disputes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if someone violates the confidentiality agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e In the event of a breach of the confidentiality agreement, the affected party may claim compensation for damages and losses. The agreement specifies the legal consequences and what measures can be taken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan a confidentiality agreement be oral?\u003c\/strong\u003e Although oral non-disclosure agreements can be binding, it is always best to have a written agreement to avoid misunderstandings and to be able to prove the existence and content of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHow long should a confidentiality agreement be valid?\u003c\/strong\u003e The duration of a non-disclosure agreement can vary depending on the situation. Some agreements are valid for as long as the collaboration continues, while others may extend several years after the collaboration has ended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAre confidentiality agreements legally binding in Sweden?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, confidentiality agreements are legally binding in Sweden, provided they are correctly drafted and signed by all parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for Creating an Effective Nondisclosure Agreement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eBe Clear and Specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is important to clearly define what information is covered by confidentiality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eAdapt as Needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a template that can be adapted to your specific situation and industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInclude Consequences:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specify which consequences apply in case of breach of the agreement to deter violations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eConsult a Lawyer:\u003c\/strong\u003e In case of uncertainty, it can be good to consult a lawyer to ensure that the agreement meets all legal requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Relevant Legislation and Practice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e In Sweden, confidentiality agreements are primarily regulated by the Contracts Act (1915:218) and the Trade Secrets Act (2018:558). These laws specify which requirements are placed on confidentiality agreements and which rights and obligations the parties have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218):\u003c\/strong\u003e governs general contractual matters and is relevant to the design of confidentiality agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558):\u003c\/strong\u003e Protects trade secrets and specifies what is considered improper use of such secrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e How to Buy and Use the Template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Purchase our privacy agreement template directly from our website and download it immediately after purchase. The template is delivered in both Word and PDF format so that you can easily edit and adapt it to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdd the template to the shopping cart and complete the purchase.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDownload the template from the confirmation page or your email.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOpen the template in Word or PDF format and fill in the necessary information.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePrint and sign the agreement, or share it digitally for electronic signature.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Conclusion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eProtecting confidential information is critical to any business. With our confidentiality agreement template, you can be sure that your information is protected according to Swedish legislation and practice. Download the template today and ensure that your company's secrets remain secrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48241009590614,"sku":"7350139913096","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/Sekretessavtal_NDA_Mall.png?v=1717887797"},{"product_id":"sekretessavtal-engelska","title":"Confidentiality Agreement English Template - Non-Disclosure Agreement ","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"flex flex-grow flex-col max-w-full\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"min-h-[20px] text-message flex flex-col items-start whitespace-pre-wrap break-words [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-5 juice:w-full juice:items-end overflow-x-auto gap-2\" dir=\"auto\" data-message-id=\"d8cf23d9-665c-47a5-84fe-7f38ef545c94\" data-message-author-role=\"assistant\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 juice:empty:hidden juice:first:pt-[3px]\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose w-full break-words dark:prose-invert dark\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template - Product Description\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Description:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template is a professionally designed document template available for immediate download after purchase. The template is offered in both Word and PDF formats to ensure maximum flexibility and ease of use. This confidentiality agreement is designed according to Swedish legislation and practice but is in English, which makes it ideal for both Swedish and international collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a non-disclosure agreement (NDA)?\u003c\/strong\u003e A nondisclosure agreement, also known as a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA), is a legally binding contract used to protect confidential information. It is often used in business contexts where parties need to share sensitive information with each other, such as trade secrets, research and development projects, or customer lists, but want to ensure that the information is not disseminated or misused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures and Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Protection of Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template helps you clearly define what information is confidential and ensures that all parties are aware of their obligations to protect this information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegally Correct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our template is designed in accordance with current legislation and practice to ensure that it is legally binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e With versions in both Word and PDF, you can easily edit and adapt the document to your specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e After purchase, you can immediately download the template and start using it right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTime saving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Save time and resources by using a ready-made template instead of creating a document from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContents of the Template:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eParties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identification of the parties involved in the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition of Confidential Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of what information is to be considered confidential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCommitments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Description of the parties' commitments to protect the confidential information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eExceptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifying which information is not covered by the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eValidity period:\u003c\/strong\u003e Determination of how long the agreement will be valid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eLegal Penalties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of the legal consequences for breach of the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions (FAQ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. Why do I need a confidentiality agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e A confidentiality agreement protects sensitive information and prevents it from being disseminated or used inappropriately. It creates a legal obligation on the recipient to keep the information confidential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Can I use this template for international business?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is in English and designed according to Swedish legislation, which makes it suitable for both Swedish and international business collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. How do I edit the template?\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is in Word format, making it easy to edit and customize to your specific needs. The PDF version can be used to share the finished version of the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. What happens if someone violates the confidentiality agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e If anyone violates the agreement, the legal penalties specified in the agreement may be applied, which may include financial compensation for any damages incurred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. How long does it take to create a nondisclosure agreement with this template?\u003c\/strong\u003e Using this ready-made template can save significant time compared to creating a document from scratch. You can have a complete and legally binding agreement in place within a short period of time after customizing the template to your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant Legislation and Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is designed in accordance with current Swedish legislation and practice to ensure that it is legally correct and binding. It is important to comply with relevant laws and regulations to ensure that the agreement is valid and enforceable in a legal dispute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTips for Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCustomize the template:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be sure to fill in all the relevant information and customize the template according to your specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSeek legal advice:\u003c\/strong\u003e If necessary, consult with a lawyer to ensure that all legal aspects are properly handled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a copy of the signed agreement in a safe place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePurchase and Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e To purchase and download this Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template, visit our product page. After purchase, you can immediately download the template in both Word and PDF format and start using it right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e This Nondisclosure Agreement (NDA) Template is a valuable tool for protecting sensitive information and ensuring that your trade secrets remain confidential. With a legally correct and user-friendly template, you can quickly and easily create a binding agreement that meets your needs. Whether you are a business owner, researcher or entrepreneur, this template is an indispensable tool to protect your valuable information. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48241020404054,"sku":"7350139913102","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/Sekretessavtal_NDA_Mall.png?v=1717887797"},{"product_id":"avtal-for-tjanster-mall","title":"Service Agreement Template – Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch3\u003eProduct description: Agreement for services Template Word\/PDF\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A contract for services is a legally binding document that governs the relationship between a service provider and a customer. This template is designed to facilitate the creation of such an agreement, with clear and legally correct wording that ensures both parties have a common understanding of their rights and obligations. The template is available for immediate download after purchase and comes in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to customize and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Areas of use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The template can be used across a range of industries, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Consulting services\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e IT services\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Marketing and PR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Craft services\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Education and coaching\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Regardless of the type of service offered, this template ensures that the agreement covers all necessary legal aspects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Benefits of using this template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegally correct:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template is designed in accordance with Swedish legislation and practice, which guarantees that the agreement is legally binding and protects the interests of both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable:\u003c\/strong\u003e With formats in both Word and PDF, the agreement can be easily edited to suit specific needs and requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTime-efficient:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saves time by providing a ready-made structure and wording, allowing you to focus on the business instead of drafting an agreement from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDirect Download:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available for immediate download after purchase, meaning you can quickly get started using the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Content of the template\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The template contains the following sections:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties and contact information:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identification of both parties and their contact details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDefinitions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of important terms used in the Agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServices:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detailed description of the services to be provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePayment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Terms of payment, including amount, payment schedule and methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTime and place:\u003c\/strong\u003e Time frames and place(s) for service delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRights and obligations:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rights and obligations of the parties in connection with the service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provisions on confidentiality and how confidential information is to be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLimitation of liability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limitation of the parties' liability in the event of any disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conditions for how the agreement can be terminated by either party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOther provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional clauses that may be relevant depending on the nature and scope of the service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Frequently asked questions (FAQ)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. Can I edit the template myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template comes in Word format that is easy to edit to suit your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Is the template legally binding?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the template is designed in accordance with Swedish legislation and is legally binding when it is correctly completed and signed by both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3. Do I need a lawyer to use this template?\u003c\/strong\u003e Even if the template is legally correct, it may be a good idea to have a lawyer review the agreement to ensure it meets all the specific requirements and expectations in your unique case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. What happens if a dispute arises?\u003c\/strong\u003e The template includes a section on limitation of liability and dispute resolution that describes how disputes should be handled. It may be wise to include an arbitration or arbitration clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips for use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpecify clearly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be sure to specify all services to be provided as well as any expectations and terms of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDocument changes:\u003c\/strong\u003e If changes are made to the agreement after it has been signed, make sure these are documented in writing and signed by both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUpdate regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Review and update the agreement regularly to ensure it continues to meet all legal requirements and business needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Relevant legislation and practice\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The template is designed in accordance with Swedish legislation, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218):\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulates contract law and how contracts must be drawn up and interpreted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Consumer Services Act (1985:716):\u003c\/strong\u003e Applies to contracts for services that traders perform for consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Personal Data Act (1998:204):\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulates how personal data must be handled, which is particularly relevant if the agreement involves the processing of personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Final words\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eThis services agreement template is an invaluable resource for business owners and service providers who want to ensure that their business relationships are clearly defined and legally protected. By using a professionally designed template, you can focus on delivering high quality services while knowing that your legal needs are well taken care of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Download your template today and start creating safe and clear contracts for your services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48245034844502,"sku":"7350139913171","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/AvtalfortjansterMallWordPDF.png?v=1718010979"},{"product_id":"uppdragsavtal-for-ekonomitjanster-mall-word-pdf","title":"Assignment agreement for Financial Services Template - Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Product description: Assignment agreement for Financial services\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Introduction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eHaving a well-drafted assignment agreement is crucial to ensure a smooth and transparent collaboration between the client and the client. Our document template for engagement agreement for financial services is carefully designed to cover all aspects of such an agreement according to Swedish law and practice. The template is available for download immediately after purchase in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to customize to specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Content and Structure\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our finance services engagement agreement template includes the following sections:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Full details of both the client and the client, including name, organization number and address.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eScope of the assignment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e A detailed description of the services to be performed, including specific tasks, quality requirements and time frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eImplementation of the assignment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTimetable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifying the start and end dates for the assignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eResources:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specification of necessary resources and tools as well as division of responsibilities for these.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eReconciliations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular meetings or reporting to follow up work progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReplacement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eRemuneration model:\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether the remuneration is fixed or performance-based.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003ePayment terms:\u003c\/strong\u003e When and how the payment must take place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eExtra costs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any extra costs such as travel or materials and how these are to be reimbursed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eResponsibility and authority\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eAreas of responsibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clarification of who is responsible for which parts of the assignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eDistribution of responsibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rules for handling any errors or delays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy and Intellectual Property Rights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality:\u003c\/strong\u003e How confidential information should be handled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eRights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Who owns the results of the work, including any intellectual property rights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTermination and termination of the agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTermination period:\u003c\/strong\u003e How long in advance the agreement can be terminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTerms of termination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rules for termination of work in progress and final payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDispute resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eApplicable law:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish law shall be applied to the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eDispute resolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Methods for resolving disputes, such as arbitration or public court.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOther regulations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Any additional conditions agreed upon by the parties, such as force majeure, changes to the agreement and contact persons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSignatory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e Space for both parties to sign the agreement with name, title, date and signature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Relevant Laws and Practices\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e When drafting an assignment agreement, it is important to consider the following laws and regulations that may be relevant:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGDPR (General Data Protection Regulation):\u003c\/strong\u003e Rules on the handling of personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218):\u003c\/strong\u003e Basic provisions on contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsulting liability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Principles for areas of responsibility and damages in consulting services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEmployment Security Act (LAS):\u003c\/strong\u003e Note that this Act is not applicable to assignment contracts but relevant when comparing employment contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Tips and Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhy is an assignment agreement important?\u003c\/strong\u003e A clear and detailed assignment agreement helps avoid misunderstandings and disputes between the parties by clearly defining expectations, responsibilities and terms of the assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHow often should the agreement be updated?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is good to regularly review and update the agreement, especially if there are changes in legislation or the scope of the assignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens in the event of a dispute?\u003c\/strong\u003e If a dispute arises, the agreement should contain a clear dispute resolution clause that states how disputes are to be handled, for example through mediation, arbitration or legal action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Download and Use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e After purchase, you can download the template directly and use it immediately. The document is available in both Word and PDF formats, making it easy to edit and adapt to your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e Summary\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our assignment agreement template for financial services is an indispensable resource to ensure a well-regulated collaboration between assignor and assignee. With this template, you can ensure that all legal and practical aspects of the assignment are clearly defined and agreed, reducing the risk of misunderstandings and disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48379650802006,"sku":"7350139913539","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/UppdragsavtalforEkonomitjanster-MallWordPDF.png?v=1719776229"},{"product_id":"sponsoravtal-mall-word-pdf-excel","title":"Sponsor agreement Template - Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\u003ch3\u003e Product description for sponsorship agreement template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A sponsorship agreement is a central legal document drawn up between a sponsor and a recipient to clearly regulate the terms of sponsorship. Our sponsorship agreement template, available in Word, PDF and Excel formats, helps you quickly and easily create a tailored and legally binding agreement. The template is designed to be flexible, professional and easy to use, whether you represent a business, a sports club or a charity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a sponsorship agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eA sponsorship agreement is a formal agreement that specifies the terms of how a sponsor provides financial support, goods or services to another party in exchange for exposure or other marketing benefits. Typically, these agreements are used at events, in sports, or for charitable initiatives where the sponsor receives increased visibility, positive brand exposure, or other marketing benefits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A well-drafted sponsorship agreement protects both the sponsor and the recipient by clearly establishing their respective rights and obligations, as well as ensuring that both parties fulfill their obligations throughout the duration of the agreement. One of the benefits of having a written sponsorship agreement is to minimize the risk of misunderstandings and potential disputes in the future. Our template offers a clear and easy-to-understand structure, ensuring that no important element is left out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eImportant components of the sponsorship agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eParties and contact details\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis section provides information about both the sponsor and the recipient, including name, address and corporate ID. This makes it clear which party is responsible for each commitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eScope of the agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Here it is specified exactly what the sponsorship means. This can be monetary support, products or services that the sponsor provides, as well as what consideration the recipient must offer, e.g. advertising spots, logo exposure or access to events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContract period and termination\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This part specifies the contract period and any conditions for early termination of the contract. This protects both parties in the event of unexpected changes and ensures a clear process for ending the collaboration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePayment terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The financial aspects of the sponsorship, such as payment amount, frequency and due date, are clearly stated. For in-kind sponsorship, the value of goods or services contributed by the sponsor is also specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRights and obligations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The template covers the specific obligations and rights of the sponsor and recipient, ensuring that both parties know exactly what to expect during the life of the agreement. This may include how the sponsor may use the recipient's brand or how the recipient will expose the sponsor's brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntellectual property rights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e For sponsors who provide trademarked or copyrighted material, this section is important to establish the conditions under which these may be used. This protects the sponsor's brand from inappropriate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSecrecy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e If there is confidential information shared between the parties during the term of the agreement, a confidentiality clause may be necessary. This prevents sensitive information from being disseminated without permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreach of contract and penalties\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eA clear section on what happens in the event of a breach of contract is crucial. Here are specified the penalties that apply if a party does not fulfill its obligations, including the possibility of canceling the agreement and possible claims for damages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDispute resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This section describes how any disputes between the parties shall be resolved. In Sweden, it is common to first try to resolve disputes through negotiation or arbitration. If the dispute cannot be resolved in this way, it can be settled in court according to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant laws and regulations\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e When drawing up a sponsorship agreement, it is important to follow Swedish legislation. Some of the relevant laws that apply to sponsorship agreements in Sweden include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This law forms the basis for all types of agreements in Sweden and establishes the general rules for how agreements are entered into and what is required for them to be valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Marketing Act (2008:486)\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis law regulates how marketing should take place in Sweden and ensures that all marketing efforts take place in an honest and correct manner. This is especially important in sponsorships, as the sponsor often uses the recipient's brand in their marketing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eThe Radio and Television Act (2010:696)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e If sponsorship takes place via radio or television, specific rules apply to how the sponsorship must be presented in order to be clear to consumers. This is important to avoid misunderstandings about what is advertising and what is independent content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTax laws\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e In order for the sponsor to be able to deduct the sponsorship, it is important that the sponsorship has a clear business purpose. If there is no consideration from the recipient, parts of the sponsorship can be classified as a gift and then not be deductible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions (FAQ)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of sponsorship can be regulated with this template?\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe template is flexible and can be used for different types of sponsorship, including monetary contributions, in-kind sponsorship and media sponsorship. Whether it's a sporting event, a charity or a business conference, the agreement can be tailored to suit your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDoes the agreement have to be in writing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is not a requirement for a sponsorship agreement to be in writing by law, but it is highly recommended to avoid misunderstandings and future conflicts. A written agreement acts as a safety measure for both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIs this template customizable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, the template is fully customizable. You can add or remove sections depending on your specific situation and the type of sponsorship you handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSummary\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eOur sponsorship agreement template is a comprehensive, easy-to-use and legally correct template that will help you create a clear and well-structured sponsorship agreement. By using this template, you ensure that all important aspects of the sponsorship are covered, and that both the sponsor and the recipient know what they are expected to contribute. The template is created according to Swedish legislation and can be downloaded immediately after purchase in Word, PDF and Excel format.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49076760904022,"sku":"7350139914093","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/SponsoravtalMall-WordPDFExcel_1.png?v=1729440102"},{"product_id":"sponsoravtal-engelska-mall-word-pdf-excel-sponsorship-agreement","title":"Sponsorship Agreement English Template (Word\/PDF\/Excel) Sponsorship Agreement","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you looking for a simple and effective solution to create a professional sponsorship agreement in English? Our \"Sponsorship Agreement\" template is the perfect solution for you. This document template is carefully designed to comply with Swedish legislation, while also meeting international requirements for sponsorship agreements. Whether you run a business sponsoring an event or are the recipient of sponsorship, this template offers a clear, legally correct structure to secure your rights and obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a sponsorship agreement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e A sponsorship agreement is a legally binding document that describes the relationship between a sponsor and a recipient, where the sponsor provides financial support or other resources in exchange for benefits, such as advertising or brand exposure. This template helps you formalize sponsorship agreements in a way that both protects your rights and makes clear what obligations both parties have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemplate content and functions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our sponsorship template in Word, PDF and Excel formats is comprehensive and customizable. It contains all the necessary sections to create a complete sponsorship agreement that is legally correct. The template is designed to be easy to complete, and comes with clear instructions to ensure you include all the necessary details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1. Parties to the Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e It is important to clearly specify who the parties to the agreement are. In the template, you will find a section where you can easily fill in the sponsor's and recipient's names, addresses, contact information and other basic information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2. Description of Sponsorship\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e This section specifies the type of sponsorship provided, either in the form of financial support or goods and services. It also specifies what the recipient undertakes to give back, such as logo placement, mentions in marketing materials or exclusive rights at events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Payment terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The payment structure is clearly formulated and can be easily adjusted after each sponsorship. If payment is made in installments, the due date for each payment is indicated. There is also room to specify the payment method, such as bank transfer, credit card or another method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4. Duration and Termination\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The contract period is an important part of every sponsorship agreement. The template provides space to enter the start and end dates of the sponsorship as well as the conditions for termination. It is also important to specify what happens if one party wants to terminate the contract before the original end date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e5. Intellectual Property Rights\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eIntellectual property rights, such as the use of logos and trademarks, are a central part of most sponsorship agreements. The template contains a section that clearly regulates how and under what circumstances the parties may use each other's trademarks and logos. This protects the rights of both parties and ensures that no trademarks are used inappropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e6. Limitation of liability and dispute resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e To protect both parties from unforeseen problems, it is important to include a liability limitation clause. The template contains such a clause as well as a section on how any disputes are to be resolved, according to Swedish law. Here, negotiation or arbitration is primarily recommended, but there is also the possibility of referring disputes to court.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUse of the template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e The template can be used for a wide range of sponsorship situations, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eSports sponsorship:\u003c\/strong\u003e Companies that sponsor sports teams or individual athletes in exchange for advertising on jerseys, in arenas or on websites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eEvent Sponsorship:\u003c\/strong\u003e Companies that sponsor cultural, corporate or social events and receive advertising space or brand visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eCharity Sponsorship:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponsors who support charities and receive publicity or marketing in return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Our template works for any type of sponsorship deal and can be easily adjusted to suit your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRelevant Swedish laws\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e When you create a sponsorship agreement in Sweden, it is important to follow the country's laws and regulations. Here are some of the most important laws that our sponsor template follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218):\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulates how contracts must be concluded and what requirements are set for them to be legally binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e \n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Marketing Act (2008:486):\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulates how marketing, including sponsorship-related marketing, must take place in a way that does not mislead consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eThe Copyright Act (1960:729):\u003c\/strong\u003e Protects intellectual property rights such as trademarks and logos. Important when the sponsor wants to use the recipient's intellectual property rights and vice versa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eThe Arbitration Act (SFS 1999:116):\u003c\/strong\u003e governs how arbitration is to be conducted in disputes that cannot be resolved through negotiation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTax laws:\u003c\/strong\u003e In order for sponsors to be able to deduct sponsorship costs, it is required that the sponsorship is considered to be commercially justified and that the consideration is in proportion to the sponsorship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions (FAQ)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan the template be used for all types of sponsorship?\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eYes, the template is flexible and can be used for any type of sponsorship, whether it is financial support or product sponsorship. It is easy to adapt for different situations and industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIs the template legally binding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, when all parts of the template have been filled in and both parties have signed the agreement, it is legally binding according to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCan I change the details of the template?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Absolutely! The template is fully editable and can be adjusted to suit your specific needs. You can add or remove sections depending on what you and your sponsor agree on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to fill out the form?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The template is easy to use and can be completed in just a few minutes, depending on the scope of the contract and specific requirements. All that is needed is to fill in the relevant fields, print and sign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSummary\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003eOur Sponsorship Agreement template is a professionally designed solution that ensures that all aspects of your sponsorship agreement are handled according to current Swedish law. It is ideal for companies that want to secure rights and clearly define their obligations in sponsorship situations. The template is available for immediate download after purchase and comes in Word, PDF and Excel formats, making it easy for you to edit and customize the document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Invest in a simple, flexible and legally correct solution today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49076803305814,"sku":"7350139914109","price":49.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/SponsoravtalMall_Engelska_-WordPDFExcel.png?v=1729440739"},{"product_id":"saas-avtal-mall-svensk-ratt-word-pdf","title":"SaaS Agreement Template 2026 – Swedish Law Word\/PDF | SLA \u0026 GDPR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSaaS Agreement under Swedish Law – complete B2B template in Word and PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA professional and comprehensive \u003cstrong\u003eSaaS agreement for Swedish companies\u003c\/strong\u003e that sell or buy cloud-based software, subscription services, and other Software as a Service solutions. The template is structured as a complete contractual framework and regulates not only the right to use the software itself but also service levels, support, personal data, information security, subcontractors, intellectual property rights, liability, termination, and exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou receive both an editable Word file (DOCX) and a ready-to-use PDF version.\u003c\/strong\u003e The document is designed for B2B relationships and can be used by both SaaS providers and corporate clients who want a structured and clear agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e15 professional pages – main agreement + 6 annexes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SaaS template consists of a main agreement with \u003cstrong\u003e32 contract areas\u003c\/strong\u003e and six practical annexes. In total, the document comprises 15 professionally designed A4 pages with ready-to-use clauses, alternatives, tables, fillable fields, and checklists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties, background, and definitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorder of priority of contract documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of service and implementation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elicense and right of use,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euser accounts and permissions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eobligations of the provider and the customer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eavailability, maintenance, and SLA,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupport and incident prioritization,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echanges to the SaaS service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer data and data rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and personal data processing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontractors and sub-processors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethird-country transfers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation and cybersecurity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackup and restoration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights and customizations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einfringement claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efees, invoicing, and price adjustments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefects, warranties, and remediation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elimitation of liability and liability caps,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract term and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esuspension of the service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexit and data return,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaudit and verification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment, notices, Swedish law, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 1 – Service Specification and Order Form\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis defines what the customer is actually purchasing. The annex contains fields for service name, business purpose, included modules and features, number of users, data volume, operating region, implementation, integrations, documentation, and explicit exclusions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFurthermore, there are ready-to-use tables for functional requirements, acceptance criteria, milestones, and technical dependencies. This reduces the risk of disputes over what is actually included in the subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 2 – Service Level Agreement (SLA)\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA separate SLA is included and can be customized according to the service level of the offering. The annex includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emonthly availability targets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eplanned maintenance windows,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRPO and RTO,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincident classes P1–P4,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einitial response time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erestoration targets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatus updates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice credits for lack of availability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexcluded time and emergency security measures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 3 – Data Processing Agreement (DPA) according to Article 28 GDPR\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor many SaaS services, the provider processes personal data on behalf of the customer. In such cases, Article 28 of the GDPR requires a binding agreement between the controller and the processor. Therefore, the template contains a complete \u003cstrong\u003eDPA\/data processing annex\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex includes, among other things, the subject matter and duration of the processing, purpose, categories of data subjects, types of personal data, special categories, instructions, confidentiality, technical and organizational security measures, sub-processors, data subject rights, personal data breaches, DPIA, third-country transfers, audit, and deletion and return.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 4 – Information and Cybersecurity Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA practical security annex makes it possible to agree on concrete security requirements instead of a vague formulation regarding \"appropriate security.\" The checklists cover, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity governance and risk management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erole-based access and MFA,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eencryption,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity logging and retention,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evulnerability and patch management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecure development lifecycle,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackup and restoration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincident management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBCP and disaster recovery,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupply chain security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonnel security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephysical security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epenetration tests,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eISO 27001, SOC 2, or other agreed verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex is designed so that further requirements can be added for customers subject to, for example, the \u003cstrong\u003eCybersecurity Act\/NIS2\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Swedish Cybersecurity Act (2025:1506), which has been in effect since January 15, 2026, contains, among other things, requirements for supply chain security for businesses subject to the act.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 5 – Exit, data export, and deletion certificate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe issue of exit is often forgotten when a SaaS agreement is signed. This template regulates from the start how the customer will be able to leave the service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex contains fields for export period, export format, metadata, API export, secure transfer, costs, migration support, and deletion. Additionally, there is a specific \u003cstrong\u003edeletion certificate\u003c\/strong\u003e for production environments, test environments, support copies, and backups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAnnex 6 – Pricing Annex and Change Log\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eReady-to-use pricing annex for basic fees, users, implementation, premium support, over-usage, consulting time, and exit support. A version and change log makes it easier to document future changes to the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLegally updated for 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersion 1.0 was legally reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 27, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template has been designed with consideration given to, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e – including contract formation and Section 36 regarding unfair contract terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Copyright Act (1960:729)\u003c\/strong\u003e – including rules concerning computer programs and licensing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR (EU) 2016\/679\u003c\/strong\u003e – specifically Article 28 on data processors, Article 32 on security, and rules regarding third-country transfers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish supplementary data protection legislation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Cybersecurity Act (2025:1506)\u003c\/strong\u003e – relevant for agreements with businesses subject to NIS2 rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection's guidance on data processing agreements and third-country transfers has also been taken into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLiability caps and risk allocation – not an arbitrary standard value\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template contains options for liability caps but leaves the specific percentage open for customization. An appropriate liability cap depends on, among other things, contract value, data sensitivity, the customer's operations, cyber risk, insurance coverage, and potential damage. The document therefore reminds the user to specifically assess exceptions for, for example, confidentiality, personal data breaches, intellectual property claims, as well as intent and gross negligence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho is the SaaS agreement suitable for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable for, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSaaS companies and software firms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estartups and scaleups,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT consulting firms selling their own cloud services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies buying business systems and web-based services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproviders of CRM, HR, finance, analysis, and automation systems,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies needing a standard agreement for corporate clients or procurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWord and PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e15 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEditable Word file (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePDF version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e32 contract areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e6 integrated annexes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eReady-to-use tables and fillable fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative clauses where risk allocation needs to be selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSignature section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLegal checklist before signing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSources of law and version information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eImportant regarding customization\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSaaS agreements are heavily influenced by the concrete service and the parties' operations. A simple project platform and a business-critical cloud service for healthcare, finance, or socially important services should not have identical contractual terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template must therefore be adapted based on actual functionality, information classification, customer data, SLA, subcontractors, operating region, liability, insurance, and any sector-specific requirements. It is a professional contractual foundation but does not replace individual legal advice in particularly complex or high-risk business deals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter purchase, the customer receives:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaaS_agreement_Swedish_law_2026.docx\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable Word template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaaS_agreement_Swedish_law_2026.pdf\u003c\/strong\u003e – ready-to-use PDF version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product is delivered digitally. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this just a license agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a complete SaaS agreement with service specification, SLA, GDPR\/DPA, security, exit, and commercial terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a data processing agreement included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Annex 3 is an integrated DPA annex adapted to Article 28 of the GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the agreement be used by both provider and customer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clauses are designed as a balanced B2B foundation and several commercial risk points contain selectable options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the agreement adapted for NIS2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains a security annex and supply chain requirements that can be used as a basis for NIS2-related customer requirements. However, a business subject to the Cybersecurity Act must always adapt the agreement to its own risk analysis and any applicable regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I edit everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Word version is fully editable and contains clear brackets and tables for content that needs to be customized.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55511376560470,"sku":"SAAS-AVTAL-2026","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/saas-avtal-svensk-ratt-2026-word-pdf.png?v=1790501479"},{"product_id":"influenceravtal-mall-2026-word-pdf-svensk-ratt","title":"Influencer Agreement Template 2026 – Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\u003ch2\u003eInfluencer Agreement 2026 – professional template for influencer collaborations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA clear influencer agreement is essential when a company hires an influencer, content creator, or public figure to promote products and services on social media. This professional contract template is developed for Swedish companies and influencers who wish to regulate the collaboration in writing and reduce the risk of misunderstandings regarding deliverables, compensation, ad disclosure, content rights, exclusivity, and liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is delivered in both \u003cstrong\u003eeditable Word format (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e and as a \u003cstrong\u003eready-to-use PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e. The document comprises \u003cstrong\u003e9 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e, 27 areas of agreement, and four practical appendices that make the contract useful for both individual campaigns and longer ambassador collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat does the influencer agreement regulate?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfluencer marketing combines marketing law, contract law, intellectual property law, tax regulations, and in some cases data protection. Therefore, it is rarely sufficient to only write down what compensation should be paid and how many posts should be published. A professional agreement should also clarify who is responsible for ad disclosure, which product claims may be used, how the material may be reused, and what happens if a post needs to be corrected or removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement includes, among other things, rules on:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties, contact persons, and the purpose of the campaign,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of assignment and deliverables,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecreative freedom and brand guidelines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epre-review and approval before publication,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ead identification and clear advertiser disclosure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct claims and requirements that information must be accurate and verifiable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echildren, young people, and other particularly vulnerable target groups,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulated product categories and platform rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epublication time, removal, and corrections,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompensation, products, services, and commission,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish F-tax, A-tax, and responsibility for taxes and employer contributions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatistics, KPIs, and reporting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ediscount codes and affiliate links,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecopyright and license to influencer content,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse of name, image, and voice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eediting, subtitling, and versioning,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epaid media, whitelisting, Partnership Ads, Spark Ads, and creator licensing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexclusivity and competing collaborations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and embargo,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and GDPR,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability, cancellation, termination, Swedish law, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 1 – Campaign brief and delivery schedule\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA large portion of conflicts in influencer collaborations arises when it is not clear exactly what is to be delivered. Therefore, the template contains a separate campaign brief where the parties can fill in the campaign, product, business goals, target group, campaign period, embargo, mandatory CTA, discount code or affiliate link, approved product facts, prohibited or unapproved claims, and the pre-review process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is also a delivery table for different channels and formats, such as Instagram Reels, Stories, regular posts, TikTok, YouTube, and other platforms. The number of publications, dates, minimum publication time, and mandatory elements can be documented separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe appendix also contains a practical KPI section for visibility, engagement, traffic, and results. There, the parties can specify what is to be followed up and what statistics the influencer should provide after the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 2 – Compensation, products, and affiliate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompensation in influencer marketing can consist of more than a standard fee. It can, for example, consist of money, products, services, discount codes, commission, or a combination of several forms of compensation. Appendix 2 makes it possible to clearly document:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproducts or services as compensation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproducts that are only borrowed during the campaign,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission and affiliate model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eattribution period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturns and cancellations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebonus and KPI-based compensation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etravel and other expenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eF-tax, A-tax, or self-employment company status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) emphasizes that compensation to influencers can consist of both money, products, and services. What obligations the principal has depends, among other things, on whether the influencer is approved for F-tax. The template therefore contains special checkpoints for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 3 – Rights and license matrix\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the most important parts of a modern influencer agreement is the question of \u003cstrong\u003ewho may use the material after publication\u003c\/strong\u003e. The fact that a company has paid for a post does not automatically mean that the company is free to use the image or video in all media and for all time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rights matrix allows the parties to separately choose if the content may be used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe influencer's own publishing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorganic reposting on the company's social media,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe company's website and e-commerce,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enewsletters and CRM,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eretail stores, POS material, and events,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epaid advertising on social media,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhitelisting, Partnership Ads, and Spark Ads,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethird-party retailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eraw material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor each area of use, there is space for the license period, territory, or channel, and any separate compensation. The template also regulates cropping, format adaptation, subtitling, translation, and shorter versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 4 – Advertising and publishing checklist\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarketing on social media is covered by the Marketing Act. When a company has hired an influencer, it must be clear to the recipient that the content is advertising and which company is behind the marketing. A company cannot contractually transfer away its own legal responsibility regarding marketing, while at the same time the influencer may have parallel responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo make the agreement practical, the document therefore contains a checklist that can be used before each publication. It covers, among other things, ad disclosure, the advertiser's identity, verification of product claims, target group, regulated products, music and image rights, discount codes, platform rules, and final approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAd identification – particularly important in 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Consumer Agency (Konsumentverket) has continued to prioritize the oversight of influencer marketing in 2026 and noted that shortcomings still occur. The agency's current guidance emphasizes that advertising must be identifiable immediately, even at a fleeting glance. Therefore, the ad disclosure may not be hidden far down in a text, among hashtags, or in a way that requires the recipient to first interpret the content.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is therefore based on the assumption that advertising posts should normally have a clear and conspicuous ad disclosure, for example, the word \u003cstrong\u003e\"Ad\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (or \"Reklam\"), and that the advertiser's identity must be evident.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eName, image, and content rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn influencer is not only a content producer but also the person exposed in the advertising. According to the Act on Name and Image in Advertising, consent is required to use another person's name or image in marketing. The agreement therefore contains a special section where the scope of this consent is linked to the license that the parties have actually agreed upon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis means that a company could, for example, gain the right to repost material organically for three months, but does not automatically gain the right to use the same material in paid advertising for several years. Such usage is regulated separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePaid media and whitelisting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template contains special terms for modern ad formats where the company uses the influencer's account, identity, or content in paid advertising. This applies to, among other things, creator licensing, whitelisting, Meta Partnership Ads, and TikTok Spark Ads. These rights can have a significantly higher commercial value than a standard organic repost and should therefore be expressly regulated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExclusivity without unnecessarily broad restrictions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompanies often want to prevent an influencer from working with competitors during the campaign. The template is not based on an unlimited non-compete clause but allows the parties to define categories, named competitors, and time periods. This makes the condition clearer and easier to adapt to the actual scope and value of the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLegally updated 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersion 1.0 was legally reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 27, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template has been designed taking into account, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Marketing Act (2008:486)\u003c\/strong\u003e, especially the rules on ad identification and misleading marketing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Act (1978:800) on Name and Image in Advertising\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Copyright Act (1960:729)\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR)\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Consumer Agency's current guidance on influencer marketing and hidden advertising,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency's guidance on compensation and payments to influencers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho is the template for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe influencer agreement is particularly suitable for e-commerce companies, brands, marketing departments, advertising agencies, influencer agencies, startups, consulting firms, influencers, and creators who carry out commercial collaborations on social media.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used both for a single campaign and as a basis for a longer collaboration, such as ambassador agreements, product launches, affiliate collaborations, or recurring campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYou receive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfluencer_Agreement_2026.docx\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable Word template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfluencer_Agreement_2026.pdf\u003c\/strong\u003e – ready-to-use PDF version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e9 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e27 areas of agreement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e4 practical appendices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecampaign brief and delivery schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompensation and affiliate appendix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights and license matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadvertising and publishing checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignature section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal checklist and sources of law\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eImportant regarding customization\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfluencer collaborations vary greatly depending on the product, channel, target group, compensation, and which rights the company wants to purchase. The template must therefore be customized for the specific campaign. Special rules may apply to, for example, alcohol, tobacco and nicotine, pharmaceuticals, gambling, financial products, health claims, environmental claims, and campaigns aimed at children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is a professional contractual foundation but does not replace individual legal advice in particularly complex or high-risk campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product is delivered digitally in Word and PDF format. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the agreement be used by both companies and influencers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The template is designed as a balanced commercial contract foundation where both parties' core obligations are stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre rules about ad disclosure included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Ad identification, the advertiser's identity, product claims, and publication control are central parts of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the company use the influencer's video in ads after the campaign?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the parties have granted that right in the license matrix. Paid advertising and whitelisting are regulated separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the agreement for affiliate collaborations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The template contains terms for discount codes, affiliate links, commission, attribution, and reporting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the agreement be used for UGC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCertain parts are relevant, but a pure UGC collaboration often has a different rights model since the creator does not always publish the material on their own channels. Therefore, there is a separate UGC Creator agreement in the product plan.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55511844716886,"sku":"INFLUENCER-2026","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/influenceravtal-2026-word-pdf-hero.png?v=1790504950"},{"product_id":"ugc-creator-avtal-mall-2026-word-pdf","title":"UGC Creator Agreement Template 2026 – Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUGC Creator Agreement 2026 – professional template for companies, agencies, and content creators\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUGC, creator content, and short-form video are used today in everything from organic social media to e-commerce, Meta Ads, TikTok Ads, Spark Ads, Partnership Ads, display, landing pages, and other paid campaigns. A common problem is that the parties agree on what is to be filmed – but not on \u003cstrong\u003ewho may use the material, for how long, in which channels, whether raw material is included, or how many revision rounds are covered\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis professional \u003cstrong\u003eUGC Creator Agreement template\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for Swedish companies, agencies, and creators who want to regulate both the content production itself and the commercial usage rights in one and the same agreement. The template is delivered in \u003cstrong\u003eeditable Word format (DOCX) and as a PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe document comprises \u003cstrong\u003e10 professionally designed A4 pages, 28 contract areas, and five practical appendices\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is the difference between a UGC agreement and an influencer agreement?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a traditional influencer agreement, a large part of the value lies in the influencer publishing the advertisement on their own channels and reaching their own audience. A UGC assignment often works differently: the creator produces, for example, a product demo, testimonial, hook, voice-over, or short-form video that the \u003cstrong\u003ecompany itself publishes or uses in advertisements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe creator does not therefore need to have a large audience and does not even have to publish the material themselves. Consequently, questions regarding \u003cstrong\u003elicense, paid media, editing rights, raw material, name\/image\/voice, and revision rounds\u003c\/strong\u003e become particularly important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe Main Agreement – 28 contract areas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties, contact persons, and the purpose of the assignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinition of UGC, final material, and raw material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindependent contractor status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of the assignment and deliverables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecreative brief and script level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehooks, CTA, formats, and technical requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeadlines and participation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereview and acceptance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erevision rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereshoots and errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecopyright and rights to the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope, duration, and territory of the license\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eraw material and project files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eediting, cutting, and derivatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ename, image, and voice in advertising\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAI, synthetic media, digital avatar, and voice cloning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epaid media, whitelisting, and creator licensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePartnership Ads and TikTok Spark Ads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emusic and other third-party material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparticipating persons, locations, and property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketing rights and product claims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and GDPR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and embargo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexclusivity and competing assignments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompensation, invoicing, and products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etravel, expenses, and props\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and rectification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract period, cancellation, termination, and dispute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 1 – UGC brief and delivery specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo reduce the risk of misunderstandings, the agreement includes a separate production brief. There, the parties can specify the project, target audience, main message, CTA, approved product claims, tone, visual requirements, script level, delivery channel, and deadlines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is also a detailed delivery table where, for example, video format, number of versions, length, aspect ratio, raw files, and comments can be documented. Separate fields are provided for hooks, CTA variants, voice-over, versions without text overlay, subtitles, thumbnails, and B-roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 2 – Revision rounds, review and acceptance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA common conflict in creator projects is what is actually included in a revision round. The template therefore distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003enormal revision within the original brief\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003enew scope\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExamples of revision could be correcting text, swapping between already recorded takes, or shortening a video. A new target audience, a completely new script, a different product, a new recording location, or an entirely new concept can instead be treated as additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe appendix contains fields for the number of revision rounds, feedback deadline, delivery time for the revised version, acceptance model, extra revision costs, and rules for reshoots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 3 – Rights and license matrix\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is one of the most important parts of the agreement. The company can separately choose whether the material may be used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorganic publishing in own social media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewebsite, e-commerce, and landing pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemail, CRM, and newsletters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ein-store, POS material, events, and digital screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epaid social, display, and video ads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhitelisting, Partnership Ads, and Spark Ads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketplaces and retailers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTV, CTV, cinema, and digital out-of-home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eraw material and the company's own re-edits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor each use, the parties can specify the \u003cstrong\u003elicense period, territory, channel, and special conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e. There is also separate regulation of sub-licensing, editing rights, and what should happen when the license period expires.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePaid ads, whitelisting, and creator licensing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right to publish a video organically is not the same as the right to use it in paid advertisements. The template therefore distinguishes clearly between organic use and paid media.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the company wants to use the creator's identity or account through, for example, \u003cstrong\u003eMeta Partnership Ads, TikTok Spark Ads, whitelisting, or other creator licensing\u003c\/strong\u003e, the period, authorization, ad account, and separate compensation can be specified. The agreement assumes that passwords should never be shared; the platforms' own authorization features should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eName, image, and voice\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the creator themselves is seen or heard in the material, there is a separate clause and license section for commercial use of \u003cstrong\u003ename, image, voice, and other personal characteristics\u003c\/strong\u003e. This allows the parties to determine exactly in which media and for how long the creator's identity may be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAI, deepfake, and voice cloning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template includes specific, modern protection for AI and synthetic media use. Unless otherwise expressly agreed, the company's rights may not automatically be used to train models, create digital avatars, voice clones, deepfakes, synthetic dubbing, or new AI-generated material that makes it appear as though the creator participated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf such use is to be permitted, there is support for agreeing separately on purpose, technology, period, territory, approval, and compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMusic and third-party rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMusic that works for a regular organic video does not necessarily need to be licensed for a paid advertisement. Therefore, the agreement contains special conditions regarding music, stock material, graphics, fonts, trademarks, artwork, and other third-party material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template also regulates liability for participating persons, private environments, and other rights that may be required for commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 4 – Compensation and rights costs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompensation can be divided between the production itself and the commercial license. The appendix contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduction fee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights compensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epaid media add-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhitelisting\/creator licensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eraw material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextra hooks and versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextra revision rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew recording after changed brief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproducts kept or borrowed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etravel and expenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax classification (F-tax, A-tax, or self-employment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAppendix 5 – Delivery and rights checklist\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe final appendix serves as a practical final check before the company begins using the material. It checks, among other things, delivery format, revision rounds, raw material, music licenses, participants, license period, paid ads, name\/image\/voice, AI use, product claims, advertising identification, and personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLegal status checked 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersion 1.0 has had its legal status checked on \u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 27, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has been designed with consideration given to, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Copyright Act (1960:729)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Act on Names and Pictures in Advertising (1978:800)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Marketing Act (2008:486)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY) guidelines on publishing images, film, and sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Consumer Agency's current work and guidance on influencer marketing and hidden advertising\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency's guidance on compensation to influencers and creators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho is the UGC agreement for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is particularly suitable for e-commerce companies, brands, advertising agencies, performance marketing agencies, social media agencies, startups, content creators, UGC creators, and other companies ordering commercial content for digital marketing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYou receive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUGC_Creator_Agreement_2026.docx\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable Word template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUGC_Creator_Agreement_2026.pdf\u003c\/strong\u003e – ready-to-use PDF version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e10 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e28 contract areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e5 practical appendices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eUGC brief and delivery specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erevision and acceptance model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights and license matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompensation appendix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery and rights checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignature section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal checklist and central legal sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eImportant regarding customization\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUGC projects can differ greatly depending on the product, channel, media budget, target audience, whether the creator participates themselves, and what rights the company requires. The template must therefore be adapted to the specific assignment. Minors as creators, international campaigns, regulated product categories, extensive TV\/DOOH buys, or complex personal data processing may require additional terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is a professional contractual basis but does not replace individual legal advice in particularly complex or high-risk situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product is delivered digitally in Word and PDF formats. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the creator have to publish the material themselves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The agreement is specifically designed for UGC where the company can use the material in its own channels or advertisements without the creator publishing it themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre paid ads and Spark Ads included automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Appendix 3 makes it possible to choose exactly which uses are to be included. Paid advertising and creator licensing are regulated separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the company get raw material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if the parties choose for raw material to be included. The agreement has specific fields for raw files, B-roll, and the right to create own re-edits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan we agree on two revision rounds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Appendix 2 allows the parties to specify the number of included revision rounds, response times, and what extra revisions or new recordings cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the company use the creator's face or voice in AI material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot under the standard terms. Such use requires a separate express agreement with defined purpose, scope, and compensation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55512020844886,"sku":"UGC-CREATOR-2026","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/ugc-creator-avtal-2026-word-pdf-final.png?v=1790506690"},{"product_id":"aktieoverlatelseavtal-mallpaket-2026-word-pdf","title":"Share Purchase Agreement Template Package 2026 – Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShare Transfer Agreement Template Package 2026 – complete package for buying and selling shares\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive template package for business owners, shareholders, and advisors who are going to carry out a transfer of shares in a Swedish private limited company. The package is designed to cover significantly more than just the basic details about the seller, buyer, number of shares, and purchase price. You get a complete workflow from pre-transaction due diligence to signed share transfer agreement, warranties, closing, settlement, due diligence, and post-transfer follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll documents are delivered in both editable Word format and PDF. In total, the package includes \u003cstrong\u003e6 separate documents and 40 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eShare Transfer Agreement 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e – 12 pages with 28 agreement sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty Catalog\u003c\/strong\u003e – 8 pages with optional seller warranties and a liability matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosing Minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5 pages for closing and documentation of completed actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettlement Note\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages as transaction and receipt documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDue Diligence Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 pages for checking the company before acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost-Closing Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages for share register, beneficial owner, Swedish Companies Registration Office, bank, and practical handover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eA more complete share transfer agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement is designed for a negotiated transfer of all or part of the shares in a private Swedish limited company. The agreement contains clear fill-in fields and optional clauses so that it can be adapted for both a relatively simple transfer between existing shareholders and for a more advanced business transfer to an external buyer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement regulates, among other things, the parties, the company, which shares are being transferred, share class and voting rights, purchase price, payment terms, down payment, deferred payment, optional additional purchase price or earn-out, economic cut-off date, dividends, shareholder loans, and shareholder contributions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also includes conditions precedent, rules on how the business is to be conducted between signing and closing, seller and buyer deliveries at closing, transfer of title, share register, warranties, disclosure, claims procedure, penalties, de minimis, basket, liability cap, warranty periods, and specific indemnities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eConsent, right of first refusal, and pre-emption rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the most important checks in a share transfer is whether the articles of association or other binding agreements contain restrictions on the right to transfer shares. The package therefore has specific control points for \u003cstrong\u003econsent clauses, right of first refusal clauses, and pre-emption clauses\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement helps the parties document whether each clause is missing, has been handled before the transaction, or must be handled after the acquisition. There is also a specific warning that payment and final closing should not take place until these issues have been clarified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty catalog with liability matrix\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn more qualified share acquisitions, warranties are often a central part of the risk allocation between seller and buyer. The package therefore includes a separate warranty catalog that can be used as an appendix to the main agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe warranty appendix covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseller's title and authority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorporate law and capital structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccounts and financial information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etaxes and charges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial agreements and financing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonnel, pensions, and collective agreements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property and IT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata protection and GDPR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epermits, compliance, and environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes and insurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereal estate and premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erelated party transactions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccuracy of information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter each warranty area, there is space for concrete exceptions and disclosure. The appendix ends with a liability matrix where the parties can specify liability caps, de minimis, basket, warranty period, and special rules for, for example, title and tax warranties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDue diligence before share purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe separate due diligence checklist helps the buyer to carry out a structured check before the transaction. It covers corporate law, ownership, financial information, tax, material customer and supplier agreements, personnel, intellectual property, IT, data protection, permits, compliance, disputes, insurance, real estate, and transaction-specific issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach control point can be marked as OK, risk, or not relevant and supplemented with a risk description and proposed contractual action. Identified risks can then be managed through, for example, price adjustment, conditions precedent, warranty, specific indemnity, or a decision not to proceed with the transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eClosing minutes – document the closing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe closing minutes are designed to reduce the risk that any central action is forgotten on the closing day. It contains checklists for conditions precedent, seller's deliveries, buyer's deliveries, payment, share certificates, pledges, board documents, share register, and post-transaction registrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe protocol can be used both at a physical closing meeting and for digital closing and ends with signature fields for both parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSettlement note\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe settlement note functions as a clear transaction and receipt document. It documents which shares were sold, transaction date, closing date, agreed purchase price, previous down payment, any price adjustment, retained portion or escrow, net amount to pay, and payment reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are also fields for documenting share certificates, whether the acquisition has been proven to the company, and whether the buyer has been entered into the share register.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShare register and rights after acquisition\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the purchase is completed, the buyer needs to be able to prove their acquisition so that the board, or the person authorized by the board, can enter the new owner in the share register. The package contains specific sections for this, as well as for handling any share certificates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe post-closing checklist also helps to check if the beneficial owner needs to be investigated and re-registered, and if, for example, the board, CEO, signatory, auditor, or address needs to be changed with the Swedish Companies Registration Office.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePurchase price and optional earn-out\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement can be used with a fixed purchase price, installment payment, or deferred payment. There is also an optional clause for additional purchase price or earn-out. The template explicitly reminds you that the measurement period, key figures, accounting principles, extraordinary items, audit rights, payment date, and maximum amount must be clearly defined if an earn-out is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor more advanced purchase price mechanisms such as net debt, normalized working capital, or locked-box, an exact calculation appendix should be prepared and professional advice considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTax and closely held companies\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains a separate tax point where each party is responsible for their own tax consequences. For sellers of qualified shares in closely held companies, special rules can be very significant. Therefore, the documents remind you that the tax outcome should be checked separately and that the template package does not replace individual tax advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality, non-compete, and non-solicitation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement contains confidentiality rules for the transaction and non-public information. There is also an optional non-compete and non-solicitation clause. The clause is clearly marked as optional and contains a special warning that non-compete restrictions should not be used routinely but must be reasonable and legally permissible in the current transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDesigned based on Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legal situation has been checked as of September 27, 2026. The package has been designed based on, among other things, the \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Companies Act (2005:551)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eIncome Tax Act (1999:1229)\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the \u003cstrong\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558)\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as the rules on beneficial owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Companies Act is particularly important because it regulates the transferability of shares, consent, right of first refusal, pre-emption, share register, and share certificates. The documents therefore contain control points for these issues in both the main agreement, the due diligence checklist, the closing minutes, and the post-closing checklist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the package for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package is suitable for, among others, shareholders buying out or selling to another shareholder, entrepreneurs selling all or part of their limited company, holding companies carrying out internal or external share acquisitions, as well as small and medium-sized companies that need a structured basis for a change of ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the case of larger corporate acquisitions, complicated warranty issues, tax planning, international parties, regulated operations, or litigious situations, the agreement should always be reviewed and adapted by a qualified advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWord and PDF included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll six documents are delivered in editable Word format and corresponding PDF. The Word files are built with clear fill-in fields, optional clauses, checklists, and tables. The PDF files serve as reference, printouts, and examples of finished layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 documents, 12 Word\/PDF files, and 40 A4 pages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product:\u003c\/strong\u003e delivered as downloadable files. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe documents are professional templates and working papers. They must be adapted to the current transaction. Always check the articles of association, shareholder agreement, share register, tax, financing, any regulatory requirements, and the actual conditions in the company before signing any agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55513012339030,"sku":"AKTIEOVERLATELSE-2026","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/aktieoverlatelseavtal-mallpaket-2026-word-pdf.png?v=1790516409"},{"product_id":"samarbetsavtal-mall-2026-foretag-word-pdf","title":"Collaboration Agreement Template 2026 – Business Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCollaboration Agreement between Companies 2026 – Professional Template in Word and PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA well-written collaboration agreement reduces the risk of misunderstandings when two companies work toward a common goal. This template is designed for Swedish B2B collaborations and helps the parties clearly regulate the scope of the cooperation, responsibilities, financial arrangements, usage rights for results and intellectual property, and what happens when the cooperation ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable for strategic partnerships, joint sales, marketing collaborations, product and service development, technology projects, distribution partnerships, knowledge exchange, joint campaigns, and other commercial collaborations between independent companies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive a complete, editable collaboration agreement comprising \u003cstrong\u003e15 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e25 main clauses and 4 practical appendices\u003c\/strong\u003e. The document is delivered in both Word (DOCX) and PDF formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the template\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 agreement clauses\u003c\/strong\u003e covering the entire lifecycle of the collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 1 – Goals, scope, and activity plan\u003c\/strong\u003e including responsibilities, milestones, KPIs, and decision-making model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 2 – Compensation, costs, and revenue model\u003c\/strong\u003e with options for fixed fees, hourly rates, milestones, commissions, cost-sharing, and revenue share.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 3 – Intellectual property, trademarks, and marketing\u003c\/strong\u003e with a clear license matrix for materials, code, data, designs, and trademarks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix 4 – Data protection, information security, and system access\u003c\/strong\u003e with GDPR role assessment, DPA (Data Processing Agreement) checklist, and security checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinal check before signature\u003c\/strong\u003e with 13 control points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRegulating the goals and scope of the collaboration\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA common problem in corporate collaborations is that the parties agree on the general goals but not on what each party is actually required to deliver. Therefore, the template includes separate clauses for background, purpose, goals, scope, what is explicitly excluded, organization, contact persons, responsibilities, timelines, and milestones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix 1 allows for the concretization of activities, responsibilities, input, deadlines, approvals, and KPIs. This reduces the risk that terms such as “joint marketing” or “collaboration on sales” are interpreted differently by the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eClear distribution of responsibility between independent companies\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement clarifies that the parties are independent business operators and that the collaboration does not automatically create a general partnership, joint venture, employment, agency, or franchise relationship. No party may bind the other party without specific authorization.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are specific rules for governance, contact persons, documentation of decisions, and escalation when the parties disagree on project issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompensation, costs, commission, and revenue sharing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 is designed for multiple types of economic models. The parties can choose fixed compensation, hourly or daily rates, milestone payments, commissions, revenue sharing, cost-sharing, or a combination of these.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor revenue sharing, there are specific fields to define the calculation basis, returns, discounts, credits, VAT, fees, settlement periods, audit rights, and currency. This is essential, as a percentage alone does not define the revenue to which the percentage should be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template also regulates invoicing, payment terms, disputed invoices, late payment interest, expenses, and requirements for prior approval of major costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOptional exclusivity\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes an optional exclusivity clause. The parties can choose between no exclusivity and limited exclusivity defined by product or service, customer segment, geography, sales channel, and time period.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template does not assume that exclusivity is always appropriate. The clause is therefore clearly optional and can be linked to performance requirements or thresholds in Appendix 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntellectual property and background material\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA corporate collaboration can create new texts, designs, code, documentation, models, data, methods, and other materials. The template therefore distinguishes between what each party owned before the collaboration—so-called background material—and results created within the scope of the collaboration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 contains a practical rights matrix where the parties can specify owners, users, permitted use, territory, and time periods for, among other things, trademarks, photographs, video, texts, design, software, data, and jointly developed material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis allows the parties to avoid vague wording such as “free use” or “joint ownership” without first defining what this actually entails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTrademarks, press releases, and marketing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement regulates the use of company names, logos, trademarks, customer cases, references, press releases, and external statements. The parties can choose whether prior approval is required and specify rules for social media and paid advertising.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality and trade secrets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template includes a modern confidentiality clause for commercial collaborations. It covers, among other things, business plans, prices, customer and supplier information, technical data, code, security information, and other non-public information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the same time, the confidentiality is limited so that information that is already public, legally received from a third party, or independently developed is not automatically treated as confidential. The agreement also includes a provision regarding statutory disclosure and legal reporting of crimes or serious misconduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and Data Processing Agreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 contains a specific GDPR role assessment where the parties can document whether they are independent data controllers, whether joint responsibility might exist, or if one party processes personal data on behalf of the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf one party acts as a data processor for the other, Article 28 of the GDPR requires a binding data processing agreement. The collaboration agreement therefore explicitly states that it does not replace a separate Data Processing Agreement (DPA) when one is required. This is in line with current guidance from the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInformation security and system access\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor collaborations where companies share systems or data, the template includes specific provisions regarding authorization, the principle of least privilege, MFA, personal accounts, backups, logging, incident contact, and termination of system access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 also contains fields for critical systems, incident contacts, and reporting timeframes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLiability and limitation of liability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes a balanced model for direct and indirect damages, as well as two optional alternatives for liability caps. The parties must specify the level that is reasonable based on the value of the agreement, risk, insurance coverage, data, and operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template avoids asserting that a specific liability cap is appropriate for all agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTermination and winding up\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe template regulates the term of the agreement, standard termination, material breach, cure periods, force majeure, and the consequences when the collaboration ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are specific points for final settlement, ongoing deliveries, return of material, authorizations, licenses, trademarks, and personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDispute resolution and Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes an escalation model where the parties first attempt to resolve the dispute through negotiation. Thereafter, the parties can choose between Swedish general court or arbitration. The unused option must be removed before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwedish substantive law is specified as the applicable law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legal status and central legal sources were reviewed on September 27, 2026. The template has been designed based on, among other things, the Contracts Act (1915:218), the Trade Secrets Act (2018:558), the Copyright Act (1960:729), the GDPR (EU) 2016\/679, and current guidance from the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSection 36 of the Contracts Act implies that unreasonable contract terms can be adjusted or set aside after an overall assessment. Therefore, the template contains several optional clauses instead of assuming that the same risk allocation fits all commercial collaborations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, among other things\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estrategic partnerships between two companies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint projects and development collaborations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esales and marketing collaborations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint campaigns and launches,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnology and integration collaborations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknowledge and resource exchange,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edistribution and partner setups that do not require a more specialized agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWord and PDF included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Word version is fully editable and contains clear fill-in fields, optional clauses, checkboxes, and tables. The PDF version serves as a reference, printing template, and example of the final design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope: 15 A4 pages, 25 clauses, and 4 appendices.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDigital product for immediate download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a professional legal template and a working draft, not individual legal advice. The document must always be adapted to the specific collaboration. If the collaboration in practice involves, for example, a commercial agency, franchise, joint venture, employment, data processing relationship, or another specially regulated form of agreement, additional or different documentation may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55513454805334,"sku":"SAMARBETSAVTAL-2026","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/samarbetsavtal-foretag-2026-word-pdf.png?v=1790519356"},{"product_id":"personuppgiftsbitradesavtal-pub-dpa-mall-2026-word-pdf","title":"Data Processing Agreement Template Package 2026 – DPA Word\/PDF","description":"\u003ch2\u003eData Processing Agreement 2026 – complete DPA according to GDPR Article 28\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA data processing agreement is required when an external supplier processes personal data on an organization's behalf. This may apply to cloud services, IT operations, web agencies, payroll systems, CRM, customer support, email platforms, analytical tools, and other services where the supplier actually processes personal data on the instructions of the controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis template package is designed for Swedish companies and organizations that wish to properly document the processor relationship – not just write a short standard agreement. The package contains five separate documents in both Word and PDF formats, totaling 26 professionally designed A4 pages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Processing Agreement \/ DPA 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e – master agreement with 22 clauses and four integrated contract annexes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcessor Instruction \u0026amp; Processing Annex\u003c\/strong\u003e – worksheets for role assessment, processing activities, data flows, storage, instructions, and communication channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Annex \/ TOM\u003c\/strong\u003e – detailed template for technical and organizational security measures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSub-processor \u0026amp; Third-Country Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – register, TIA screening, change notification, and approval\/objection process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Assessment, Incident \u0026amp; Erasure\u003c\/strong\u003e – due diligence, incident forms, support for data subject requests, erasure certificates, and annual follow-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDesigned for the minimum requirements in GDPR Article 28\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe master agreement regulates the core requirements that must exist in an agreement between a controller and a processor. This includes, among other things, the subject matter and duration of the processing, the nature and purpose of the processing, categories of data subjects and types of personal data, as well as the controller’s rights and obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement also contains provisions stating that processing may only take place according to documented instructions, confidentiality, appropriate security measures, sub-processors, assistance with data subject rights, support for obligations under GDPR Articles 32–36, erasure or return upon contract termination, and the controller’s right to information, audit, and inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDocumented instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA common weakness in general DPAs is that the processing is described too vaguely. The package therefore contains a specific processing instruction where the parties can document exactly which service and processing are covered, why the processing takes place, which systems are used, which data subjects are affected, which personal data is processed, and how long the data is to be stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is also a separate instruction table where each processing activity can be linked to a system, permitted action, and retention period. This makes it easier to demonstrate what the processor has actually been commissioned to do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRole assessment – controller or processor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not enough for the parties to simply call the supplier a data processor. Roles under the GDPR are determined by the actual circumstances. The processing annex therefore contains a practical role assessment with questions regarding who determines the purpose, who determines the essential means, and whether the supplier uses data for its own independent purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis helps the purchaser identify situations where a supplier may be an independent controller for a certain processing activity or where further regulation needs to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSub-processors\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains two clear options for sub-processors: specific written authorization for each sub-processor or general written authorization with prior notice of planned additions and replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe separate sub-processor register includes fields for the supplier, service, data, data subjects, country of processing, and approval. The package also includes a ready-made change notification that the processor can use when a new or changed sub-processor is to be introduced, as well as a structure for the controller’s approval or objective data protection objection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThird-country transfers and SCCs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternational cloud services and support chains may result in personal data being transferred or made accessible outside the EU\/EEA. The template therefore has a separate third-country register and a practical screening for international transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe register can document the recipient, country, role, affected data, transfer mechanism under GDPR Chapter V, and any supplementary protective measures. The screening section helps the organization verify, among other things, adequacy decisions, SCCs, the correct module, supplementary protection, and onward transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e this template does not reproduce the European Commission's Standard Contractual Clauses (SCCs) verbatim and is not marketed as an unaltered SCC document. If official SCCs are used for a third-country transfer, the relevant original clauses must be used in accordance with the European Commission's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSecurity Annex \/ TOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package's security annex makes it possible to document technical and organizational measures in a concrete manner. It covers, among other things, security governance, identity and access, MFA, encryption, key management, system and application security, patching, logging, backup, continuity, incident management, personnel, suppliers, physical security, data minimization, and erasure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach security requirement can be marked as met, partially met, or not met and supplemented with a description or evidence. There are also fields for certifications, penetration tests, independent audits, open risks, and customer-specific supplementary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal data breaches\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe processor must notify the controller without undue delay after becoming aware of a personal data breach. The master agreement therefore contains incident clauses and the possibility to agree on a shorter internal target deadline for the initial notification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe operational document contains a specific incident form for the time, affected systems, categories of data subjects and personal data, approximate number of records, likely consequences, harm-mitigation measures, evidence\/logs, and the next update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eData subjects' rights and assistance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe processor shall, taking into account the nature of the processing, assist the controller in fulfilling obligations toward data subjects. The package therefore contains a specific case template for, for example, access, rectification, erasure, restriction, portability, and objection, with tracking of receipt, forwarding, systems to be searched, and action taken.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSupplier assessment before contracting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe controller shall only engage processors that provide sufficient guarantees that appropriate technical and organizational measures are implemented. The package therefore contains a concrete due diligence checklist for suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe checklist assesses, among other things, role, security, incident management, sub-processors, third countries, data subject rights, erasure, auditing, continuity, and personnel security. The result can be summarized as low, medium, or high risk and documented as approved, conditionally approved, or not approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eErasure and return upon termination of the agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe master agreement and the operational document contain support for the controller's choice between return and erasure. There are specific fields for active systems, sub-processors, backup cycles, remaining legal requirements, verification method, and final erasure date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe separate erasure\/return certificate makes it possible to document that the decommissioning has actually been carried out – something that is often missing when a supplier agreement is terminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReview and audit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe agreement regulates the processor’s obligation to provide information necessary to demonstrate compliance and to enable and contribute to audits and inspections. The template allows for the practical use of relevant audit reports, certifications, and other verifiable supporting documents, but without contracting away the controller's right under Article 28.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLegal status verified 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legal status has been verified on September 27, 2026. The package has been designed based on the GDPR, specifically Articles 5, 28, 30, 32–36, and 44–49, the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection's (IMY) current guidance on data processing agreements and the roles of controller\/processor, as well as EDPB Guidelines 07\/2020. Consideration has also been given to the European Commission's Implementing Decisions (EU) 2021\/915 and (EU) 2021\/914 where these are relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWord and PDF included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll five documents are delivered both as fully editable Word files and as PDFs. In total, the customer receives 10 files and 26 A4 pages. The Word versions contain clear fill-in fields, checkboxes, tables, and selectable options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product for direct download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are professional legal templates and working materials. The documents must always be adapted to the actual processing activities, the parties' true roles, information security risks, sub-processors, systems, and any international transfers. In cases of complex third-country transfers, sensitive processing, joint controllership, or high risk, individual data protection legal advice should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55513794675030,"sku":"PUB-DPA-2026","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/pub-avtal-dpa-2026-word-pdf.png?v=1790523521"},{"product_id":"allmanna-villkor-mall-e-handel-foretag-2026","title":"Terms and Conditions Template Package 2026 – E-commerce \u0026 Business Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eGeneral Terms and Conditions template 2026 for e-commerce and business\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete and editable template package in Word and PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e for Swedish companies selling goods, services, or digital content via a website, app, or other distance channel. The template is structured for both \u003cstrong\u003eB2C and B2B\u003c\/strong\u003e and contains clear, selectable sections so you can adapt the terms to your specific business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral terms and conditions are a central part of a company's contractual structure. They regulate, among other things, how orders are placed, when an agreement is formed, prices and payment, delivery, the right of withdrawal, complaints, digital content, liability, intellectual property rights, and dispute resolution. This template is designed for Swedish law and updated for the regulations applicable in \u003cstrong\u003e2026\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant 2026: new withdrawal function for distance contracts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package takes into account the new rules that entered into force on \u003cstrong\u003eJune 19, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. When an agreement with a statutory right of withdrawal is entered into via a website or app, the company must, where relevant, provide a specific withdrawal function on the same website or in the same app. The template contains both the terms text and an implementation checklist for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Terms and Conditions 2026 – complete editable template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eModule for sales to consumers (B2C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eModule for sales between companies (B2B)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTerms for physical goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTerms for digital content and digital services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTerms for services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRight of withdrawal and return policy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e2026 requirements for a specific withdrawal function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eComplaints and liability for defects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePayment and delivery terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIntellectual property rights and license terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLimitation of liability for B2B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eForce majeure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal data and reference to privacy policy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eARN (National Board for Consumer Disputes) and alternative dispute resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eStandard form for right of withdrawal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended checkout texts for digital content and services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eImplementation checklist for Swedish e-commerce 2026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eB2B clauses to consider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLegal basis and version history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor digital products and downloadable content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a specific section for digital content. This covers, among other things, the delivery of downloadable files, technical requirements, functionality, compatibility, liability for defects, and how explicit consent can be formulated when delivery is to begin immediately and the right of withdrawal is to cease in accordance with statutory conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor companies selling to consumers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe B2C section is designed with consideration for central Swedish consumer rules, including the Act on Distance Contracts and Contracts Off-Premises, the Consumer Sales Act, the E-Commerce Act, the Price Information Act, and rules on alternative dispute resolution. The template clearly reminds the user that mandatory consumer rights may not be contracted away to the detriment of the consumer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor B2B sales\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor corporate customers, there are separate clauses regarding, among other things, complaints, default interest, liability caps, indirect damages, and the use of digital material. These parts are clearly marked so that they are not confused with consumer terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProfessionally designed and easy to adapt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document uses clear headings, a professional layout, and marked fields where the company's own information should be filled in. Sections that do not fit the business can be removed, and the template contains instructions on which parts normally need to be adapted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivered in Word and PDF\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive both \u003cstrong\u003eDOCX\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Word file is fully editable and can be customized with the company's name, corporate identity number, contact details, payment terms, delivery terms, return procedures, license terms, and other business-specific information. The PDF version serves as a reference and can also be used as a basis for publication after adaptation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template has been reviewed against central rules applicable as of October 2, 2026, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2005:59) on Distance Contracts and Contracts Off-Premises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2002:562) on Electronic Commerce and Other Information Society Services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePrice Information Act (2004:347)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2015:671) on Alternative Dispute Resolution in Consumer Relations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contracts Act, the Sale of Goods Act, and the Interest Act where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, among others\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eweb shops and e-commerce companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies selling digital products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSaaS and IT companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsultants and service companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies selling to both private individuals and other companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmall and medium-sized enterprises that need a clear contractual basis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the template be used for both B2C and B2B?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It contains separate and clearly marked sections for consumers and corporate customers, respectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the template include terms for digital products?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Digital content and digital services have their own sections, including recommended checkout text for explicit consent upon immediate delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adapted for the new rules in 2026?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Version 1.0 was legally reviewed on October 2, 2026, and specifically includes the new withdrawal function that has been in effect since June 19, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the document directly without changes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. General terms and conditions must always be adapted to the company's actual operations, products, payment solutions, delivery methods, and customer groups. The template is a professional foundation and does not replace individual legal advice in complex or unusual situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) + PDF\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2026-10-02\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55575115301206,"sku":"ALLM-VILLKOR-2026","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/allmanna-villkor-mallpaket-2026.png?v=1790938039"},{"product_id":"data-act-mallpaket-2026","title":"Data Act Template Package 2026 – Agreements \u0026 Compliance Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eData Act Template Package 2026 – agreements, data sharing and cloud switching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete compliance package for companies affected by the EU Data Act (Regulation (EU) 2023\/2854)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for Swedish companies working with connected products, related digital services, data sharing, third-party access, or data processing services such as cloud, SaaS, PaaS, and IaaS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Data Act began to apply on \u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 12, 2025\u003c\/strong\u003e. As of \u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 12, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, Article 3(1)’s specific design requirements also apply to connected products and related services placed on the market after this date. The package is updated and legally reviewed as of \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 2, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded – 9 files\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Holder – User\u003c\/strong\u003e, agreement template in Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eData Holder – User, PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Holder – Data Recipient\u003c\/strong\u003e, agreement template in Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eData Holder – Data Recipient, PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloud Switching \u0026amp; Exit Addendum\u003c\/strong\u003e, Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCloud Switching \u0026amp; Exit Addendum, PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Act Compliance Guide \u0026amp; Checklist 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, Word (DOCX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eData Act Compliance Guide \u0026amp; Checklist 2026, PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Act Compliance 2026 – Excel tool\u003c\/strong\u003e with registers, monitoring, and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Agreement between Data Holder and User\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first agreement template is intended for the relationship between the entity holding readily available data from a connected product or related service and the user who has rights under the Data Act. The template regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct data and related service data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata catalogs, metadata, and technical formats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edirect and indirect access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAPIs, export functions, and other interfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efree access for the user where required by the Data Act\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe data holder’s use of non-personal data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe user’s right to request sharing with third parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and the relationship to the GDPR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrade secrets and protective measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprohibited competitive use of data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincidents, amendments, and termination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Agreement between Data Holder and Data Recipient\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second agreement template is used when a user requests that a data holder makes data available to an external third party. It is particularly relevant for companies building services on top of IoT, automotive, machine, energy, industrial, or other product data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template includes provisions regarding the user’s instruction, data quality, technical delivery, permitted use, further sharing, compensation, trade secrets, personal data, security, and non-discriminatory terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReasonable compensation and the SME rule\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen Article 9 of the Data Act is applicable, compensation for making data available between businesses must be \u003cstrong\u003enon-discriminatory and reasonable\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package contains a specific compensation annex where costs for, among other things, formats, electronic transfer, and storage can be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the data recipient is an SME or a qualified non-profit research organization, the compensation may be specifically limited under Article 9(4). The template therefore contains specific fields for SME status and cost documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Cloud Switching \u0026amp; Exit Addendum\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cloud section is designed for data processing service agreements where the Data Act's rules on provider switching are applicable. It can be used as an addendum to, for example, SaaS, PaaS, or IaaS agreements and regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eswitching to another provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eporting to local ICT infrastructure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexportable data and digital assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotice period for initiating a switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransition period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereasonable technical assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperational continuity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity during transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAPIs and export formats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata retrieval period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal deletion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eswitching fees and the transition to 2027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation on international governmental access to non-personal data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant cloud dates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Data Act requires, among other things, that relevant cloud agreements clearly describe the switching process. The maximum notice period to initiate the switching process may generally not exceed \u003cstrong\u003etwo months\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the mandatory maximum transition period is generally \u003cstrong\u003e30 calendar days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Furthermore, the customer must have at least a \u003cstrong\u003e30-calendar-day data retrieval period\u003c\/strong\u003e after the transition period where the rules are applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFrom \u003cstrong\u003eJanuary 12, 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, switching charges under Article 29 must be fully abolished. Until then, only reduced switching charges may be levied within the limits specified by the Data Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4. Compliance Guide 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide helps the business determine where the Data Act affects the organization and how implementation can be structured. It includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope test for roles and operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimportant dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct and service mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eArticle 3 design requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euser access and third-party sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrade secrets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eB2B compensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunfair unilaterally imposed data terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecloud switching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish supplementary legislation and current status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimplementation checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal sources and EU Commission guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5. Excel tool for practical implementation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel file is built as a working tool, not just an empty table. It contains separate sheets for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope\u003c\/strong\u003e – role assessment and applicability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProducts\u003c\/strong\u003e – connected products and related services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData Catalog\u003c\/strong\u003e – product data, service data, formats, metadata, and access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequests\u003c\/strong\u003e – register of user and third-party requests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecipients\u003c\/strong\u003e – data recipients, compensation, and protective measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloud Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e – control of notice period, transition, export, and deletion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAgreement Review\u003c\/strong\u003e – risk control for unfair terms under Article 13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eActions\u003c\/strong\u003e – compliance plan with person responsible, priority, and deadline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSources\u003c\/strong\u003e – primary EU sources and Swedish legislative status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard automatically calculates, among other things, the number of mapped products, open access requests, active data recipients, cloud services needing action, and open compliance actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor connected products after September 12, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 3(1) implies that relevant connected products and related services placed on the market after September 12, 2026, must be designed so that product data and related service data, including relevant metadata, are by default easily and securely accessible, free of charge, comprehensive, structured, commonly used, and machine-readable, and – where relevant and technically feasible – directly accessible to the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that the Data Act is not just a legal contractual matter. For many businesses, it is also a matter of product architecture, API design, metadata, user portals, and internal data flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTrade secrets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Data Act does not mean that trade secrets must automatically be disclosed without protection, but trade secrets are not a general exception to data access either. The package therefore contains clauses for proportionate technical and organizational protective measures, documentation, and specific handling of situations where the data holder needs to withhold, suspend, or, in exceptional cases, refuse access according to the Data Act’s conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUnfair data terms between businesses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter IV contains specific rules on unilaterally imposed B2B terms regarding data access, data use, liability, and remedies. Certain terms may be directly unfair or presumed to be unfair. The compliance tool therefore contains a specific agreement review tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe EU Commission’s model terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EU Commission has published non-binding model terms for data access and data use as well as standard clauses for cloud computing contracts. The templates in this package are independently designed Swedish documents that build on the Data Act’s binding requirements and use the Commission’s guidance as support. They are not a verbatim copy of the Commission’s models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwedish status 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Data Act is an EU regulation and applies directly. Sweden is simultaneously working on supplementary rules regarding, among other things, the competent authority, sanctions, and dispute resolution. SOU 2025:118 has proposed supplementary Swedish legislation and designated the Swedish Post and Telecom Authority (PTS) as the competent authority. As of the product's review date, the Swedish legislative chain is still marked as ongoing, which is taken into account in the guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegulation (EU) 2023\/2854 of the European Parliament and of the Council (Data Act)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR – Regulation (EU) 2016\/679, where personal data is processed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapplicable Swedish contract and trade secret law\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEU Commission Data Act FAQ and implementation material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEU Commission non-binding MCT\/SCC material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, among others\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIoT and hardware companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emachine and industrial companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eautomotive and mobility services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenergy and smart-grid solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSaaS, PaaS, and IaaS providers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esystem integrators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata and analysis services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies receiving product data at the customer’s request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal, compliance, and IT functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant to know\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Data Act is technically and contractually dependent on the business’s actual products, data flows, roles, and system architecture. The templates must therefore always be adapted. The package does not replace individual legal advice in complex, cross-border, or litigious situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden \/ EU\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 – 2026-10-02\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55579233321302,"sku":"DATA-ACT-2026","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/data-act-mallpaket-2026.png?v=1790956180"},{"product_id":"dora-ikt-leverantorsavtal-compliance-mallpaket-2026","title":"DORA ICT Third-Party Provider Agreement \u0026 Compliance Template Package 2026 – Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eDORA ICT Provider Agreement \u0026amp; Compliance Template Package 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete DORA package for financial entities that need to regulate, assess, and monitor ICT third-party providers in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022\/2554.\u003c\/strong\u003e The package combines contract templates, risk assessment, exit plans, and a practical Excel register for providers, contracts, subcontracting chains, critical\/important functions, and DORA measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDORA began to apply on \u003cstrong\u003eJanuary 17, 2025\u003c\/strong\u003e, and includes requirements for managing ICT third-party risk, information registers, contractual provisions, concentration risk, due diligence, subcontractors, and exit strategies. The template package is legally reviewed as of \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 3, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and also takes into account the supplementary technical standards from 2024–2025.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded – 9 files\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDORA ICT Provider Agreement \/ Contract Addendum 2026 – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex for Critical\/Important Function \u0026amp; SLA – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eProvider Risk \u0026amp; Due Diligence – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDORA Exit Plan for ICT Service – Word + PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDORA ICT Provider Register, Risk \u0026amp; Exit Tool – Excel (XLSX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDORA ICT Provider Agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main template is designed as an addendum to an existing ICT, SaaS, cloud, operational, or outsourcing agreement. It covers key contractual requirements under DORA Article 30, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efull description of functions and ICT services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclassification of critical or important function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice and data storage locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eavailability, authenticity, integrity, and confidentiality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccess, recovery, and return of data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice levels and SLAs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincident support and regulatory reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecooperation with competent and resolution authorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontracting chains and material changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaudit, inspection, and access rights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtinuity, security, and testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etermination, transition services, and exit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocumentation for the information register\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor critical and important functions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen an ICT service supports a critical or important function, enhanced DORA requirements apply. The separate SLA annex includes fields for measurable qualitative and quantitative targets, RTO\/RPO, incident levels, continuity tests, audit plans, subcontractors, and notification requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSubcontractors – updated with EU 2025\/532\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package takes into account Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025\/532 regarding subcontractors for ICT services that support critical or important functions. The contract section therefore includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich ICT services may be subcontracted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprovider liability for subcontractors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erequirements for ongoing monitoring and reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontractor service and data storage locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eflow-down of security, continuity, audit, and access rights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprior notification of material changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eobjection process and right of termination in relevant situations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProvider Risk \u0026amp; Due Diligence\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate risk template supports assessment prior to contracting and during major changes. It covers aspects such as business reputation, financial stability, information security, BCP\/DR, incident management, data protection, regulatory cooperation, assurance, subcontractor management, concentration risk, substitutability, third countries, insolvency, and geopolitical risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConcentration risk and substitutability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDORA requires financial entities to assess dependencies on providers that cannot be easily replaced and situations where multiple critical or important arrangements are concentrated with the same or closely linked providers. The package therefore includes specific fields for technical lock-in, shared underlying cloud infrastructure, alternative provider, migration time, and switching costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDORA Exit Plan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ICT services supporting critical or important functions, exit strategies must be documented and testable. The exit plan covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexit triggers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emigration to a new provider or insourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata and asset inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexport formats and validation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknowledge transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransition period and transition services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparallel operation and cut-over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecure deletion and deletion certificates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisks during exit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etabletop and technical testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExcel – provider register, risk and exit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel tool contains separate sheets for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract register\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eICT providers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontracting chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecritical\/important functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue diligence and risk assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexit plans and testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDORA measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emapping to the information register\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbook is mapped to key parts of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024\/2956, including B_02.01\/B_02.02, B_05.01\/B_05.02, B_06.01, and B_07.01. It is an internal work and registry document and should not be described as a finished regulatory file for direct upload without verification against the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority's (Finansinspektionen) current reporting format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDORA Information Register\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDORA Article 28.3 requires financial entities to maintain an up-to-date register of all contractual arrangements for the use of ICT services from third-party providers. Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024\/2956 specifies the standard templates for the register. The package helps the business gather central data in a structured way as early as the provider and contract process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwedish supervision\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Swedish companies under the supervision of Finansinspektionen, DORA is supplemented by, among others, FFFS 2024:20 on incident reporting and information registers. Finansinspektionen has also explicitly made DORA implementation and digital operational resilience a supervisory priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegulation (EU) 2022\/2554 – DORA, particularly Articles 28–30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2024\/1773\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024\/2956\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025\/532\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFFFS 2024:20, where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and other sector-specific regulation when relevant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the package for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebanks and credit institutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment institutions and electronic money institutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance and reinsurance undertakings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvestment firms and market participants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efund management companies and other DORA-regulated financial entities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance, risk, legal, procurement, and IT security functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eICT providers that need to negotiate DORA addenda with financial clients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNote\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDORA's application and proportionality depend on the type of financial entity, service, function, and risk profile involved. The templates are general professional documents and must be adapted to main agreements, sector rules, regulatory status, the technical architecture of the service, and the financial entity's risk appetite. They do not replace individual legal advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Word (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanguage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJurisdiction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweden \/ EU\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of files:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 – 2026-10-03\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582028628310,"sku":"DORA-IKT-2026","price":299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/dora-ikt-leverantorsavtal-compliance-mallpaket-2026.png?v=1790979372"},{"product_id":"inkramsoverlatelseavtal-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf","title":"Asset Transfer Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eAsset Purchase Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF under Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a professional template package for companies conducting an \u003cstrong\u003easset transfer\u003c\/strong\u003e – a transfer where the buyer acquires selected assets, rights, and potentially explicitly specified obligations from a business, rather than purchasing the shares of the company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is \u003cstrong\u003ereviewed against current Swedish regulations and official guidance as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and designed as a working document for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains both Swedish and English contract versions under Swedish law, as well as a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files and 27 A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally as a downloadable ZIP file. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAsset Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e, 12 pages with 28 contract sections and 11 practical appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAsset Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 9 pages for transactions where the parties wish to use English but apply Swedish law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 6 pages with step-by-step instructions, checkpoints, and explanations of the most important legal choices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the main agreement regulate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main Swedish agreement is structured to be adaptable to both a relatively simple business transfer and a more qualified asset deal. It contains clear fill-in fields, optional clauses, and separate appendices so that the parties can describe exactly what is to be transferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement covers, among other things, parties and transaction, definitions, transferred assets, excluded assets, assumed and retained obligations, customer and supplier agreements, third-party consents, purchase price, payment mechanics, VAT, conditions precedent, operation of the business until closing, personnel, GDPR, transfer of title, seller and buyer warranties, claims, liability, specific indemnities, confidentiality, optional non-compete and non-solicitation clauses, optional transition support, accounting records, insurance, notices, assignment of the agreement, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e11 appendices to reduce the risk of ambiguity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn an asset transfer, it is particularly important not to settle for a general statement that the \"business assets\" are being transferred. The package therefore contains eleven appendices that make it possible to identify and document the deal concretely:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixtures and tangible assets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einventory,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreements to be transferred,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceivables – optional appendix,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassumed obligations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epurchase price allocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonnel overview,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclosing checklist,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisclosures and warranty exceptions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especific indemnities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVAT – updated assessment for 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a specific and cautiously drafted VAT provision based on \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5, Section 38 of the Value Added Tax Act (2023:200)\u003c\/strong\u003e. An asset deal is not automatically VAT-exempt simply because it is labeled as a business transfer. The conditions must be assessed based on the specific transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement therefore instructs the parties to assess before closing whether the transfer is wholly or partially covered by the rules on business transfers and to handle the transaction according to that assessment. If the provision is not applicable, statutory VAT must be able to be handled for the part that is subject to VAT. This construction is particularly important because the Swedish Tax Agency's legal guidance on business transfers was updated on, among other dates, \u003cstrong\u003eJuly 6 and September 9, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonnel and business transfer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the transaction constitutes a business transfer covered by \u003cstrong\u003eSection 6 b of the Employment Protection Act (1982:80)\u003c\/strong\u003e, rights and obligations under employment contracts may transfer to the buyer in accordance with mandatory rules. The document therefore addresses the personnel issue separately and includes a specific personnel appendix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template also draws attention to applicable information and negotiation obligations under \u003cstrong\u003eSections 11 and 13 of the Employment (Co-determination in the Workplace) Act (1976:580)\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as the check of \u003cstrong\u003eSection 28 of the MBL\u003c\/strong\u003e in the event of a business transfer and collective bargaining agreements. The agreement further clarifies that the former employer, pursuant to Section 6 b of the Employment Protection Act, remains responsible to the employee for financial obligations relating to the period prior to the transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAgreements and third-party consent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRental agreements, licenses, leasing, customer agreements, supplier agreements, and other contracts may contain transfer prohibitions or requirements for consent. The template therefore does not assume that every agreement automatically follows the buyer. Appendix 3 makes it possible to register the counterparty, notice period, change-of-control\/transfer requirements, and consent status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIntellectual property, data, and GDPR\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssets can consist of, for example, trademarks, domain names, program code, copyrights, drawings, manuals, know-how, customer relationships, and other intangible values. Appendix 4 helps the parties identify the rights and who actually owns or licenses them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersonal data is handled separately. Customer registers and personnel data may not be treated as a standard physical asset but must be transferred and used with a legal basis and in accordance with GDPR, data minimization, information obligations, security, and other applicable data protection requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurchase price and price allocation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement has fill-in fields for the purchase price and payment mechanics, as well as a specific appendix for allocating the purchase price between different asset classes. The allocation can have accounting and tax consequences and should therefore be factually substantiated. For larger deals, separate tax and accounting checks are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranties, disclosures, and liability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement contains a basic set of warranties regarding, among other things, authority, title to the transferred assets, encumbrances, material assets and inventory, known disputes, intellectual property, material customer and supplier agreements, personnel information, and disclosures regarding tax and accounting to the extent they are relevant to the buyer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 is used for concrete \u003cstrong\u003edisclosures and warranty exceptions\u003c\/strong\u003e. The agreement also contains customizable fields for de minimis, basket\/threshold, liability caps, limitation periods for claims, and specific warranties. These levels must be determined based on the actual transaction – not left blank at signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClosing checklist and closing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 acts as a closing checklist. There, the parties can document the responsible person, deadline, status, and evidence\/documents for each closing action. The main agreement ties the transfer of title to completed closing actions and payment, taking into account that certain rights may require special registration or third-party consent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish version under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also includes a separate \u003cstrong\u003eAsset Purchase Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e in English. This is not a template under English or American law, but an English-language contract version intended for a transaction where \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied. It is useful, for example, when buyers, sellers, owners, advisors, or group functions work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate guide explains how the template is used from preparation to signing and closing. It goes through the difference between share transfers and asset transfers, how assets and liabilities should be specified, how consents are checked, when personnel issues need special handling, how the VAT provision should be read, and how the appendices are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide also contains common errors to avoid and clear situations where the parties should seek individual legal, tax, or accounting advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The documentation has been checked against, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Value Added Tax Act (2023:200), particularly Chapter 5, Section 38,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Employment Protection Act (1982:80), particularly Sections 6 b and 7,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Employment (Co-determination in the Workplace) Act (1976:580), particularly Sections 11, 13, and 28,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and Swedish supplementary data protection legislation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Accounting Act (1999:1078),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 27 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eWord (DOCX) – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePDF – for reference, printing, and checking the intended layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDigital download – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant to know\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a professional general contract template and not individual legal advice. Every asset transfer must be adapted to the actual assets, liabilities, agreements, personnel conditions, permits, tax conditions, and other circumstances. Specific advice should be sought for larger or complex transactions, international parties, insolvency, real estate, licensed operations, extensive personnel issues, or advanced tax issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55593648554326,"sku":"INKRAM-2026-2027","price":129.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/inkramsoverlatelseavtal-2026-2027-word-pdf.png?v=1791069034"},{"product_id":"agentavtal-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-svensk-ratt","title":"Agency Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eAgency Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – complete commercial agency agreement in Word and PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive and professional \u003cstrong\u003ecommercial agency agreement according to Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template package is designed for companies that sell goods through an independent commercial agent and require clear rules regarding, among other things, \u003cstrong\u003ecommission, territory, customer base, exclusivity, authority, marketing, termination, goodwill indemnity, and non-compete clauses\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against applicable Swedish law as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and designed as a professional working draft for \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains both a complete Swedish version and an English-language \u003cstrong\u003eSales Agency Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e adapted to Swedish law, as well as a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files and 46 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product will be shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThis is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAgency Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 21 pages with 28 contract sections and 14 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSales Agency Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 21 pages with corresponding regulations and 14 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with step-by-step instructions, legal explanations, common pitfalls, and a signing checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is an agency agreement suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for a \u003cstrong\u003ecommercial agent\u003c\/strong\u003e who independently and permanently acts on behalf of a principal for the sale or purchase of \u003cstrong\u003egoods\u003c\/strong\u003e. For example, the agent can develop the market, contact customers, take orders or bids, and – only if specifically authorized – enter into agreements in the name of the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is important to distinguish commercial agency from other arrangements. A reseller or distributor normally buys goods in their own name and resells them at their own risk, whereas a commercial agent acts on behalf of the principal and normally receives commission. For pure service mediation, consulting assignments, franchising, or resale, other contract templates should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDesigned based on the Commercial Agency Act (1991:351)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is based on the central rules of the \u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Agency Act (1991:351)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Several of these rules provide the agent with protection that cannot be contracted away to the agent's disadvantage. Therefore, the template does not contain simplified standard clauses that risk being invalid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement covers, among other things, the loyalty duties of the agent and principal, commission during and after the assignment period, commission notes and supporting data, the agent's authority, notice periods, immediate termination, goodwill indemnity, damages, and non-compete clauses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e28 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish main agreement includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and background,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eappointment and scope of the assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeographical area and customer base,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexclusive or non-exclusive agency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe agent's obligations and duty of loyalty,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe principal's obligations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe agent's authority towards customers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprices, discounts, and commercial terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission and other remuneration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccrual, payment, and commission note,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecosts, travel, and representation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketing and intellectual property rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eanti-corruption, sanctions, and compliance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance and liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract term,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eordinary termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimmediate termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoodwill indemnity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission after contract termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete and business after termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandover,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edamages and limitation of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices and assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoverning law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e14 practical appendices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo make the agreement adaptable, fourteen separate appendices\/schedules are included directly in the document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGoods and product groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eArea, customer base, and exclusivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission and remuneration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCost and marketing budget\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eReporting and KPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAuthority matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContract term and termination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOptional non-compete clause after contract termination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eResponsibility matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContact and notice details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDispute resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal data and systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBrand and marketing guidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompliance checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommission – more than just a percentage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe commission section is one of the most important parts of an agency agreement. Appendix 3 makes it possible to specify standard commission, calculation basis, currency, payment frequency, handling of returns and credits, post-termination commission, and bonus or commission tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template explicitly notes that the commission model must be used in conjunction with applicable rules in the Commercial Agency Act. It therefore includes rules on commission notes, settlement, and the agent's right to necessary supporting data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommission after the agreement has ended\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common misconception is that all rights to commission automatically cease on the same day the agency agreement ends. Under certain conditions, the agent may be entitled to commission even on agreements concluded after the assignment has ended, for example when the business was primarily brought about by the agent's efforts during the assignment period and is concluded within a reasonable time thereafter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore has a separate provision on \u003cstrong\u003epost-termination commission\u003c\/strong\u003e and instructs the parties to continue the final settlement even after the end of the contract when the law's rules are applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAuthority matrix – who may bind the principal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agent may not automatically enter into agreements in the principal's name. Therefore, the package contains a specific authority matrix where the parties can clearly state whether the agent may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceive orders or bids,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenter into agreements in the principal's name,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egrant discounts within a specified limit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceive payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccept complaints or reach settlements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduces the risk of the agent making promises or changes that were not intended to bind the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExclusivity and house accounts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 makes it possible to choose between non-exclusive agency, geographical exclusivity, or exclusivity for a specific customer base. There, the parties can also specify excluded customers, central corporate agreements, e-commerce channels, and so-called \u003cem\u003ehouse accounts\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is particularly important that exclusivity and the commission model are formulated together so that it is clear which business should generate commission even if the order comes directly to the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTermination – adapted to the law's minimum rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an indefinite agreement, the statutory minimum notice period is normally one month during the first year of the assignment and thereafter increases by one month for each started year of the assignment, up to six months. The parties cannot freely enter a shorter notice period to the agent's disadvantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore does not contain incorrect standard rules such as \"30 days' notice\" regardless of how long the agency has lasted. Appendix 7 helps the parties choose a contract term and notice period with consideration for the specific relationship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoodwill indemnity – especially important in commercial agency\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen an agency agreement ends, the agent may under certain conditions be entitled to \u003cstrong\u003egoodwill indemnity\u003c\/strong\u003e. This may become relevant, for example, when the agent has brought the principal new customers or significantly increased trade with existing customers and the principal continues to have a substantial benefit from this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement does not attempt to write away the goodwill indemnity in advance. Instead, the template contains a clear clause that the agent's mandatory rights must be respected and that any entitlement is assessed according to applicable law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-compete clause after the agency ends\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 contains an \u003cstrong\u003eoptional\u003c\/strong\u003e non-compete clause. It is not automatically activated. If the parties wish to use such a clause, it must be adapted to the requirements of the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA subsequent non-compete clause must, among other things, be in writing, relate to the area or customer base assigned to the agent, and be limited to the types of goods covered by the agency. According to the law, it cannot bind the agent for longer than two years after the agency agreement has ended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR, CRM, and customer registers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAgency agreements often involve the processing of contact persons, customer registers, CRM data, lead lists, and sales history. Appendix 12 helps the parties document which systems and personal data are used, what role each party has, the purpose of the processing, and what measures are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the agent processes personal data solely on behalf of the principal, a separate data processor agreement may be needed. The template therefore explicitly reminds that this issue must be assessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Sales Agency Agreement according to Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a complete \u003cstrong\u003eSales Agency Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e in English with the same structure and 14 schedules. It is intended for relationships where Swedish rules are to be applied but where, for example, the agent, the principal's group, owners, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English template is thus not a template according to British or American law, but an English-language version adapted for Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains step-by-step how the agreement is filled out and when the various appendices are used. It particularly covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between a commercial agent and a reseller,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow area and exclusivity should be defined,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the agent's authority should be limited,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the commission model is filled out,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epost-termination commission,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotice periods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoodwill indemnity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete clause,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and CRM,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal check before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The documents have been checked against, among other things, the \u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Agency Act (1991:351)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eEU Commercial Agency Directive 86\/653\/EEC\u003c\/strong\u003e, GDPR, and Swedish supplementary data protection legislation, as well as relevant rules on trade secrets, marketing, and competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been developed for use during these years based on the legal status at the review date. In the event of a future change in the law, the document should always be checked against the new legal situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the package suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish manufacturers and wholesalers who use sales agents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimporters and brand owners,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies that want to establish an agent in a certain region or customer group,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish principals with a foreign agent where Swedish law is to be used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagents who want to clearly document their commission, customer base, and rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadvisors and entrepreneurs who need a structured agency agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 46 pages • 14 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable with clear fill-in fields and tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and checking the intended layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – the files are delivered immediately after purchase. No physical item is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contract draft and does not replace individual legal advice. International agencies, regulated products, large exclusive territories, extensive powers of attorney, advanced commission models, ongoing termination disputes, or calculations of goodwill indemnity should be assessed specifically by a qualified advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594023878998,"sku":"AGENTAVTAL-2026-2027","price":199.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/agentavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791069595"},{"product_id":"ramavtal-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-svensk-ratt","title":"Framework Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eFramework Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – complete B2B framework agreement in Word and PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive and professional \u003cstrong\u003eframework agreement for recurring purchases of goods and\/or services between companies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for businesses that wish to establish common legal and commercial terms for a long-term collaboration, while each actual order is made through a separate \u003cstrong\u003ecall-off\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003ereviewed against current Swedish law and official guidance as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains a Swedish version, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eFramework Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 53 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThis is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramework Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 23 pages with 28 contract sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramework Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 23 pages with a corresponding structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 7 pages with step-by-step instructions, legal checkpoints, and a pre-signing checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a framework agreement suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable when two companies want to create a stable contractual framework for recurring orders without negotiating all basic terms for every purchase. It can be used, for example, for ongoing deliveries of components, consumables, services, support, consulting services, IT services, or combined goods and service deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe framework agreement regulates the basic terms. Each actual order is subsequently made through a \u003cstrong\u003eCall-off\u003c\/strong\u003e specifying, for example, scope, quantity, price, delivery date, location, and specific acceptance criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant limitation – private B2B, not PPA\/UPA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a \u003cstrong\u003eprivate law B2B framework agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not designed as a framework agreement under the Swedish Public Procurement Act (LOU), the Act on Procurement in the Utilities Sectors (LUF), or other procurement legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublic framework agreements have specific rules regarding, for example, which organizations may place call-offs, how contracts may be awarded, and the permitted duration of the framework agreement. If the agreement is to be used in public procurement, separate adjustments under procurement law are therefore required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e28 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and the purpose of the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract documents and order of priority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of the framework agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecall-offs, orders, and contract formation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforecasts, volumes, and capacity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprices, fees, and price adjustment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoicing and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery of goods, risk, and title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservices, personnel, and subcontractors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, testing, and acceptance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefects, remedies, and warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSLA and service credits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echange management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance and ethical requirements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocumentation, audit, and follow-up,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and limitation of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterm and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsequences of termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices, assignment, and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and international sales,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother contract provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 professional appendices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – which goods and\/or services may be called off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolume, forecast, and minimum commitments\u003c\/strong\u003e – including any capacity or take-or-pay solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCall-off process, authorization, and contact channels\u003c\/strong\u003e – who is authorized to order and how a Call-off becomes binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice list and price adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e – currency, discount, index, freight, travel, and notice period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery terms and product warranties\u003c\/strong\u003e – place of delivery, transport, risk, Incoterms, and warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eServices, staffing, and acceptance\u003c\/strong\u003e – deliverables, milestones, key personnel, and acceptance criteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSLA and support\u003c\/strong\u003e – service levels, measurement, reporting, and service credits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntellectual property rights and licenses\u003c\/strong\u003e – background material, standard products, specially developed results, and third-party licenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eData protection and information security\u003c\/strong\u003e – GDPR, access control, incident reporting, and sub-processors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance and sustainability requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e – e.g., anti-corruption, sanctions, export control, and product safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, indemnities, and insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, carve-outs, and insurance levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerm, termination, CISG, and dispute resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e – start date, extension, force majeure, ongoing call-offs, international sales, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCall-offs and contract formation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the most common conflict points in long-term supplier relationships is ambiguity regarding when an individual order actually becomes binding and which terms apply to it. The template therefore contains an explicit \u003cstrong\u003ecall-off mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e where authorized purchasers, ordering channels, and order confirmations can be defined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is also a clear order of priority between the main agreement, appendices, data processing agreements, call-offs, and subsequent amendment agreements so that conflicting standard terms or order texts do not inadvertently override the Framework Agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrices, indexing, and cost control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 makes it possible to document the price list, unit, currency, discounts, index or other price adjustment method, next adjustment, and special costs. The template avoids vague standard wording where the supplier can unilaterally refer to a future price list without an agreed-upon control mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoods and the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the purchase of personal property, the \u003cstrong\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931)\u003c\/strong\u003e may become applicable. The Sale of Goods Act is largely non-mandatory, meaning that the Parties can agree on other solutions. The framework agreement therefore contains its own rules regarding, for example, delivery, inspection, defects, warranty, and liability that can supplement or replace the statutory standard rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the Sale of Goods Act does not apply when the service component is the predominant part of the Supplier's obligation. The template is therefore structured so that goods and service deliveries can be handled separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eServices, acceptance, and SLA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor services and project deliveries, the Parties can define clear deliverables, milestones, key personnel, and acceptance criteria in Appendix 6. Appendix 7 is used for measurable service levels and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eService credits or price reductions are not automatically exclusive remedies. If the Parties want a certain remedy to be exclusive, this must be stated explicitly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChange management\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a formal Change Control process. No Party is required to implement a change that affects price, scope, security, schedule, or risk allocation before a Change Order has been approved by authorized representatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIntellectual property rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 helps the Parties distinguish between the Supplier's background material, standard products, the Customer's material, third-party material, and results developed specifically within the collaboration. It is used to specify owners, the Customer's license or right of use, and any restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and information security\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the Supplier processes personal data on the Customer's behalf, a separate data processing agreement is normally required under Article 28 of the GDPR. The framework agreement therefore does not contain a simplified clause claiming that a few sentences replace a full-scale DPA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 is used to document security requirements, incident reporting, access controls, logging, sub-processors, storage location, and deletion routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability and insurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 makes it possible to specify liability caps, special carve-outs, any indemnities, and insurance levels. The base template distinguishes between direct and indirect loss but leaves the commercially sensitive levels open so that they can be adapted to the contract value and actual risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInternational sales and CISG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor international sales of goods, the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (1987:822) on International Sales\u003c\/strong\u003e and the CISG may become applicable. Therefore, there is a specific selection point in Appendix 12 where the Parties can state whether the CISG is to apply or be explicitly excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor purchases where both the seller and the buyer have their places of business in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, or Sweden, the special Nordic rule in Section 2 of the Act on International Sales applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Framework Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same structure, 28 contract sections, and 12 schedules. It is intended for situations where Swedish law is to be applied but where, for example, the supplier, customer, group, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore an English-language template under Swedish law – not a template under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide explains when a framework agreement is the correct form of contract, the difference from public procurement, how the call-off process is built, how all 12 appendices are used, and which legal issues should be checked before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide also includes a complete final checklist for parties, scope of delivery, volume, call-offs, prices, delivery, SLA, IP, GDPR, liability, term, CISG, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things, the \u003cstrong\u003eContracts Act (1915:218)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (1987:822) on International Sales\u003c\/strong\u003e, the GDPR, and the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (2018:218) with supplementary provisions to the EU Data Protection Regulation\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as the \u003cstrong\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 53 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable with clear fill-in fields and tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a professional general contract template and does not replace individual legal advice. Public procurement, large international agreements, regulated business, complex IT outsourcing, extensive processing of personal data, competition law issues regarding exclusivity, or very high liability amounts should be assessed separately by a qualified advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594221928790,"sku":"RAMAVTAL-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/ramavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791071588"},{"product_id":"kundavtal-b2b-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"B2B Customer Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomer Agreement B2B Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF in Swedish and English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement for B2B relationships\u003c\/strong\u003e where a company sells and delivers goods and\/or services to an identified corporate client. The agreement is designed to consolidate the most important commercial and legal terms into a clear document: orders, prices, payment, deliveries, services, acceptance, warranty, SLA, intellectual property rights, GDPR, confidentiality, liability, contract term, termination, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003ereviewed against current Swedish law as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and developed for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package contains both a Swedish B2B version and a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e based on Swedish law, as well as a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 43 A4 pages, and 10 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical item is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement B2B 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 19 pages with 22 agreement sections and 10 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 19 pages with a corresponding structure and 10 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 5 pages with step-by-step instructions, legal checkpoints, and a pre-signature checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is this Customer Agreement suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable when the supplier has an identified corporate client and the parties want a cohesive agreement for the entire customer relationship. This may apply, for example, to ongoing sales of products, machinery, components, or consumables, consulting and service tasks, support, installation, digital deliveries, or combinations of goods and services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor relationships with many separate call-offs, multiple delivery locations, or very extensive framework terms, a separate Framework Agreement may be more appropriate. However, the Customer Agreement is ideal when the parties want a clear master agreement for a specific customer relationship with the option to make individual Orders under the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant limitation – B2B, not consumer agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis template is designed for agreements \u003cstrong\u003ebetween businesses\u003c\/strong\u003e. It should not be used unchanged in consumer relationships, where mandatory consumer protection rules may apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the sale of goods between businesses, the Swedish Sale of Goods Act (*Köplagen*) may be applicable. The Sale of Goods Act is largely non-mandatory, meaning the parties can set other terms through the agreement. If the service component is the predominant part of the supplier’s obligation, however, the Sale of Goods Act does not normally apply to the mixed delivery. The Customer Agreement is therefore structured so that goods and services can be regulated separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e22 agreement sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and the purpose of the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreement documents and order of priority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope and orders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprices, taxes, and price changes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoicing and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery of goods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservices and deliverables,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, acceptance, and complaints,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefects and remediation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranty and support,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance and marketing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and limitation of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract term and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsequences of termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and international sales,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emiscellaneous provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e10 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProducts and services\u003c\/strong\u003e – exactly what the agreement covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering process\u003c\/strong\u003e – who is authorized to order and when an order becomes binding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice list and price adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e – prices, currency, discounts, fees, indexes, and notice periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery terms for goods\u003c\/strong\u003e – place of delivery, Incoterms, transfer of risk, packaging, and warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eServices and acceptance\u003c\/strong\u003e – deliverables, staffing, milestones, and acceptance criteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty, SLA, and support\u003c\/strong\u003e – warranty and service levels with measurable times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP and licenses\u003c\/strong\u003e – background material, standard products, customer material, and specially developed results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR and information security\u003c\/strong\u003e – roles, systems, access, incidents, and security requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e – e.g., regulatory requirements, security, anti-corruption, and other relevant requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, contract term, termination, CISG, and disputes\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, insurance, duration, termination, and venue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrders and contract conclusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 is used to determine how Orders are to be made, which individuals are authorized to order, and when an order becomes binding. This reduces the risk that an oral order, an email, or a purchase order unintentionally creates terms other than those the parties intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement also contains a clear order of priority between the main agreement, appendices, Orders, and subsequent written amendments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrices and price changes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 makes it possible to specify fixed prices, unit prices, currency, discounts, indexes, or other price adjustment models. The supplier cannot automatically refer to a future price list without support in the model the parties have filled in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this way, it becomes clear how price adjustments may be made, how far in advance they must be notified, and which fees may actually be charged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInvoicing, 30 days, and penalty interest\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base template uses 30-day payment terms. For B2B receivables for payment for goods or services, the Swedish Interest Act (*Räntelagen*) stipulates that a payment term longer than 30 days requires the creditor to explicitly approve the longer period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore specifies that a longer payment term must be expressly agreed upon. In the event of late payment, penalty interest according to the Interest Act may apply. The Act's normal calculation is the reference rate applicable at any given time plus eight percentage points, unless otherwise validly follows from the agreement or law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the statutory conditions are met, the supplier may also be entitled to late payment compensation according to the Act on Compensation for Debt Collection Costs, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery of goods and the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor goods, the place of delivery, transport liability, transfer of risk, and any Incoterms are regulated in Appendix 4. The goods must correspond to the agreed specification and the warranties that the parties have filled in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) applies to the sale of movable property but is primarily non-mandatory. The agreement can therefore be used to create more precise rules regarding inspection, complaints, remediation, redelivery, price reduction, and rescission than would otherwise follow from the Act's standard rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eServices and acceptance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor services and digital deliveries, the parties can use Appendix 5 to define deliverables, milestones, staffing, and acceptance criteria. This is particularly useful when the agreement includes projects, installation, consulting services, support, or other performances where \"delivery\" cannot be assessed in the same way as a physical item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, SLA, and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 makes it possible to specify warranty periods, availability, support hours, response times, correction times, and other service levels. The formulations are intentionally measurable so that it is possible to determine if the delivery actually meets the agreed level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIntellectual property rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 7 distinguishes between the supplier's background material, standard products, customer material, and specially developed results. There, the parties can specify who owns each part and what license or right of use the customer receives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly relevant in cases such as software, design, drawings, documentation, educational material, databases, technical solutions, and consulting deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and Data Processor Agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 helps the parties identify personal data roles, systems, access, security requirements, and incident management. If the supplier processes personal data \u003cstrong\u003eon behalf of the customer\u003c\/strong\u003e, the processing generally needs to be regulated through a separate Data Processor Agreement under Article 28 of the GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Customer Agreement therefore does not claim that a short standard clause replaces a full Data Processor Agreement. Instead, it provides clear instructions on when a separate agreement needs to be established.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality and trade secrets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains confidentiality rules and refers to the protection of trade secrets. The parties can use the agreement to protect, for example, price lists, customer data, technical information, business plans, product information, documentation, and other non-public information shared during the collaboration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability and limitation of liability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 contains fill-in fields for liability caps, any exceptions to the liability cap, insurance requirements, contract term, and termination. The levels are deliberately left open because a reasonable liability cap must be assessed in relation to contract value, risk, insurance, and the type of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eContract term and termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can choose a fixed contract period, open-ended agreement, or another structure and specify the regular notice period. The agreement also contains provisions on material breach, cure periods, and consequences after the agreement has ended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInternational sale of goods and CISG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor international sales of goods, the Act (1987:822) on International Sales of Goods and the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) may be applicable. Appendix 10 therefore contains an explicit choice where the parties can state whether the CISG is to apply or be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Customer Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a complete \u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e with the same structure and 10 schedules. It is intended for corporate relationships where Swedish rules are to apply but where the customer, supplier, group functions, owners, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English template is thus adapted to Swedish law and should not be confused with an agreement under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate guide shows step-by-step how to use the Customer Agreement. It helps the user determine when the Customer Agreement is the right form of agreement, how to fill in the appendices, how to formulate payment terms, how to distinguish between goods and services, how to handle GDPR issues, and which checkpoints should be cleared before signing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Interest Act (1975:635),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (1981:739) on Compensation for Debt Collection Costs, etc.,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (1987:822) on International Sales of Goods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2018:218) supplementing the EU General Data Protection Regulation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been reviewed against the legal situation at the date of review and are developed for use during these years. In the event of later legislative changes, the template should always be checked against the new legal situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 43 pages • 10 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout checking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is professional general contractual material and does not replace individual legal advice. Large contract values, regulated activities, complicated international deliveries, IT outsourcing, extensive personal data processing, advanced intellectual property structures, or unusually high liability risks should be assessed separately by a qualified advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594456088918,"sku":"KUNDAVTAL-B2B-2026-2027","price":99.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kundavtal-b2b-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791074357"},{"product_id":"aterforsaljaravtal-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Reseller Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eReseller Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF in Swedish and English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive and professional \u003cstrong\u003ereseller agreement for B2B relationships\u003c\/strong\u003e, in which an independent reseller purchases goods from a supplier and resells them in their own name, on their own behalf, and at their own financial risk. The template package is designed to regulate the entire distribution relationship – from products, purchase prices, and delivery to territory, exclusivity, e-commerce, trademarks, warranty, GDPR, liability, non-compete clauses, and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is \u003cstrong\u003ereviewed against applicable Swedish law and relevant EU regulations as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and developed for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains both a complete Swedish Reseller Agreement and an English-language \u003cstrong\u003eReseller Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e adapted to Swedish law, as well as a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 40 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded in this package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReseller Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 18 pages with 24 contractual sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReseller Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with corresponding structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 5 pages with step-by-step instructions, competition law checkpoints, and a pre-signature checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a reseller agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for situations where the reseller buys products from the supplier and subsequently resells them in their own name and on their own behalf. The reseller normally bears their own inventory, credit, and sales risk, and earns money through their trade margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis differs from a commercial agency. A commercial agent acts on behalf of the principal and may, under certain conditions, be covered by the Commercial Agency Act (1991:351). This template is therefore clearly designed as \u003cstrong\u003eresale\/distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not create an agency, employment, franchise, or the right to bind the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e24 contractual sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe reseller's independent status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproducts, assortment, and sales channels,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterritory, customer groups, and exclusivity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eonline sales and digital marketing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epurchase prices, discounts, and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe reseller's free resale pricing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorders, forecasts, and minimum purchases,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery, risk, and title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct information and compliance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketing and trademarks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranty, claims, returns, and recall,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer data, GDPR, and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance, anti-corruption, and sanctions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete clause during the agreement period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterm and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsequences of termination and sell-off,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompetition law savings clause,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices, assignment, and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law, CISG, and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProducts and sales channels\u003c\/strong\u003e – exact assortment, SKUs, and approved channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerritory, customer groups, and exclusivity\u003c\/strong\u003e – territory, reserved customers, and permitted active sales restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase prices, discounts, and payment\u003c\/strong\u003e – price list, currency, bonus, freight, and payment terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrders, delivery, and logistics\u003c\/strong\u003e – order point, delivery location, Incoterms, lead time, and passing of risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrademarks and marketing\u003c\/strong\u003e – graphic profile, campaigns, domains, and approved material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eE-commerce, online platforms, and digital advertising\u003c\/strong\u003e – website requirements, marketplaces, search advertising, and price comparison sites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eForecasts, KPIs, and potential minimum purchases\u003c\/strong\u003e – commercial goals and reporting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty, claims, returns, and recall\u003c\/strong\u003e – aftermarket, RMA, spare parts, and recall process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR, customer data, and information security\u003c\/strong\u003e – roles, systems, incident reporting, and the need for Data Processing Agreements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance, product requirements, liability, and insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e – regulatory requirements, liability caps, and insurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerm, non-compete clause, and termination\u003c\/strong\u003e – duration, notice, remaining stock, and sell-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotices, assignment, CISG, and dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – final legal choices and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe reseller sets their own end-customer price\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA key element of a legally compliant reseller agreement is that the reseller must be allowed to set their own resale price. The Swedish Competition Authority states that a supplier and a reseller may not agree on fixed or minimum prices that the reseller charges their customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore includes a specific pricing clause where the reseller independently determines the sales price, discounts, and terms towards their customers. The supplier may use a \u003cstrong\u003erecommended price or maximum price\u003c\/strong\u003e only provided that it truly remains non-binding and is not in practice converted into a fixed or minimum price through pressure, sanctions, bonuses, or other incentives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExclusivity, territory, and customer groups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 makes it possible to choose between non-exclusive and exclusive distribution and to describe a territory or specific customer groups. However, such clauses must not be used mechanically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EU Vertical Block Exemption Regulation, Commission Regulation (EU) 2022\/720, contains detailed rules on which restrictions of active and passive sales may be permitted in exclusive and selective distribution systems. The template therefore contains no general wording stating that the reseller “may not sell outside their territory.” Instead, any restrictions are documented separately and should be used only to the extent permitted by competition law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eActive and passive sales\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe distinction between active and passive sales is important in territorial distribution. Active sales can, for example, consist of direct marketing targeted at a specific customer group or area. Passive sales are typically sales occurring after a spontaneous, unsolicited request from the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder certain conditions, active sales into an exclusive territory can be restricted. A general ban on passive sales, however, is normally a serious competition law restriction. This is reflected directly in Appendix 2 and the agreement's savings clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eE-commerce and effective use of the internet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is specifically adapted for modern e-commerce. The reseller is allowed to use the internet effectively to sell the Products. The supplier can set objective and proportionate quality requirements for, for example, the website, brand presentation, customer service, product information, and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConversely, the agreement must not be structured in a way that prevents the reseller from using the internet effectively in practice. Appendix 6 therefore contains separate fields for website requirements, online marketplaces, search advertising, price comparison services, and digital customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e30% market share and VBER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEU Regulation 2022\/720 contains a block exemption – a so-called \"safe harbour\" – for many vertical agreements when, among other things, the supplier's market share in its relevant sales market and the buyer's market share in its relevant purchase market do not exceed \u003cstrong\u003e30 percent\u003c\/strong\u003e and the agreement does not contain particularly serious competition restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn agreement exceeding the 30-percent threshold is not automatically prohibited. However, it cannot rely on the same automatic block exemption and therefore requires a more individual competition law assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-compete clause – not an unlimited standard clause\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 contains an optional non-compete clause. It is not automatically activated. EU vertical rules imply, among other things, that a direct or indirect non-compete clause that is unlimited or exceeds five years normally falls outside the block exemption, with specific exceptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the termination of the agreement, the possibility of using a non-compete clause is even more limited. Therefore, the agreement instead contains a flexible structure where the clause must be chosen and checked based on the actual distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrders, delivery, and the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 allows for specifying when an order becomes binding, delivery location, Incoterms, transport liability, lead time, freight, passing of risk, and any retention of title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the sale of personal property between businesses, the \u003cstrong\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931)\u003c\/strong\u003e may become applicable to the extent the parties have not agreed otherwise. The Sale of Goods Act is to a large extent dispositive, and the template is therefore used to create clearer commercial terms than what would otherwise follow from the law's standard rules alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, claims, and product recall\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 is used to regulate the warranty period, RMA process, B2B returns, customer support, spare parts, and liability in case of product recall. This allows the supplier and reseller to determine who communicates with customers, who covers costs, and how defective or unsafe products should be handled before a problem occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTrademarks, marketing, and domains\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reseller is permitted to use the supplier's approved trademarks and marketing materials for the sale of the Products during the term of the agreement. Appendix 5 allows for documenting the graphic manual, prior approval, local campaigns, as well as rules for domain names and social media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template simultaneously prevents the reseller from registering confusingly similar marks or domains without express approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR, CRM, and customer data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 is used to document whether the supplier and reseller are independent data controllers or if one party processes personal data on behalf of the other. If a processor relationship exists, a separate data processing agreement normally needs to be concluded pursuant to Article 28 of the GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template also contains fields for shared systems, data, incident reporting, and storage\/deletion procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability, insurance, and product requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 is used to adapt product-specific requirements, anti-corruption, sanctions\/export control, liability caps, carve-outs, and insurance. The agreement intentionally leaves commercially sensitive amounts open so that they can be set in relation to the product's risk and the value of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens when the agreement terminates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains specific rules for the conclusion of the agreement. The reseller shall normally cease using the supplier's marks and stop representing themselves as an authorized reseller. Appendix 11 allows for determining how remaining stock should be handled through, for example, a sell-off period, buy-back, or other solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOngoing warranty, spare parts, and existing customer commitments can also be regulated so that the end of the distribution relationship does not create unnecessary customer or liability disputes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Reseller Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a complete \u003cstrong\u003eReseller Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e with a corresponding contractual structure and 12 schedules. It is intended for relationships where Swedish substantive law is to apply, but where the reseller, supplier, group, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is thus an English-language template according to Swedish law – not a standard agreement according to British or US law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide helps the user determine whether a reseller agreement is the correct form of agreement and then walks through the most important choices step by step. The guide specifically explains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between a reseller and a commercial agent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow products and channels should be delimited,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow exclusivity and territory should be formulated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhy the reseller must have actual price freedom,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow e-commerce and marketplace policies should be handled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe 30-percent threshold in the VBER,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete clauses and the five-year limit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranty, recall, and aftermarket,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and the need for data processing agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einventory and sell-off after the agreement terminates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The documents have been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Competition Act (2008:579),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2008:581) on Block Exemptions for Vertical Restrictive Agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Regulation (EU) 2022\/720 on vertical agreements and concerted practices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe European Commission's Guidelines on Vertical Restraints,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2018:218) with Supplementary Provisions to the EU General Data Protection Regulation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the templates have been reviewed against the legal situation at the review date and are prepared for use during these years. In the event of later changes in law or practice, a new check should be performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 40 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout check.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contract basis and does not replace individual legal advice. Competition law assessments depend on, among other things, market shares, distribution systems, geographical market, product, online channels, and the actual application of the agreement. Exclusive or selective distribution, market shares near or above 30%, complicated marketplace rules, or longer non-compete clauses should therefore be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594576019798,"sku":"ATERFORSALJARE-2026-2027","price":199.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/aterforsaljaravtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791075580"},{"product_id":"forlikningsavtal-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Settlement Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eSettlement Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF in Swedish and English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003esettlement agreement for commercial and other dispositive civil disputes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template package is designed for parties who wish to resolve a dispute through a clear, written, and final settlement – prior to court proceedings or during an ongoing legal dispute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package has been \u003cstrong\u003ereviewed against current Swedish law and official guidance as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains a Swedish version, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eSettlement Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e governed by Swedish law, and a separate, detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 38 A4 pages, and 11 attachments\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical item is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettlement Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with 23 contract sections and 11 attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettlement Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with a corresponding structure and 11 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with step-by-step instructions, legal checkpoints, and a checklist prior to signing and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a settlement agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is primarily intended for disputes where the parties themselves may decide on the matter – so-called \u003cstrong\u003edispositive civil disputes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Common examples include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment and debt disputes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreach of contract and delivery disputes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclaims for damages between companies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes following the termination or conclusion of a commercial agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsultant, supplier, and collaboration conflicts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes already being handled by a district court,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes resolved through negotiation or mediation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is not intended to be used unchanged for matters that the parties cannot freely settle, nor as a standard solution for, for example, family law status, public law sanctions, or rights that mandatory law prevents the parties from waiving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e23 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of the dispute and which claims are settled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esettlement amount and other performance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment plan, interest, and delay,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity and guarantee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efull and final settlement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erelease of claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eno general admission of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eongoing court cases, withdrawal or confirmation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elitigation costs and mediation costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatute of limitations and recognition of debt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and publicity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esettlement negotiations and evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax, VAT, and accounting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturn, deletion, and practical measures,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eauthority and power of attorney,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreach of contract and penalties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenforcement and need for an enforcement title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices and assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eentire agreement and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and disputes regarding the settlement agreement itself,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eentry into force and signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e11 practical attachments \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe dispute and settled claims\u003c\/strong\u003e – claims, objections, counterclaims, cut-off dates, and exceptions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettlement performance and main terms\u003c\/strong\u003e – amount, recipient, bank details, dates, and other performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment plan and delay\u003c\/strong\u003e – partial payments, interest, cure period, and acceleration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity\u003c\/strong\u003e – surety, bank guarantee, or other security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelease and final settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e – when the release takes effect and which claims cease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCourt cases and procedural steps\u003c\/strong\u003e – court, case number, withdrawal, or request for confirmation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLitigation and mediation costs\u003c\/strong\u003e – application fee, counsel, expert, and mediator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality and communication\u003c\/strong\u003e – confidential terms, permitted recipients, and potential court filing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTax, VAT, and accounting description\u003c\/strong\u003e – intended nature and handling of the payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical measures, return, and deletion\u003c\/strong\u003e – responsible party, deadline, and proof of performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreach of contract, notices, assignment, and dispute forum\u003c\/strong\u003e – cure period, potential penalty, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFull and final settlement – clear release\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the most critical parts of a settlement agreement is ensuring it is clear \u003cstrong\u003ewhich claims actually cease\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template therefore uses Attachment 1 and Attachment 5 together to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich claims and counterclaims are covered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich time period is covered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether other claims from the same legal relationship are also covered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich claims are explicitly excluded,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether the release takes effect immediately upon signing or only after full payment\/performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe last point is particularly important when payment is to be made later or in installments. The package makes it possible for the final release to take effect only once the main performance has actually been completed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePayment plan, interest, and acceleration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 3 contains a separate payment plan for up to several installments. The parties can specify due dates, cure periods, default interest, and whether a qualified payment delay should cause the remaining amount to fall due immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the Interest Act (1975:635) is to be applied, the template refers to the legal rule in force at any given time rather than hardcoding a percentage that may change during 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSecurity for delayed payment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the settlement amount is not paid immediately, Attachment 4 can be used to document, for example, a surety, bank guarantee, or other security. The template requires stating who provides the security, which obligation is secured, the amount, validity, and when the security is to be released.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOngoing legal disputes – withdrawal or confirmation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the dispute is already ongoing in court, the package includes a special choice regarding how the process is to be concluded. For example, the parties may agree that the plaintiff withdraws their claim and the case is closed, or request that the court \u003cstrong\u003econfirms the settlement\u003c\/strong\u003e by judgment to the extent that the conditions are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Courts state that parties who reach an agreement in a dispute may choose to have the agreement confirmed by the court or instead withdraw the case and make their own agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnforcement – a private agreement is not automatically a judgment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA private settlement agreement is binding as a contract, but it is not automatically the same as an enforcement title. If the counterparty later fails to pay or perform, the entitled party may need to obtain an enforceable ruling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a court confirms a settlement that contains a sufficiently clear obligation to pay or perform something, the confirmed settlement may carry weight as an enforcement title. The package therefore contains special fields for the text to be submitted to the court.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLitigation costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 7 allows the parties to explicitly decide how application fees, counsel costs, expert costs, and mediation costs are to be distributed. It is possible to choose that each party bears their own costs or that one party pays a specific amount to the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStatute of limitations and recognition\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Statute of Limitations Act (1981:130) contains rules regarding limitation periods and interruption of the limitation period. As a general rule, a claim becomes statute-barred after ten years if the limitation is not interrupted, with special rules for certain types of claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecognition of a claim, a payment undertaking, or payment can have significance for the limitation period. The template therefore explicitly points out that a new or confirmed payment obligation needs to be monitored even after the original dispute has been concluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality – without false promises of court confidentiality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 8 makes it possible to agree on confidentiality regarding settlement amounts, negotiation materials, and other sensitive terms. Common exceptions exist for, for example, legal advisors, auditors, insurers, authorities, and courts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the same time, the template clearly distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003eprivate contractual confidentiality and public status in court\u003c\/strong\u003e. The fact that parties write a confidentiality clause does not automatically mean that a document submitted to court becomes confidential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSettlement negotiations and mediation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Code of Judicial Procedure states that the court shall work to ensure that parties settle or otherwise reach a consensus solution when appropriate. The court can also decide on special mediation if the parties consent and the matter is such that settlement is permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package makes it possible to regulate how the parties wish to treat previous settlement proposals and mediation materials between themselves, but does not claim that a private clause replaces the law's procedural rules regarding evidence or confidentiality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTax, VAT, and accounting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSettlement payments can be treated differently depending on what the compensation actually relates to. A payment can, for example, be economically linked to damages, price adjustments, termination of the agreement, or compensation for an actual good or service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 9 is therefore used to document the intended civil law nature of the payment, any invoice\/credit note, and the parties' responsibility for tax and accounting management. For large or complicated amounts, separate tax or accounting advice should be obtained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNo automatic admission of liability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSettlement often means that the parties wish to end a dispute without anyone formally accepting the counterparty's description of what has happened. The template therefore includes a separate clause stating that the settlement, as a starting point, is not a general admission of liability, fault, or breach of contract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, this does not affect explicit payment or performance obligations that the parties actually create through the new agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Settlement Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is a complete \u003cstrong\u003eSettlement Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e with the same structure and 11 schedules. It is intended for situations where Swedish substantive law is to be applied but where the counterparty, group, owners, insurers, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is thus an English-language template under Swedish law and not a standard agreement under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate user guide helps the user go from an ongoing dispute to a completed agreement. It specifically explains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow to verify that the dispute can be settled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow release and claim definition should be filled in,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment plan and security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewithdrawal versus court confirmation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elitigation costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and court publicity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatute of limitations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eall 11 attachments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The template package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Statute of Limitations Act (1981:130),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Interest Act (1975:635),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Code of Judicial Procedure (1942:740), especially the rules on dispositive civil disputes, settlement activities, and special mediation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Enforcement Code (1981:774) and the principles of enforcement titles and enforceable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been checked against the legal situation at the review date and are prepared for use during these years. In the event of later legislative changes or significant new practice, a new review should be performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 38 pages • 11 attachments\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual basis and does not replace individual legal advice. Large settlement amounts, insolvency risk, multiple parties, complicated security, arbitration, international conditions, labor law or consumer law claims, extensive IP\/trade secret issues, or a court text that must be directly enforceable should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594593419606,"sku":"FORLIKNING-2026-2027","price":199.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/forlikningsavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791077138"},{"product_id":"avsiktsforklaring-letter-of-intent-loi-mallpaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-svensk-ratt","title":"Letter of Intent (LOI) Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eLetter of Intent (LOI) Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF under Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eLOI package for corporate acquisitions and investments\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed for situations where buyers, sellers, or investors wish to document the most important commercial terms for a potential transaction before signing a final binding transfer or investment agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish law and applicable 2026 regulations as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and is developed for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package includes a Swedish Letter of Intent (Avsiktsförklaring), a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eLetter of Intent\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate, detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 40 A4 pages, and 10 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLetter of Intent \/ LOI 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 18 pages with 24 contract sections and 10 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLetter of Intent 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 18 pages with corresponding structure and 10 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with step-by-step instructions, control points, and a checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a Letter of Intent used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA LOI is often used when the parties have progressed sufficiently in an acquisition or investment process to document their preliminary consensus, but are not yet ready to enter into a final binding agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may apply, for example, to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshares acquisition in a company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003easset transfer or business acquisition,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew share issue or other investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eminority or majority investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorporate acquisition where due diligence remains,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransaction where financing or regulatory approval needs to be clarified,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eacquisition where the parties wish to agree on exclusivity during the negotiation period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe most important legal question: what is binding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA letter of intent is not automatically non-binding just because the document is titled \"Letter of Intent\" or \"Avsiktsförklaring\". Under Swedish contract law, the document's actual content, wording, and the intention of the parties are of great importance for the assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis template is therefore structured in two clear parts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart I – Non-binding transaction terms:\u003c\/strong\u003e transaction structure, indicative valuation, purchase price, financing, due diligence, regulatory review, timeline, and preliminary head terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart II – Binding process provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e confidentiality, exclusivity\/no-shop, costs, announcements, binding clause, certain liability issues, validity, notices, and governing law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSection 19 contains a specific \u003cstrong\u003ebinding clause\u003c\/strong\u003e that explicitly states which parts are intended to be binding and which are non-binding. This reduces the risk of a preliminary commercial agreement inadvertently having greater legal effect than the parties intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e24 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main template includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and target company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindicative transaction structure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindicative valuation and purchase price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinancing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue diligence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation process and data room,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindicative conditions for implementation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulatory review and compliance issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etimeline and decision points,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperation of the business before the final agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployees, management, and incentives,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and structure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexclusivity \/ no-shop,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecosts and advisors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eannouncements and contacts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebinding effect and explicit absence of obligation to complete the transaction,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epreliminary representations and warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evalidity and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and notices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esigning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e10 professional appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransaction structure\u003c\/strong\u003e – share acquisition, asset acquisition, new issue\/investment, or other structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTarget company and ownership structure\u003c\/strong\u003e – basic data, owners, operations, subsidiaries, and key personnel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndicative valuation and price bridge\u003c\/strong\u003e – Enterprise Value, Equity Value, net debt, cash, working capital, and any earn-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDue diligence – scope\u003c\/strong\u003e – legal, financial, tax, commercial, IT\/cyber\/data, HR, and technical\/environmental.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTimeline and decision points\u003c\/strong\u003e – LOI, data room, DD, draft agreements, signing, closing, and LOI termination date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConditions and regulatory control\u003c\/strong\u003e – financing, corporate decisions, third-party consents, competition review, FDI, and sector requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExclusivity \/ No-shop – binding\u003c\/strong\u003e – start, end, prohibited activities, exceptions, and unsolicited bids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality, data room, and clean team – binding\u003c\/strong\u003e – authorization, sensitive information, clean team, and NDA priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreliminary head terms\u003c\/strong\u003e – warranties, liability caps, de minimis\/basket, indemnities, covenants, and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContact, notices, and dispute forum – binding\u003c\/strong\u003e – contact persons, advisors, notices, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShare acquisition, asset transfer, or investment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 1 makes it possible to use the same basic template for several types of transactions. Parties can choose between share transfer, asset transfer, new share issue\/investment, or other structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important because the choice of structure affects, among other things, what needs to be reviewed in due diligence, how the price is calculated, what consents may be required, and what final contract documentation is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndicative valuation and price bridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 helps the parties document an indicative valuation without creating a binding final price. The template contains separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEnterprise Value,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEquity Value,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecash and net debt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enormalized working capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eearn-out or additional purchase price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother price adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes it possible to keep the valuation clear while still allowing it to be adjusted after due diligence and final documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDue diligence – complete scope\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 contains a broad DD structure to reduce the risk of forgetting important areas. It can be adapted to the size of the transaction and includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorporate law and ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisputes and regulatory matters,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinancing and collateral,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinancial quality, net debt, and working capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomers, market, and suppliers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights and licenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT, cybersecurity, and personal data,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployees, pension, bonus, and incentives,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenvironment, real estate, and technical issues where relevant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClean team and competition-sensitive information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn acquisition process may mean that two companies – sometimes competitors – need to share sensitive information. The template therefore contains support for \u003cstrong\u003eclean teams\u003c\/strong\u003e, limited data room permissions, aggregated data, and special handling of customer-specific prices, strategies, and other competition-sensitive information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompetition review – updated for 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain corporate acquisitions must be notified to the Swedish Competition Authority or the European Commission before they can be completed. The main Swedish thresholds are based on the turnover of the companies concerned, but from \u003cstrong\u003eAugust 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Swedish Competition Authority has also gained expanded possibilities to obtain information about and, in some cases, require notification of business concentrations that are not covered by the standard two-threshold rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 therefore contains an explicit control point for competition review and standstill – instead of just asking if the traditional turnover thresholds are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFDI – foreign direct investments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInvestments in Swedish \u003cstrong\u003eprotected operations\u003c\/strong\u003e may be covered by the Act (2023:560) on the screening of foreign direct investments. The rules can affect both Swedish and international transactions depending on the investment structure and the nature of the operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains a separate FDI screening point in the regulatory appendix. If the transaction is covered, the process and timeline must be adapted to the relevant review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExclusivity \/ No-shop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 7 makes it possible to choose whether the Seller should be bound by a time-limited exclusivity period during which competing transactions may not be actively initiated or negotiated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExclusivity is kept separate from the non-binding business terms and is explicitly marked as \u003cstrong\u003ebinding\u003c\/strong\u003e. The parties can specify the start date, end date, exceptions, and how an unsolicited bid should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality and NDA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LOI contains a binding confidentiality section for information about the transaction, the target company, and the negotiations. If the parties already have a separate NDA, Appendix 8 can be used to specify which document takes precedence and how the data room should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNo obligation to complete the transaction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA central clause explicitly states that the non-binding parts do not create an obligation to sell, buy, invest, issue shares, or complete the transaction. No party is obliged to enter into a final agreement just because the LOI has been signed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, this does not affect the obligation to comply with the parts that have been explicitly made binding, such as confidentiality and exclusivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Letter of Intent under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eLetter of Intent\u003c\/strong\u003e with the same legal structure and 10 schedules. It is intended for transactions where Swedish rules are to be applied but where buyers, sellers, investors, group functions, or advisors work in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is therefore an English-language transaction document under Swedish law – not a standard document under British or American law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate guide goes through the LOI process step by step and explains, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between an LOI and a binding preliminary agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow transaction structure is chosen,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow indicative valuation should be formulated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow due diligence scope is set,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow regulatory and FDI issues are checked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow exclusivity should be time-limited,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow NDA and clean teams can be used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the binding clause should be final-checked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon mistakes to avoid,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen individual legal advice should be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Competition Act (2008:579) and the Swedish Competition Authority's current guidance on business concentrations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2023:560) on the screening of foreign direct investments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeneral Swedish contract law principles regarding contract formation, interpretation, and binding effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the template has been reviewed against the legal situation at the date of review and developed for use during these years. In the event of later rule changes or significant new practice, a new check should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 40 pages • 10 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout check.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general working document and does not replace individual legal, tax, or financial advice. Larger transactions, listed companies, international acquisitions, earn-outs, management rollovers, W\u0026amp;I insurance, complex financing, competition review, FDI, regulated operations, or situations where the parties want to create binding purchase\/investment obligations already in the LOI should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594660069718,"sku":"LOI-2026-2027","price":129.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/avsiktsforklaring-loi-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791078330"},{"product_id":"investeringsavtal-investment-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Investment Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eInvestment Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive and professional \u003cstrong\u003einvestment agreement for private capital investment in a Swedish private limited company\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for situations where an identified investor provides cash capital through a \u003cstrong\u003edirected new share issue\u003c\/strong\u003e, and where the company, the founders\/existing majority shareholders, and the investor require clear contractual terms regarding the investment, due diligence, closing, warranties, disclosure, information rights, corporate governance, and liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish regulations and updated authority information as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains a Swedish version, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eInvestment Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 40 A4 pages, and 13 attachments\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThis is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInvestment Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 18 pages with 24 contract sections and 13 attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInvestment Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 18 pages with corresponding structure and 13 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with document order, legal checkpoints, closing checklist, and common mistakes to avoid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is the investment agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for a \u003cstrong\u003eprivate, identified investment\u003c\/strong\u003e in a Swedish private limited company where the investor subscribes for new shares in exchange for cash payment. Examples:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eangel investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseed or growth capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estrategic minority investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital procurement from one or a few identified investors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvestment where the company, founders, and investor wish to document warranties and closing conditions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvestment to be combined with a separate shareholders' agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment agreement \u003cstrong\u003edoes not replace\u003c\/strong\u003e the general meeting's or the board's resolution on the share issue, the share subscription, the bank certificate, the register of shareholders, or the registration with the Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket). The corporate law documents for the share issue must be executed separately in accordance with the Swedish Companies Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e24 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and background,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe investment and the share issue structure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription price, valuation, and capitalization,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econditions precedent to closing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue diligence and information basis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eclosing and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse of investment proceeds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe company's and the founders' warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe investor's warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisclosure and warranty exceptions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability for breach of warranty,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation and reporting rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboard seat, observer, and corporate governance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereserved matters and shareholders' agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efounders' undertakings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property and data,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFDI\/UDI and regulatory oversight,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and public announcements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecosts, tax, and advice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLong Stop Date and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices, assignment, and entire agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esigning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e13 professional attachments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParties and transaction overview\u003c\/strong\u003e – company, founders\/majority owners, and investor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefinitions\u003c\/strong\u003e – key transaction concepts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInvestment, valuation, and cap table\u003c\/strong\u003e – pre-money, investment, subscription price, and ownership share.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConditions precedent to closing\u003c\/strong\u003e – share issue resolution, due diligence, SHA, FDI, consents, and bank account.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDue diligence checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – corporate law, finance, tax, contracts, IP, HR, litigation, GDPR\/cyber, and regulatory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosing checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – documents and actions in the correct order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse of proceeds and budget\u003c\/strong\u003e – how the investment capital is intended to be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty catalog\u003c\/strong\u003e – selectable warranties from the company and founders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisclosure Letter \/ warranty exceptions\u003c\/strong\u003e – concrete exceptions to the warranties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability limitations\u003c\/strong\u003e – de minimis, basket, cap, and notice periods for claims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInformation rights, board, and reserved matters\u003c\/strong\u003e – reporting, nomination, observer, and SHA connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFounder undertakings\u003c\/strong\u003e – selectable undertakings regarding work, IP, confidentiality, non-solicit, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotices, law, and dispute forum\u003c\/strong\u003e – notice addresses and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eValuation and cap table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 3 helps the parties document the transaction in a consistent manner. It contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshare capital before and after the investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of outstanding shares,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptions and convertibles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efully diluted cap table,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epre-money valuation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvestment amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription price per share,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe investor's ownership share after closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduces the risk of the company and the investor calculating ownership shares on different bases, for example, one party calculating on basic shares and the other on a fully diluted basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDirected cash new share issue\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment agreement assumes that the capital investment is carried out through a directed cash share issue. However, the actual share issue resolution must be passed separately in accordance with \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13 of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the shareholders' normal pre-emption rights are deviated from, a standard private limited company normally requires at least two-thirds of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the meeting. The share issue proposal must also specify the reasons for the deviation and the grounds for the subscription price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the share issue process itself, Mallbutiken's separate \u003cstrong\u003eNew Share Issue Package for Limited Companies 2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConditions precedent to closing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 4 is used to make the most important prerequisites for the investment measurable. Examples:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evalid share issue resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapproved due diligence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshareholders' agreement signed or accession performed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFDI\/UDI clearance or notification that the investment is left without action,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethird-party consents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshare issue account\/bank process in place,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eabsence of a defined Material Adverse Change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDue diligence\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 5 serves as a checklist for the investor's review. It includes, among other things, corporate law and cap table, accounting and financial information, tax and VAT, material agreements, intellectual property, employees and incentive programs, litigation and authority matters, GDPR\/cybersecurity, and regulatory issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment agreement distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003edue diligence\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003econtractual warranties\u003c\/strong\u003e. The fact that the investor has conducted due diligence does not automatically release the company or the founders from explicit warranties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClosing – step by step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 6 gathers the practical closing measures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esigning of the investment agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshare issue resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshare subscription,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment to the share issue account,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebank certificate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshareholders' agreement\/accession,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboard's allotment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eupdating of the share register,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration with the Swedish Companies Registration Office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis allows the investment agreement to be used together with the share issue documents without confusing the contractual investment with the corporate law capital increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranties from the company and the founders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 8 contains a selectable warranty catalog. Common warranty areas are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eauthority and corporate status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital structure and ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinancial information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property and licenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployees and incentive programs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elitigation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and cybersecurity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregulatory compliance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecertain undisclosed liabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranties should be adapted to the business and the due diligence performed. Therefore, the package is not locked to an unnecessarily aggressive standard level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisclosure Letter – clear exceptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 9 is used to document concrete known circumstances that are to be excluded from the warranties. This could, for example, be an ongoing dispute, an agreement to be renegotiated, a tax matter, or an IP right with a special licensing structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template recommends concrete disclosure rather than just referring generally to an entire data room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 10 contains fill-in fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ede minimis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebasket\/threshold,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeneral liability cap,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especial cap for fundamental warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotice periods for claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarve-outs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe commercial levels are left open as reasonable liability depends on the investment amount, valuation, risk, and due diligence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInformation rights and reporting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 11 makes it possible to grant the investor special information rights after closing, for example, monthly or quarterly reporting, annual budget, and information on material deviations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rights should be used with regard to confidentiality, GDPR, and competition law. If the investor is also a competitor, sensitive information may need to be limited or handled through special access rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBoard seat and observer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment agreement can document a contractual right to nominate a board member or appoint an observer. At the same time, the template clarifies that such a commitment does not replace the general meeting's formal election and must not require a board member to act in violation of the Swedish Companies Act or their duties to the company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReserved matters and shareholders' agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment agreement is intended to complement – not replace – a separate shareholders' agreement. Long-term ownership issues such as reserved matters, transfers, exit, drag\/tag, financing principles, and other ownership rules should normally be coordinated in the shareholders' agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template also reminds that a shareholders' agreement primarily binds the parties contractually and does not automatically create the same corporate law effect as a provision in the articles of association.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFounder undertakings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment 12 contains selectable undertakings regarding, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtinued active work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIP transfer or confirmation of the company's rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-solicit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evesting\/leaver – marked for separate legal and tax review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUDI\/FDI – review before closing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company conducts or is to conduct \u003cstrong\u003eprotected activities\u003c\/strong\u003e, the investment may be covered by the Foreign Direct Investment Review Act (2023:560). The ISP updated its notification form and its instructions during 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore includes UDI\/FDI as a separate condition precedent. Closing should not be executed in violation of an applicable review or standstill requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate limited companies – no broad public distribution\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package is expressly intended for \u003cstrong\u003ean identified private investor or a narrow private transaction\u003c\/strong\u003e. According to Chapter 1, Section 7 of the Swedish Companies Act, a private limited company may not, among other things, attempt to distribute shares or subscription rights through advertising and may generally not direct offers to more than 200 people, with the exceptions stated in the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority's prospectus guidance states that shares in private limited companies are not included in the prospectus regulation's definition of securities. This does not mean, however, that a private limited company may make an unlimited public offer – the Swedish Companies Act's specific distribution prohibitions must still be followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Investment Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same legal structure and 13 schedules. It is intended for when the investor, the parent company, advisors, or other transaction parties work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is thus an English-language version under Swedish law – not a standard agreement according to British or American venture capital law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich documents are needed and in what order,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the cap table and valuation should be checked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the directed share issue and majority requirements are related,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow FDI\/UDI is screened before closing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the distribution restrictions of private limited companies affect capital procurement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow warranties and disclosure are used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the investment agreement and shareholders' agreement are coordinated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epractical closing checklist,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon mistakes to avoid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Companies Act (2005:551), especially Chapter 1 and Chapter 13,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Foreign Direct Investment Review Act (2023:560),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecurrent ISP instructions for UDI notification 2026,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority's prospectus guidance 2026 regarding private limited companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been reviewed against the legal situation and authority information at the review date. In the event of subsequent legislative or authority changes, a new check should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 40 pages • 13 attachments\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout check.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general working document and does not replace individual legal, tax, or investment-related advice. Preference shares, liquidation preferences, anti-dilution, convertibles, warrants, complicated incentive programs, vesting\/leaver, public offerings, regulated activities, international tax planning, or major FDI cases should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594845897046,"sku":"INVEST-2026-2027","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/investeringsavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791082328"},{"product_id":"teckningsoptionspaket-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Warrant package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eWarrant package 2026\/2027 – complete issue and agreement template in Word\/PDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003ewarrant package for Swedish private limited companies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for companies that wish to issue warrants in accordance with \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 14 of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551)\u003c\/strong\u003e and require both the corporate legal issue documents and a separate agreement between the company and the warrant holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package has been \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish regulations and relevant authority guidance as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and is prepared for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains Swedish issue documents, a complete Swedish Warrant Agreement, an English-language \u003cstrong\u003eWarrant Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e governed by Swedish law, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e14 files and 30 A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded in this package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard's proposal for the issue of warrants\u003c\/strong\u003e – adapted according to Chapter 14 of the Companies Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinutes of the Extraordinary General Meeting\u003c\/strong\u003e – issue resolution and majority control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscription list for warrants\u003c\/strong\u003e – including issue resolution and subscriber details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard minutes for allotment and registration\u003c\/strong\u003e – for subscription results, allotment, and Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket) compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarrant Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e – complete agreement between the company and the warrant holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarrant Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – complete English-language version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – step-by-step from issue proposal to registration and subsequent exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a warrant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA warrant gives the holder the right to subscribe for new shares in the company in the future for payment, under the terms determined when the warrants were issued. The actual issuance of warrants is registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office first. The share capital, however, only increases when the warrants are subsequently exercised and the new shares are registered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes warrants useful, for example, for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincentive programs in private limited companies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estrategic investments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapital raising,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoption programs for key personnel,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommercial collaborations where future ownership may arise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant distinction – a warrant is not the same as a staff option\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package clearly distinguishes between \u003cstrong\u003ewarrants\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003estaff options\u003c\/strong\u003e (personaloptioner). A warrant according to Chapter 14 of the Companies Act is a corporate legal instrument and can be treated as a security for tax purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency states that if a person directly acquires a warrant due to their employment, the security rule may apply. If the warrant is acquired on favorable terms, a taxable employment benefit may arise already at the time of acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rules for qualified staff options in Chapter 11a of the Income Tax Act do not apply automatically when a person directly acquires warrants. The package is therefore not marketed as a \"tax-free staff option program.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBoard's proposal – issue terms according to Chapter 14 of the Companies Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board's proposal contains clear fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber or maximum number of warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emaximum increase in share capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho is entitled to subscribe for the warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoption premium or allotment free of charge,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebasis for allocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of new shares per warrant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexercise price\/subscription price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexercise period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecalculation rules via full option terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereasons for any deviation from shareholders' preferential rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egrounds for the option premium when warrants are issued for payment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePreferential rights and 2\/3 majority\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main rule according to Chapter 14, Section 1 of the Companies Act is that shareholders have preferential rights to the warrants in proportion to their shareholdings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf an ordinary private limited company decides to deviate from the preferential rights, a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003etwo-thirds\u003c\/strong\u003e of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the meeting is normally required. Therefore, the minutes of the meeting contain a specific majority check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 16 of the Companies Act – the 9\/10 rule is flagged separately\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor public limited companies and subsidiaries of public limited companies, there are special rules in \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 16 of the Companies Act\u003c\/strong\u003e for certain directed issues or transfers to, among others, board members, the CEO, employees, and certain related parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen those rules apply, a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003enine-tenths\u003c\/strong\u003e of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the meeting is normally required. The package therefore contains clear warnings that the Chapter 16 situation requires separate control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn ordinary independent private limited company, however, is not affected simply because the warrants are to go to an employee. The group structure must always be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSubscription list – not just a simple name table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Companies Registration Office states that subscription for warrants can take place on a separate subscription list, directly in the minutes of the general meeting under certain conditions, or through payment if the issue resolution stipulates it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate subscription list in the package therefore contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation about the issue resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of warrants and option premium,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation on where the articles of association and documentation are available,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe subscriber's identity and contact details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of subscribed warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etotal consideration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate and signature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBoard's allotment decision\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the subscription is completed, the board must decide how many warrants each subscriber is to be allotted. The package's specific board minutes therefore contain fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription result,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evalidity check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eallotment per subscriber,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment of option premium,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of issued warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emaximum possible increase in share capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexercise period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 16 check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eperson responsible for registration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRegistration with the Swedish Companies Registration Office\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe issue of warrants must be registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office. The Companies Ordinance states, among other things, that the registration application must contain information about:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe number of issued warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe amount by which the share capital may be increased at most,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe period within which the option right may be exercised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the warrants are subsequently exercised, the new shares are registered, and only then does the share capital increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarrant Agreement – 24 agreement sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main Swedish agreement regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and issue resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eacquisition and payment for the warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarket value and valuation basis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoption terms and exercise price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexercise of the warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer and pledging,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemployment or assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional Leaver\/buy-back mechanism,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional Exit mechanics,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eduty to provide information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and social security contributions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edifference from staff options,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorporate legal validity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisk and absence of return guarantee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreach of contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment of the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorder of priority between law, option terms, issue resolution, and the agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eamendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esigning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 annexes to the main agreement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the Swedish and English main templates contain \u003cstrong\u003e12 annexes\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eParties and contact details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMain economic terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eValuation basis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription notice upon exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLeaver\/buy-back – optional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eExit – optional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDispute resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIssue resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eComplete option terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAllotment decision\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTax and valuation checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompliance and insider information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMarket value and option premium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the warrants are to be offered to employees, board members, consultants, or other persons with a service connection, valuation is one of the most important parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnex 3 therefore contains fields for, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evaluation date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunderlying share value,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evolatility,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisk-free interest rate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterm,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecalculated option value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon valuation models can, for example, be based on Black-Scholes, but the valuation method and assumptions must be adapted to the specific unlisted company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLeaver and buy-back – optional and clearly marked with a warning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains an \u003cstrong\u003eoptional\u003c\/strong\u003e Annex 5 for Good Leaver, Bad Leaver, and buy-back price. It is not automatically activated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important because extensive restrictions on the right of disposal and conditions that are strongly linked to continued employment can have significance for the tax assessment of the instrument. The template therefore instructs the user to carry out a separate tax assessment before activating the leaver mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExit – optional mechanics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnex 6 makes it possible to describe how the parties want to handle the warrants in the event of, for example, a sale of the company. It can be used to specify an information deadline and any accelerated exercise right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the same time, the agreement makes it clear that the parties cannot, through a private contractual clause, change the corporate legal content of the registered option terms without the necessary resolutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTax and employer contributions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a starting point, each party is responsible for their own tax. However, the company must handle tax deductions and employer contributions when such an obligation follows from the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor service-related warrants, the company should therefore not only focus on the issue documents. Market value, acquisition price, restrictions on the right of disposal, and the participant's relationship with the company must be assessed together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Warrant Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eWarrant Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e with the same 24 agreement sections and 12 schedules. It is intended for when the warrant holder, group functions, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English template is therefore not an American, British, or international standard option agreement, but an English-language version adapted to Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide goes through the process in the correct order:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003everify that a warrant is the right instrument,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck the articles of association and group structure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprepare issue proposal according to Chapter 14 of the Companies Act,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck if Chapter 16 of the Companies Act may be applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edetermine complete option terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evalue the warrants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emake the general meeting resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarry out subscription,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emake the board's allotment decision,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregister the issue with the Swedish Companies Registration Office,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenter into the option agreement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck tax and employer contributions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Companies Act (2005:551), especially Chapter 14 and relevant parts of Chapter 16,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Companies Ordinance (2005:559),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Companies Registration Office's current information on warrants, subscription, and registration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency's legal guidance 2026 on warrants and staff options,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eThe Income Tax Act's rules on taxation of securities and staff options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been reviewed against the legal situation and authority information at the date of review. In the event of later regulatory changes or new practice, a new check should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 documents • 14 files • 30 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is a professional general document base and does not replace individual corporate legal or tax advice. Public companies, subsidiaries in public groups, LEO situations, complicated incentive programs, international participants, strong leaver\/vesting conditions, qualified staff options, multiple classes of shares, or advanced valuation issues should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594856481110,"sku":"TECKNINGSOPTION-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/teckningsoptionspaket-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791083598"},{"product_id":"konvertibellan-convertible-loan-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Convertible Loan Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF under Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003econvertible loan package for Swedish private limited liability companies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for companies that wish to raise financing through the issuance of convertible bonds in accordance with \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551)\u003c\/strong\u003e – i.e., a debt instrument that combines a loan with the right for the holder to convert the claim into new shares in the company under specified conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish regulations and official authority information as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and prepared for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains complete issuance documents, full convertible bond terms, a Swedish Convertible Loan Agreement, an English \u003cstrong\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e16 files and 36 professionally designed A4 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product is sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard of Directors' proposal for the issuance of convertible bonds\u003c\/strong\u003e – including loan amount, nominal amount, subscription price, interest, conversion price, and conversion period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinutes of the Extraordinary General Meeting\u003c\/strong\u003e – issuance resolution and majority control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscription list\u003c\/strong\u003e – adapted to Chapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard minutes for allocation and registration\u003c\/strong\u003e – subscription results, payment, bank certificate, and registration deadlines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete convertible bond terms\u003c\/strong\u003e – the corporate legal instrument terms themselves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e – complete agreement between the company and the holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e – complete English-language version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – step-by-step from issuance resolution to future conversion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a convertible loan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA convertible is a debt instrument issued by a limited liability company that simultaneously grants the holder the right to exchange all or part of the claim for new shares in the issuing company during a specified period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil conversion, the holder is primarily a \u003cstrong\u003ecreditor\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the conversion right is exercised, the claim in question is instead converted into shares according to the registered terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore important not to confuse a genuine convertible loan under Chapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act with a standard loan where the parties later hope to carry out a separate set-off issue. If one wishes to create a real corporate legal conversion right, the issuance must be decided and registered correctly from the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act – complete document flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is structured according to the actual process in Chapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act. This means that the customer not only receives a simple loan agreement but documents for the entire chain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eissuance proposal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Meeting resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eallocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration of the issuance resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematurity and interest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion request,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration of new shares after conversion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePre-emptive rights and directed issues\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a main rule, shareholders have pre-emptive rights to subscribe for convertible bonds in proportion to their existing shareholding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a private limited company instead directs the issue to, for example, a specific investor, at least \u003cstrong\u003etwo-thirds\u003c\/strong\u003e of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the General Meeting are normally required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates therefore contain specific fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether pre-emptive rights are to be waived,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho is entitled to subscribe for the convertible bonds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe reasons for the deviation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe basis for the subscription price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emajority control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChapter 16 of the Swedish Companies Act – special Leo control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor public limited companies and subsidiaries of public limited companies, Chapter 16 of the Swedish Companies Act may apply when convertible bonds are directed to, for example, a board member, CEO, employee, or certain related parties. In such cases, a different decision-making procedure applies, and normally a majority requirement of \u003cstrong\u003enine-tenths\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is primarily prepared for private independent limited companies and therefore clearly warns when a Chapter 16 situation needs to be analyzed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBoard of Directors' issuance proposal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe issuance proposal contains clear fill-in fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etotal or maximum\/minimum loan amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enominal amount per convertible,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einterest rate and interest payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties entitled to subscribe,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshare class upon conversion,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emaximum increase in share capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eallocation of the share premium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConversion price and quota value\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conversion price must be designed so that the company receives compensation through the conversion that at least corresponds to the quota value of the existing shares per new share. If a lower conversion price is to be used, the difference must be coverable through cash payment upon conversion according to the requirements of the law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore contains both control text and specific fields for the conversion price, shares per nominal amount, and any share premium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete convertible bond terms included as a separate document\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA major difference from simpler templates is that the package includes a separate document with \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete convertible bond terms\u003c\/strong\u003e. This regulates, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enominal amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubscription price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einterest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion notice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights of new shares,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecalculation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eearly repayment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment delays,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elaw and dispute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRecalculation for future capital events\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe appendix to the complete terms contains a special recalculation matrix for situations such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebonus issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esplit or consolidation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights issues,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew issuance of warrants or convertible bonds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextraordinary dividends,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereduction of share capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emerger, demerger, or liquidation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact formulas need to be adapted to the transaction and the economic structure of the instrument, but the template ensures that the issue is not left unregulated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSubscription list according to Chapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe subscription list contains the main terms of the issuance resolution and separate fields for the subscriber, nominal amount, number of convertibles, subscription amount, date, and signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt also reminds users that the articles of association, issuance resolution, and any supplementary documents must be attached or kept available according to law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecial issuance account and bank certificate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the case of cash payment, the payment must be made to a \u003cstrong\u003especial account\u003c\/strong\u003e opened by the company for the issuance at a bank, credit market company, or equivalent credit institution within the EEA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegistration of the issuance resolution requires, among other things, full payment and a certificate from the credit institution. The board minutes in the package therefore have specific control fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efull payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especial account,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebank certificate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-cash consideration or set-off,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elatest registration date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRegistration within six months\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a main rule, the Board of Directors must report the issuance resolution to the Swedish Companies Registration Office (Bolagsverket) within \u003cstrong\u003esix months\u003c\/strong\u003e of the decision. If the report is not made on time, the issuance resolution may cease to be valid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide and board minutes therefore contain an explicit registration deadline and control of the responsible person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement – 24 agreement sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main Swedish agreement contains a comprehensive structure for the commercial loan relationship:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and document hierarchy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eloan amount and financing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einterest,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edue date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion right,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion price and dilution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional conditions precedent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation undertakings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional covenants,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity and subordination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEvents of Default,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elender's warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and accounting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eFDI\/UDI,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisk and no value guarantee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebreach of contract and remedy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eamendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e10 agreement schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main Swedish and English agreements contain separate schedules for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and notices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emain financial terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econversion notice,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econditions precedent – optional,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecovenants – optional,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity and subordination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEvents of Default,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInterest and tax\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) describes a standard convertible as a debt instrument with current interest and the right to convert into shares. Interest is taxed as interest, and convertibles in Swedish kronor are treated in several respects according to the rules for equity interests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA conversion that takes place according to the instrument's applicable conversion terms does not normally trigger immediate taxation. A separate set-off issue or other solution outside the registered terms can, however, be assessed differently. The package therefore recommends individual tax and accounting review for larger or more advanced transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConversion and registration of new shares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the holder later requests conversion, the new shares must immediately be entered into the share register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Board of Directors must report the added shares to the Swedish Companies Registration Office:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eno later than three months after the conversion period has expired, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eno later than three months after the end of each financial year when the conversion period is longer than one year and conversion has taken place during the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen registering the conversion, an auditor's statement is required according to Chapter 15 of the Swedish Companies Act. This check is included in both the full terms and the user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFDI \/ UDI\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the company conducts operations worthy of protection, a future conversion or other right may need to be analyzed according to the Act (2023:560) on the screening of foreign direct investments. The agreement therefore contains a separate FDI\/UDI clause and an optional condition precedent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Convertible Loan Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eConvertible Loan Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e with the same legal structure and 10 schedules. It is designed for situations where the investor, parent company, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is thus not a standardized UK\/US SAFE or convertible note agreement, but an English-language version adapted to Swedish company and contract law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide goes through the process step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunderstand what a convertible is,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edetermine loan amount, interest, due date, and conversion terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck pre-emptive rights and majority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprepare the Board's proposal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epass General Meeting resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarry out subscription,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceive payment to a special account,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edecide on allocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregister the issuance with the Swedish Companies Registration Office,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emonitor the conversion period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregister converted shares,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck tax and accounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Swedish Companies Act (2005:551), especially Chapter 15 and relevant parts of Chapter 16,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Companies Ordinance (2005:559),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecurrent information from the Swedish Companies Registration Office on the issuance, subscription, registration, and conversion of convertibles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Swedish Tax Agency's legal guidance 2026 on convertibles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Interest Act (1975:635) where relevant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2023:560) on the screening of foreign direct investments where relevant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 documents • 16 files • 36 pages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is a professional general document basis and does not replace individual corporate legal, financing, tax, or accounting advice. Non-cash considerations, set-offs, convertible profit-sharing or capital-sharing loans, public companies, Leo situations, complicated security structures, intercreditor agreements, international financing, or advanced recalculation formulas should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594895409494,"sku":"KONVERTIBEL-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/konvertibellan-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791084529"},{"product_id":"underentreprenorsavtal-subcontractor-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Subcontractor Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eSubcontractor Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003esubcontractor agreement for construction, civil engineering, installation, and other contracting work between companies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for prime, general, or design-build contractors who are hiring a subcontractor and need a clear written agreement regarding scope, schedule, price, extra work (ÄTA), work environment, quality, insurance, liability, documentation, and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish law and relevant authority information as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains a Swedish Subcontractor Agreement, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eSubcontractor Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 37 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product will be sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubcontractor Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with 25 contract sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubcontractor Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 16 pages with corresponding structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with step-by-step instructions, control points, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a subcontractor agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for B2B subcontracts where one contractor hires another company to perform a specific part of a construction, civil engineering, installation, or contracting assignment. Examples:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectrical, HVAC, and ventilation contracts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egroundwork and civil engineering,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econcrete, structural work, assembly, and building services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epainting, flooring, roofing, facade, and other specialist work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstallation and commissioning of technical equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontracting with or without design responsibility,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprojects with multiple contractor tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandalone agreement – not a copy of AB-U 07 or ABT-U 07\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe subcontractor agreement is an \u003cstrong\u003eindependent, standalone contractual document\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not reproduce AB-U 07, ABT-U 07, AB 04, or ABT 06.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAB-U 07 and ABT-U 07 remain established standard provisions for subcontracts in the construction sector in 2026. If the parties wish to use any of these, the standard document must be incorporated separately as a contract document and explicitly stated in Appendix 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore includes a clear contract hierarchy where the parties can choose to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003euse the agreement as a completely standalone document, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupplement the agreement with separately incorporated AB-U 07, ABT-U 07, or other standard provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduces the risk of vague wording that simply states that \"AB applies\" without specifying which document, which version, or how conflicting terms should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExecution subcontract or design\/functional responsibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 is used to clearly select the type of responsibility the Subcontractor actually has. The parties can mark if the assignment is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea pure execution subcontract where the Client is responsible for the design, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea subcontract where the Subcontractor also has explicit design or functional responsibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a central risk issue. The template therefore states that design responsibility shall not be considered to transfer to the Subcontractor unless it is explicitly stated in the contract documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e25 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main Swedish agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions and contract documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eform of contract and design responsibility,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorganization and sub-subcontractors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eschedule, coordination, and access,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ework environment and construction site,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonnel, labor law, and contractor liability for wages,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eF-tax, VAT registration, and reverse charge VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial, products, environment, and waste,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equality, self-inspection, and documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompensation and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextra work (ÄTA) and change orders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelay and obstacles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, acceptance, defects, and remediation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property and documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreement term, cancellation, and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance, sanctions, and improper benefits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices, assignment, and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esigning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 practical appendices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eParties, organization, and authorization\u003c\/strong\u003e – contact persons and who is authorized to order extra work (ÄTA).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope, form of contract, and contract documents\u003c\/strong\u003e – scope, design responsibility, drawings, and standard terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule, milestones, and liquidated damages\u003c\/strong\u003e – start, interim milestones, completion, and any liquidated damages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice, payment, and ÄTA pricing\u003c\/strong\u003e – fixed price, cost-plus, hourly rates, markups, and payment plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange orders\u003c\/strong\u003e – separate log for changes, price, schedule impact, and approval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspection, acceptance, and warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – control points, inspection, warranty period, and defect reporting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocumentation, design, and IP\u003c\/strong\u003e – as-built documents, self-inspection, testing, BIM\/drawings, and licenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, insurance, and security\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, carve-outs, insurance, and securities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork environment, environment, and compliance\u003c\/strong\u003e – work environment plan, Bas-U, work preparations, waste, ID06, F-tax, and subcontractor control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR and information security\u003c\/strong\u003e – roles, data processing agreement (PUB), systems, incidents, and deletion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCancellation, termination, and handover\u003c\/strong\u003e – notice period for remediation, termination, and winding down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotices, assignment, and dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – notice, assignment, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWork environment – adapted to regulations effective in 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Work Environment Authority's new regulatory structure has been in effect since January 1, 2025. \u003cstrong\u003eAFS 2023:3 on design and construction work environment coordination\u003c\/strong\u003e explicitly covers contractors and subcontractors across multiple tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore does not treat the work environment as a general standard sentence, but includes specific rules regarding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Subcontractor's responsibility as an employer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ework preparations and risk information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ework environment plan,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecoordination with Bas-U,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe project's shared work environment efforts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance by sub-subcontractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement does not attempt to contract away responsibilities that follow directly from work environment legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eContractor liability for wage claims\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor construction and civil engineering activities in Sweden, the \u003cstrong\u003eAct (2018:1472) on contractor liability for wage claims\u003c\/strong\u003e applies. This may mean that a contractor who has hired a subcontractor can, in certain situations, become liable for unpaid wage claims of the subcontractor's employees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement therefore contains requirements that the Subcontractor:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efulfills its employer and wage payment obligations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprovides relevant information when reasonably necessary,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimmediately notifies of wage claims or disputes that may affect the contracting chain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforwards relevant requirements to approved sub-subcontractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReverse charge VAT for construction services\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency's rules regarding \u003cstrong\u003ereverse charge VAT for construction services\u003c\/strong\u003e may be applicable between subcontractors and between a subcontractor and a general\/prime contractor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore does not hard-code standard Swedish VAT on all invoices. Instead, before invoicing, the parties must assess:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether the current performance is a construction service covered by the rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether the buyer is a trader covered by the rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the invoice should therefore be structured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eF-tax and registration control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Subcontractor shall maintain the tax and business registrations required for its operations and notify the Client if a significant registration is changed or revoked. Appendix 9 can be used for the project's control of F-tax and VAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eÄTA – clear ordering and documentation process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges and additional work are a common source of construction disputes. The template therefore includes a structured process:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 1 specifies exactly who is authorized to order changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBefore starting, the Subcontractor must describe the change and its impact on price, time, work environment, and quality whenever possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 5 serves as a separate change order log.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency work required to avert immediate injury or property damage can be handled specifically but must be documented immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice – fixed price, cost-plus, or combination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 can be used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed contract sum,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecost-plus (löpande räkning),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecombined compensation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehourly rates for skilled workers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emanagement costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial markups,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment plan and payment terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eÄTA pricing can therefore be determined in advance instead of being discussed only after extra work has already been performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSchedule, obstacles, and liquidated damages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 contains start date, interim milestones, and completion. Liquidated damages apply only when the parties actually fill in a liquidated damages clause. In addition, the Subcontractor must notify of any obstacles or risk of delay in writing without delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInspection, acceptance, and warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 makes it possible to adapt the inspection and acceptance procedure to the project. It specifies, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtrol points,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eself-inspection,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection format,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranty period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecipient of defect reports,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresponse time for critical defects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the project uses AB-U 07\/ABT-U 07 or another standard procedure, the inspection and warranty clauses must be coordinated with the separately incorporated standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation is part of the contract work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template treats as-built documents, self-inspections, and test reports as actual deliverables – not as voluntary administrative additions. Appendix 7 can be used to specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eas-built documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBIM and drawings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etest reports,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emanuals, certificates, and product documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eformat and delivery date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights\/licenses to the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability, insurance, and security\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 contains selectable fields for liability caps, carve-outs from liability caps, liability insurance, other insurance, and any performance and warranty bonds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template avoids automatically inserting a high standard amount. A reasonable liability cap and reasonable security must be assessed in relation to the contract sum, type of work, risk, and insurance coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSub-subcontractors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Subcontractor may not outsource a significant part of the work to the next tier without the Client's written approval. Approval does not release the Subcontractor from liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRelevant requirements regarding work environment, confidentiality, insurance, taxes, documentation, and compliance must also be passed on to approved sub-subcontractors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and information security\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf personal data is processed in the project, each party is responsible for its processing according to GDPR. If the Subcontractor processes personal data solely on behalf of the Client, a separate Data Processing Agreement usually needs to be entered into in accordance with Article 28 GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 contains control fields for role distribution, system access, incident notification periods, as well as storage and deletion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCancellation, termination, and rescission\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 makes it possible to document what applies in the event of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecancellation without breach of contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerial breach of contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotice period for remediation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eserious work environment or safety deficiency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsolvency or other defined termination situations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehandover of material and documentation after termination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Subcontractor Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same basic structure and 12 schedules and is intended for projects where the client, subcontractor, corporate function, or advisor works in English but where Swedish substantive law is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version is therefore an \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish-language agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e and not a British or American standard agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide shows step-by-step how the agreement is filled out and specifically reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eselection of contract form,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eorder of precedence for contract documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAB-U 07\/ABT-U 07 as separate standard documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etime, price, and ÄTA,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ework environment 2026 and Bas-U,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtractor liability for wage claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereverse charge VAT for construction,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, warranty, and documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etermination and cancellation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Work Environment Act (1977:1160),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Work Environment Authority's AFS 2023:3 on design and construction work environment coordination, consolidated version current for 2026,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (2018:1472) on contractor liability for wage claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Swedish Tax Agency's rules on reverse charge VAT for construction services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAB-U 07 and ABT-U 07 are industry standards that can be incorporated separately but are \u003cstrong\u003enot included and not reproduced\u003c\/strong\u003e in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 37 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual basis and does not replace individual legal advice. Large or technically complex construction projects, design-build subcontracts, extensive design responsibility, publicly procured projects, posted workers, collective bargaining issues, advanced security, insolvency risks, or ongoing construction disputes should be assessed separately by a qualified advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594916282710,"sku":"UNDERENTREPRENAD-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/underentreprenorsavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791086213"},{"product_id":"leverantorsavtal-supplier-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Supplier Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Agreement for ongoing B2B deliveries of goods and\/or services\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for companies that want to manage their supplier relationship clearly from a purchasing and supply-chain perspective – with concrete rules regarding orders, forecasts, capacity, delivery precision, quality, warranty, product compliance, subcontractors, audits, continuity, GDPR, liability, and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against applicable Swedish law and current EU regulation as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e and developed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. It contains a Swedish Supplier Agreement, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e based on Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 37 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with 26 contract sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with a corresponding structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 3 pages with legal checklists, a walkthrough of all appendices, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a Supplier Agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for an identified supplier relationship between companies, for example when a company continuously buys products, components, spare parts, consumables, manufacturing, support, service, or other services from a supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is particularly suitable when the customer wants more control over the supplier's performance than what is typically covered by a simple purchase or standard purchase order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDifference from Framework Agreements and Customer Agreements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eFramework Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e is often more neutral and general between parties. A \u003cstrong\u003eCustomer Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e typically focuses on a supplier's relationship with its customer. This Supplier Agreement, on the other hand, is structured from the \u003cstrong\u003ebuyer's purchasing and supply chain perspective\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis implies more and clearer clauses regarding, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery precision and lead time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforecasts and reserved capacity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echange control for factory, material, process, and subcontractor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eroot cause and recurring quality defects,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct compliance and recalls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecritical subcontractors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaudit\/inspection,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebusiness continuity and alternative sources of supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e26 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract documents and order of priority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope and Orders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforecasts, capacity, and minimum commitments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprices, costs, and price changes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoicing and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery of goods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservices and deliverables,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equality, specification, and change control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection, acceptance, and claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefects, warranty, and remedy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct compliance, traceability, and recalls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubcontractors and supply chain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebusiness continuity and delivery readiness,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaudit and follow-up,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights and documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance, sanctions, and anti-corruption,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and limitation of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforce majeure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterm, termination, and exit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einternational purchases and CISG,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices, assignment, and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoverning law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProducts, services, and specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e – product\/SKU, version, criticality, and documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder process, authority, and contacts\u003c\/strong\u003e – order channel, authorized purchasers, and order confirmation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForecasts, volumes, and capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – forecast horizon, binding portion, minimum purchases, reserved capacity, and safety stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice list, indexing, and payment\u003c\/strong\u003e – prices, fees, price change mechanisms, and payment terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, logistics, and Incoterms\u003c\/strong\u003e – delivery location, Incoterms 2020, lead time, delivery precision, and transfer of risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServices, milestones, and acceptance\u003c\/strong\u003e – deliverables, key personnel, and acceptance criteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality, change control, and control plan\u003c\/strong\u003e – quality standard, critical characteristics, and prior approval of changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty, claims, and remedy\u003c\/strong\u003e – warranty period, RMA, response times, and root-cause process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct compliance, incidents, and recalls\u003c\/strong\u003e – product-specific rules, traceability, documentation, and recalls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubcontractors, audit, and continuity\u003c\/strong\u003e – critical subcontractors, audit, BCP, and alternative supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP, data, and information security\u003c\/strong\u003e – intellectual property, GDPR, Data Processing Agreement (DPA), and incident reporting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance, liability, term, CISG, and dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, insurance, termination, choice of law, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrders and the supplier's standard terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 is used to determine how an Order becomes binding and exactly who is authorized to place orders. The agreement also contains a clear order of priority between the main agreement, appendices, and Orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's own standard terms do not automatically apply just because they are printed on an order confirmation, invoice, or website. They must be explicitly accepted by the Buyer if they are to take precedence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForecasts are not the same as a purchase guarantee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn many supplier relationships, the customer sends rolling forecasts. A common dispute arises when the supplier perceives the forecast as binding while the customer views it as planning information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 therefore distinguishes between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-binding forecasts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epotential binding forecast windows,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eminimum purchases,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereserved capacity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esafety stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf any of these are to be binding, it must be explicitly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice changes and payment terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 4 makes it possible to use fixed prices, indexing, or other clearly defined pricing formulas. The supplier may not automatically refer to a later price list if the agreement does not permit such a price change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor B2B receivables regarding goods and services, the Swedish Interest Act (Räntelagen) stipulates that payment shall generally be made no later than 30 days after a demand for payment. Between businesses, longer payment terms may be used if the creditor has \u003cstrong\u003eexplicitly approved\u003c\/strong\u003e the longer period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the template uses 30 days as the default and marks longer terms as an active contractual choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery precision and Incoterms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor physical goods, Appendix 5 contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery location,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIncoterms 2020,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elead time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery precision\/KPI,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epackaging and labeling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransfer of risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is important not only to write, for example, \"FCA\" or \"DAP\" but also to specify the named location to which the chosen Incoterm relates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Swedish Sale of Goods Act – dispositive B2B regulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) applies to the sale of personal property and is largely dispositive (supplementary). This means that the parties can agree on solutions other than the statutory standard rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Supplier Agreement therefore explicitly regulates, among other things, delivery, inspection, defects, warranty, and liability. In mixed contracts where the service constitutes the predominant part of the supplier's commitment, the Sale of Goods Act generally does not apply to the entire performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality and change control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 7 is designed for supplier relationships where the Buyer needs control over changes that could affect the product or delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can specify that the supplier must obtain written approval before, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ematerials are replaced,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduction processes are changed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emanufacturing sites are relocated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edesigns are altered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecritical subcontractors are replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly relevant in industry, component supply, technology, and regulated products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, RMA, and root cause\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 contains structured fields for the warranty period, response time for critical failures, RMA\/return process, cost liability, and recurring failures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this way, the agreement can link a quality problem to a concrete remedy process instead of a general formulation stating that the supplier is \"liable for defects.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGPSR and product compliance – correct demarcation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EU's \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Product Safety Regulation (EU) 2023\/988\u003c\/strong\u003e imposes requirements on economic operators that manufacture or supply consumer products within the scope of the regulation. The rules cover, among other things, safety, traceability, technical documentation, and corrective measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template does not claim that the GPSR automatically applies to all B2B goods. Appendix 9 is used instead to identify which product regulatory framework actually applies, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGPSR,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE-related harmonization legislation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct-specific EU regulations or directives,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish special legislation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRecall and incident management\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 contains fields for traceability, batch\/serial numbers, technical documentation, incident contacts, and cost principles in the event of a recall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes it possible to determine in advance how the parties will cooperate during a safety incident or product recall, including who bears which costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSubcontractors and supply chain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier is fully responsible for its subcontractors. Appendix 10 makes it possible to identify critical supply links and demand prior approval before certain subcontractors or production sites are changed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRelevant requirements regarding quality, safety, confidentiality, data protection, and compliance can also be passed on through the supply chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBusiness Continuity Plan – delivery readiness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor critical deliveries, the parties can document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esafety stock,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ealternative production sites,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ealternative supply sources,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erecovery time targets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincident contacts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow often the continuity plan should be tested.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the agreement useful even for suppliers whose downtime would affect the Buyer's own production or customer deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAudit – proportional control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes provisions for supplier follow-up and, when the parties choose, audits. The audit right is intentionally limited to information necessary to verify, for example, quality, invoicing, or essential compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis avoids a disproportionate audit clause that unnecessarily exposes the supplier's trade secrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and Data Processing Agreement (DPA)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the supplier processes personal data on the Buyer's behalf, the parties normally need a separate data processing agreement under Article 28 of the GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 is used to document roles, systems, incident deadlines, storage, and deletion, but it does not replace a full DPA when a processor relationship exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability and insurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 12 contains fill-in fields for liability caps, carve-outs, and insurance levels. The template leaves the amounts open because reasonable liability must be adapted to the contract value, criticality, insurance, and actual risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInternational sales of goods and CISG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor international sales of goods, the \u003cstrong\u003eCISG\u003c\/strong\u003e and the Act (1987:822) on International Sales of Goods may become applicable. Appendix 12 therefore requires the parties to actively state whether the CISG is to apply or be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor purchases where both the seller and the buyer have their places of business in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, or Sweden, the special Nordic rule in Section 2 of the Act on International Sales of Goods applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Supplier Agreement according to Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same structure and 12 schedules. It is intended for situations where the supplier, customer, group functions, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is thus an English-language template based on Swedish law and not a British or American standard agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate user guide covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen a Supplier Agreement is the right form of contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between Framework Agreements and Customer Agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Sale of Goods Act,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe 30-day rule in the Interest Act,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCISG,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR\/DPA,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGPSR and product-specific regulation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eall 12 appendices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommon mistakes to avoid,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Interest Act (1975:635),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Act (1987:822) on International Sales of Goods and CISG,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Regulation (EU) 2023\/988 on General Product Safety (GPSR), where applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Trade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 37 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital download\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual basis and does not replace individual legal advice. Regulated products, medical technology, food, chemicals, vehicles, defense materiel, extensive IT outsourcing, complex international trade, or other high-risk deliveries may require product-specific or industry-specific clauses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594926440790,"sku":"LEVERANTOR-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/leverantorsavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791087255"},{"product_id":"licensavtal-license-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"License Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eLicense Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eLicense Agreement for B2B Licensing of Intellectual Property\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for companies that wish to grant or acquire a clearly defined right of use for, for example, \u003cstrong\u003esoftware, copyrighted material, trademarks, patents, technical know-how, or combinations thereof\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against current Swedish law and relevant EU regulations as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package includes a Swedish License Agreement, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eLicense Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e governed by Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 37 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product will be shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded in this package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicense Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with 26 contract sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicense Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 17 pages with equivalent structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 3 pages with legal sources, competition law checkpoints, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rights can be licensed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 1 is used to precisely identify which rights are covered. The template can be adapted for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esoftware and computer programs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecopyrighted material, such as texts, designs, images, documentation, and educational material,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistered or unregistered trademarks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epatents and patent applications,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknow-how and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnical documentation, drawings, and design material,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecombined technology and trademark licenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement does not automatically transfer ownership of the IP rights. It only grants the right of use expressly specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e26 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edefinitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elicensed objects and chain of title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope of the license,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epermitted uses and restrictions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esublicensing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery, access, and technical material,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elicense fees, royalties, and minimum payments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereporting, accounting, and audit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrademarks and quality control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esoftware and mandatory user rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknow-how and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimprovements, further development, and new IP,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emaintenance and registration of IP,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einfringement and third-party claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLicensor's warranties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLicensee's obligations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and indemnification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompetition law and technology transfer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterm and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eeffect of termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and change of control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotices and amendments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicensed Objects and IP Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – right type, title\/version, registration number, and chain of title.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicense Type, Territory, and Field of Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – exclusive, sole, or non-exclusive license.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted Uses and Restrictions\u003c\/strong\u003e – use, copying, modification, distribution, integration, and reverse engineering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSublicensing\u003c\/strong\u003e – if and how rights may be sublicensed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFees, Royalties, and Minimums\u003c\/strong\u003e – royalty base, percentage, minimum compensation, and payment frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReporting and Audit\u003c\/strong\u003e – royalty reports, archiving, and audit rights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrademark, Graphic Profile, and Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e – approved marks, quality standards, and brand guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftware, Technology, and Support\u003c\/strong\u003e – delivery model, version, source code, support, and security requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnow-How, Confidentiality, and Security\u003c\/strong\u003e – protectable know-how, recipients, and deletion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprovements and New IP\u003c\/strong\u003e – ownership, joint development, and grant-back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP Maintenance, Infringement, and Third-Party Claims\u003c\/strong\u003e – renewals, litigation control, and costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, Term, Data, and Dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, termination, sell-off, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExclusive, sole, or non-exclusive license\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 allows you to choose between three different license models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExclusive license\u003c\/strong\u003e – the exclusivity the parties expressly define within the Territory and Field of Use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSole license\u003c\/strong\u003e – can be used when the Licensor themselves retains certain usage rights but will not grant equivalent rights to others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-exclusive license\u003c\/strong\u003e – the Licensor can normally grant equivalent rights to multiple licensees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerritory, products, services, field of use, and sales channels are documented separately so that “exclusivity” does not become an unclear umbrella term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRoyalties – more than just a percentage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 5 includes support for one-time fees, ongoing royalties, fees per unit\/user, and minimum royalties. However, the most important aspect is defining the \u003cstrong\u003eroyalty base\u003c\/strong\u003e itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can therefore specify how Net Sales are to be calculated and how, for example, discounts, returns, credits, taxes, freight, intra-group sales, or combination products should be treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAudit and royalty control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 contains a proportionate audit model where the parties can specify reporting periods, archiving time, audit notice, frequency, and cost distribution in the event of a significant identified discrepancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe audit is designed so that the Licensor can verify royalties while protecting the Licensee's own trade secrets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoftware license – updated according to Swedish copyright law 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Copyright Act expressly protects computer programs. For software, it is simultaneously important that a license agreement does not attempt to contract out of rights that are mandatory by law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore pays special attention to \u003cstrong\u003eSections 26g and 26h of the Copyright Act\u003c\/strong\u003e. Any person entitled to use a computer program has, under the conditions of the law, certain rights including necessary backup copying, studying the function of the program, and decompilation when necessary for interoperability. Contractual terms restricting some of these rights are invalid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the template does not use an absolute prohibition against all reverse engineering regardless of law, but ties the restriction to what is legally permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSaaS and cloud services\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 can be used for SaaS, APIs, and other digital technology, but a SaaS arrangement normally involves more issues than the license itself – such as operations, hosting, SLA, backup, support, data export, and information security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor comprehensive SaaS services, the License Agreement should therefore be combined with or replaced by a specific SaaS\/cloud service agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTrademark license under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 6 of the Trademarks Act (2010:1877)\u003c\/strong\u003e contains special rules regarding licenses. A trademark license can be exclusive or non-exclusive and apply to all or parts of the registration's goods\/services and geographic area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFurthermore, the trademark owner can exercise their exclusive right against a licensee who violates certain key license terms, such as regarding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe validity period of the license,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the trademark may be used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich goods or services the license covers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeographic area,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe quality of the licensee's goods or services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 7 therefore contains separate fields for trademark manuals, approval processes, and quality standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePatent license – new Patents Act (2024:945)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs of January 1, 2025, Sweden has a new \u003cstrong\u003ePatents Act (2024:945)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Patent licenses are regulated in Chapter 13 of the Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Chapter 13, Section 2, a licensee may assign or sublicense their patent license only if the patent holder has consented. Appendix 4 therefore contains an explicit choice regarding sublicensing and assignment when patents are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA patent license may, upon request, be recorded in the patent register. The package also serves as a reminder regarding patent annual fees, registration maintenance, and who controls infringement proceedings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKnow-how and trade secrets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnow-how is often a central part of commercial technology licenses but is not the same as a registered exclusive right. Protection is dependent on the information actually being treated as secret and worthy of protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 therefore contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edescription of know-how,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eauthorized recipients,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnical security measures,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality after the agreement ends,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturn and deletion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImprovements and further development\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 is used to determine who owns:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Licensor's improvements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe Licensee's improvements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint development,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer-specific adaptations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew registerable IP rights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also possible to document any grant-back, but this should be checked under competition law before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNew TTBER 2026 – important update\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe European Commission's new \u003cstrong\u003eRegulation (EU) 2026\/877 on technology transfer agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e entered into force on \u003cstrong\u003eMay 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, replacing the previous Regulation 316\/2014.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe block exemption provides a competition law safe harbor for certain technology licenses when the conditions are met. For agreements between competing companies, the market share threshold is normally \u003cstrong\u003e20% combined\u003c\/strong\u003e. For parties that are not competitors, the threshold is normally \u003cstrong\u003e30% for each party\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis does not mean that a license agreement above these levels is automatically prohibited, but it cannot rely on the same automatic block exemption and must then be assessed individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the template does not automatically contain far-reaching territorial restrictions, price fixing, or exclusive grant-back clauses without specific review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTransitional rule until April 30, 2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor agreements that were already in force on April 30, 2026, and which met the conditions of the previous TTBER regulation, there is a transition period until \u003cstrong\u003eApril 30, 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, according to the new regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the 2026\/2027 version particularly relevant for companies that are both entering into new license agreements and updating older technology licenses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInfringement and third-party claims\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 regulates who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epays renewal and annual fees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceives infringement notices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edecides on legal action,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtrols settlements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebears the costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehas the right to any damages or settlement compensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly important in an exclusive license where the Licensee's commercial value may depend on infringements actually being prosecuted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability and IP warranties\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement distinguishes between a warranty that the Licensor has the authority to grant the license and a much broader warranty that the IP right is completely risk-free or can never be attacked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore avoids automatically providing an unlimited warranty of validity or non-infringement. Liability caps, carve-outs, and any indemnifications are filled in separately in Appendix 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and information security\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the license involves the processing of personal data, the parties' GDPR roles must be assessed separately. If one party processes personal data on behalf of the other party, a separate data processing agreement normally needs to be entered into pursuant to Article 28 GDPR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTermination of the agreement and sell-off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 12 regulates what happens when the license ends. The parties can specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether all use must cease immediately,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether a limited sell-off period shall apply,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat happens to inventory and licensed products,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether data or documentation should be exported,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether source code or escrow should be released,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether support or transition assistance should continue for a period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish License Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same legal structure and 12 schedules. It is intended for relationships where licensees, licensors, group functions, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore an English-language agreement governed by Swedish law – not a standard template according to British or US law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow to identify the right type,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe difference between ownership and license,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexclusive\/sole\/non-exclusive license,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTTBER 2026\/877 and market share thresholds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe software's mandatory user rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrademark license and quality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epatents and sublicensing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eroyalties and audits,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimprovements and new IP,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einfringement and rights maintenance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (1960:729) on Copyright in Literary and Artistic Works, including the rules on computer programs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrademarks Act (2010:1877), especially Chapter 6 on licenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePatents Act (2024:945), especially Chapter 13 on licenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition Act (2008:579) and Article 101 TFEU,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Regulation (EU) 2026\/877 on technology transfer agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContracts Act (1915:218) regarding contracts and other legal transactions in the field of property law.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 37 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual basis and does not replace individual intellectual property, competition law, tax, or data protection advice. Patent pools, FRAND\/standard-essential patents, complex open-source use, international tax\/royalty issues, large exclusive technology licenses, pharmaceuticals, life science, or very high IP values should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594936893782,"sku":"LICENS-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/licensavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791088375"},{"product_id":"franchiseavtal-franchise-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-disclosure-svensk-ratt","title":"Franchise Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English + Preliminary Information | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eFranchise Agreement Template Pack 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English + Pre-contract Disclosure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eB2B franchise package governed by Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for franchisors and franchisees who need a clear and practical contractual framework for the entire franchise relationship – from the mandatory pre-contractual disclosure to ongoing operations, fees, trademarks, operations manual, e-commerce, quality control, non-compete clauses, assignment, and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package has been \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against applicable Swedish law and relevant EU competition law as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and developed for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package includes both Swedish and English versions of the agreement, Swedish and English pre-contractual disclosures, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e10 files, 52 A4 pages, and 14 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. Digital download. No physical product will be shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFranchise Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 20 pages with 26 contract sections and 14 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFranchise Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 20 pages with corresponding structure and 14 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-contract Franchise Disclosure 2026\/2027 – Swedish\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages in accordance with the Act (2006:484) on the Franchisor's Duty to Disclose Information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-contract Franchise Disclosure 2026\/2027 – English\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages as English-language support for the Swedish disclosure obligation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4 pages with document order, competition law control points, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a Franchise Agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is intended for a B2B relationship where a franchisor allows an independent franchisee to use a specific business concept, a common system, and the franchisor’s trade marks or other intellectual property in exchange for compensation and under recurring system control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of sectors where franchising can be used include retail, restaurants, services, education, fitness, real estate brokerage, service concepts, retail chains, and other businesses where an established concept, brand, and operational know-how are licensed to independent entrepreneurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the template, the franchisee is an \u003cstrong\u003eindependent business operator\u003c\/strong\u003e who conducts the business in their own name and at their own financial risk. The agreement does not automatically create an employment relationship, commercial agency, partnership, or the right to represent the other party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStatutory pre-contractual disclosure obligation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweden has a specific \u003cstrong\u003eAct (2006:484) on the Franchisor's Duty to Disclose Information\u003c\/strong\u003e. The franchisor must, \u003cstrong\u003ein good time before the franchise agreement is entered into\u003c\/strong\u003e, provide in writing the information about the agreement and other circumstances necessary in light of the circumstances. The information must be clear and understandable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe law does not specify a fixed number of days before signing. Therefore, the package contains clear fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate when the information is provided,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eearliest planned date for signing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereceipt acknowledgment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich documents were provided simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe 8 minimum requirements in the Swedish Franchise Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish disclosure template is specifically structured to cover the information that must at least be provided according to Section 3 of the Act on the Franchisor's Duty to Disclose Information:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea description of the franchise business the franchisee is to conduct,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation about other franchisees in the same franchise system and the scope of their business,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eremuneration to the franchisor and other financial terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eintellectual property rights being licensed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoods or services that the franchisee is obligated to purchase or lease,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete clauses during or after the contract period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract duration, amendments, renewal, termination, and the financial consequences of termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow disputes are to be resolved and the rules regarding cost liability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also includes fields for other materially important circumstances, such as major system changes, supplier dependencies, and significant risks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisclosure obligation also applies to assignments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf an existing franchise agreement is to be assigned to a new franchisee with the franchisor's consent, the disclosure obligation also applies to the new franchisee. Therefore, both the agreement and the disclosure template contain specific control points for assignment and succession.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the information is not provided?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the franchisor enters into a franchise agreement without having fulfilled the disclosure obligation, a claim for an injunction may be brought before the Patent and Market Court. As a general rule, such an injunction shall be combined with a conditional fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the package is not designed with a receipt acknowledgment that attempts to make the franchisee waive statutory rights. The acknowledgment of receipt only documents that the information has been received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e26 Contract Sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe franchise agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and franchise system,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efranchisee's independent status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efranchise licensing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterritory, premises, and exclusivity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eestablishment and investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperations manual and system standards,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etraining and support,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrademarks and intellectual property rights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknow-how and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estart-up fee, royalty, and other fees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereporting, bookkeeping, and audit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emandatory purchases and approved suppliers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epricing and campaigns,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketing fund,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ee-commerce and digital sales channels,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equality control and rectification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonnel and employer responsibility,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR, IT systems, and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance and compliance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete during the contract period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enon-compete after the end of the contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract term, renewal, and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and change of ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsequences of termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehierarchy of contract documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e14 Professional Appendices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe franchise business and business concept\u003c\/strong\u003e – target group, processes, know-how, and service requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerritory, premises, and exclusivity\u003c\/strong\u003e – geography, customer group, and reserved channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInvestment, fees, and financial terms\u003c\/strong\u003e – start-up fee, royalty, marketing fee, IT, and investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMandatory purchases and approved suppliers\u003c\/strong\u003e – including alternative suppliers and supplier rebates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperations manual, training, and support\u003c\/strong\u003e – manual version, training, and change process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrademarks and intellectual property rights\u003c\/strong\u003e – registration details, domains, and graphic manual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarketing and fund\u003c\/strong\u003e – local budget, central fund, and reporting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIT, data, and GDPR\u003c\/strong\u003e – systems, data roles, DPA agreements, incidents, and data export.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality, reporting, and audit\u003c\/strong\u003e – KPI, site visits, financial control, and rectification period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eE-commerce, sales channels, and pricing\u003c\/strong\u003e – marketplaces, advertising, and price recommendations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-compete, confidentiality, and know-how\u003c\/strong\u003e – during and after the contract period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContract term, renewal, termination, and assignment\u003c\/strong\u003e – including sell-off and removal of signage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsurance, permits, and compliance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotices and dispute resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe franchisee determines their own end-customer price\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFranchise agreements are often covered by competition law rules regarding vertical agreements. The template therefore explicitly states that the franchisee independently determines their prices to the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder the right conditions, the franchisor may provide recommended prices or maximum prices. However, the recommendation must not, through pressure, sanctions, threats, bonuses, or other incentives, in practice become a fixed or minimum price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVBER 2022\/720 – 30% safe harbor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EU Vertical Block Exemption Regulation (EU) 2022\/720 can provide a competition law safe harbor when, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe supplier's market share does not exceed 30%,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe buyer's market share does not exceed 30%,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe agreement does not contain particularly serious competition restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn agreement above the 30% threshold is not automatically prohibited but cannot rely on the same automatic block exemption and requires an individual assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eE-commerce may not be generally blocked\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe franchisor may set quality requirements for websites, brand presentation, customer service, marketplace usage, and digital advertising. The template therefore contains a specific e-commerce appendix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the terms must not be designed in a way that, in violation of competition law, prevents the franchisee from effectively using the internet for sales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-compete during the contract period\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 11 contains an optional non-compete clause. It is not activated automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the safe harbor of the block exemption, a direct or indirect non-compete clause is generally not covered if it is unlimited or exceeds \u003cstrong\u003efive years\u003c\/strong\u003e, with special exceptions when the business is conducted from premises or land controlled in the manner specified in the EU regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-compete after the end of the contract\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the safe harbor according to VBER, a post-contract non-compete can only be covered when, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eit applies to goods or services that compete with the franchise business,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eit is limited to the premises and land where the franchisee conducted the business,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eit is necessary to protect know-how transferred by the franchisor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eit does not exceed one year after the termination of the agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtection against the use or disclosure of know-how that is still secret may, however, last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTerritory and exclusivity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template allows for the choice of non-exclusive or exclusive franchise. Exclusivity must be defined together with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeographical area,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer groups,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecentral customer agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ee-commerce,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe franchisor's own sales channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this way, an unclear promise of \"sole rights\" that later conflicts with central customers or digital sales is avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStart-up fee, royalty, and other fees\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 3 gathers all financial terms. It contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estart-up fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eongoing royalty\/system fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eroyalty base,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarketing fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT\/system fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eestimated initial investment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement prevents new fees from being introduced without contractual support or subsequent written agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMandatory purchases and suppliers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe franchisor may need to control certain purchases to protect quality, system identity, security, or know-how. Appendix 4 therefore distinguishes between mandatory products\/services, approved suppliers, and the possibility of approving alternative suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also contains fields to transparently describe any bonuses, kickbacks, or other financial benefits that the franchisor or affiliated parties receive from system suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOperations manual – flexible but not a blank check for changes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operations manual is central to a functioning franchise system. The template gives the franchisor the opportunity to update system standards but simultaneously makes it clear that the manual should not be used to unilaterally rewrite the financial core of the franchise agreement or impose major new investments without the process agreed upon by the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTrademark, IP, and know-how\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 is used to identify the trademarks, domains, software, and other intellectual property rights that the franchisee is allowed to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement distinguishes between registered rights and protectable know-how. Confidential know-how may only be used for the franchise business and must be protected even after the termination of the agreement as long as the information remains secret.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMarketing fund\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the franchise system uses a central marketing fund, Appendix 7 can specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe franchisee's contribution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe fund's scope of use,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereporting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elocal marketing budget,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprocess for approval of local material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template does not promise that every franchisee will receive exactly proportional benefit from every individual campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and shared IT systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFranchise systems often use shared POS systems, CRM, loyalty programs, web platforms, and analytical tools. Appendix 8 helps the parties to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emandatory systems,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho owns or provides the system,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epersonal data roles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif a data processing agreement is needed,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eincident deadline,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata export and deletion upon termination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eContract duration, renewal, and exit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 12 makes the end of the agreement as clear as the start. It contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einitial contract term,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erenewal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eordinary termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erectification period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment fee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eremaining stock and sell-off,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eremoval of signage and cessation of trademark use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ties directly into the Swedish law's requirement that the franchisee be informed before the agreement about the contract term and the financial consequences of termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Franchise Agreement according to Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same contract structure and 14 schedules. It is intended for situations where the franchisor, franchisee, group functions, or advisors work in English, but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package also contains an English-language Pre-contract Franchise Disclosure as support when the prospective franchisee works in English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed User Guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide shows the order in which the documents should be used and specifically reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epre-contractual information before signing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eall 14 appendices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVBER's 30% threshold,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe franchisee's pricing freedom,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ee-commerce and internet sales,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe five-year limit for certain non-compete clauses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe one-year rule for certain post-term non-competes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIP and operations manual,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and data processing agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etermination and exit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2006:484) on the Franchisor's Duty to Disclose Information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition Act (2008:579) and Article 101 TFEU,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Regulation (EU) 2022\/720 on vertical agreements and concerted practices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Marks Act (2010:1877),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright Act (1960:729),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 documents • 10 files • 52 pages • 14 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable templates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English agreement and disclosure versions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual framework and does not replace individual legal, tax, or financial advice. Master franchises, international franchises, very large establishment investments, complicated premises\/real estate structures, franchisor financing, market shares close to or above 30%, far-reaching exclusivity or non-compete clauses, as well as ongoing franchise disputes should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594948034902,"sku":"FRANCHISE-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/franchiseavtal-2026-2027-hero.png?v=1791089445"},{"product_id":"joint-venture-avtal-joint-venture-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Joint Venture Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eJoint Venture Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eJoint Venture agreement for collaborative projects, investments, product development, and commercial cooperation between companies\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for parties who wish to combine capital, expertise, technology, IP, market access, or other resources while clearly regulating governance, financing, intellectual property, customer liability, competition law, deadlock, and exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against applicable Swedish law and relevant EU regulations as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package contains a Swedish Joint Venture agreement, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eJoint Venture Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 43 A4 pages, and 14 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoint Venture Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 20 pages with 26 contract sections and 14 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoint Venture Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 20 pages with a corresponding structure and 14 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 3 pages with document ordering, competition law checkpoints, UDI\/FDI, deadlock, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is a Joint Venture agreement appropriate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is suitable when two companies want to cooperate on a clearly defined project or business area without leaving key issues unregulated. Examples:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint product or technology development,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint market establishment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprojects where the parties contribute different technology, IP, personnel, or capital,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint sales or commercialization of a specific result,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estrategic cooperation ahead of a future investment or joint venture company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany-based JV where a separate contractual framework around the operations is also needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eContractual JV or separate JV company?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ejoint venture is not a specific Swedish corporate form\u003c\/strong\u003e. Therefore, the parties must first choose how the cooperation should be structured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package supports two main models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractual JV\u003c\/strong\u003e – the parties cooperate directly under the agreement without creating a separate limited liability company.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompany-based JV\u003c\/strong\u003e – the cooperation is conducted through a separate joint company. In that case, necessary corporate law documents, such as articles of association and shareholders' agreements, must be drawn up separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template, therefore, avoids the mistake of assuming that the heading \"Joint Venture Agreement\" in itself creates a new legal entity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant check – simple partnership (enkelt bolag)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Act (1980:1102) on Trading Partnerships and Simple Partnerships\u003c\/strong\u003e, a simple partnership exists if two or more parties have agreed to conduct business in partnership without a trading partnership (handelsbolag) being formed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA simple partnership is \u003cstrong\u003enot a legal entity\u003c\/strong\u003e and cannot itself acquire rights or incur obligations. How a contractual JV is actually organized can therefore have legal significance regardless of what heading the parties have given the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains clear rules on external representation, authority, customer contracts, assets, and who is actually permitted to bind each party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e26 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackground and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eJV model and legal structure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003escope and objectives of the project,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtributions and resources of the parties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egovernance and Joint Venture Committee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eReserved Matters and decision rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebudget, financing, and cost allocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eworkstreams, personnel, and key individuals,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBackground IP and licenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eForeground IP, data, and jointly developed results,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation exchange and competition law,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomers, market, and commercialization,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erevenues, costs, results, and tax,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebookkeeping, reporting, and audit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance, anti-corruption, and sanctions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompetition review and merger control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eUDI\/FDI and other regulatory approvals,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranties and information liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability and insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeadlock,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreement term and termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewinding up and exit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and change of control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish law and dispute resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e14 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJV model and parties\u003c\/strong\u003e – contractual or separate company, ownership shares, and need for separate SHA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope, objectives, and milestones\u003c\/strong\u003e – scope, market, customer groups, and explicit exclusions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContributions, resources, and valuation\u003c\/strong\u003e – cash, personnel, assets, IP, and valuation principle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGovernance and JV Committee\u003c\/strong\u003e – representation, quorum, meeting frequency, and mandate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReserved Matters and deadlock\u003c\/strong\u003e – unanimity issues, escalation, mediation, and exit mechanics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget, financing, and cost key\u003c\/strong\u003e – cost allocation, additional financing, and budget tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkstreams and key individuals\u003c\/strong\u003e – responsible party, deliverables, and deadlines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackground IP and licenses\u003c\/strong\u003e – what each party brings into the JV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eForeground IP, data, and results\u003c\/strong\u003e – ownership of newly developed IP, project data, and joint results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition law, clean team, and GDPR\u003c\/strong\u003e – information limitation, aggregation, and data roles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercialization, customers, and revenue allocation\u003c\/strong\u003e – who sells, invoices, and bears warranty liability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReporting, audit, and compliance\u003c\/strong\u003e – KPIs, audit, sanctions, and permits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulatory control and warranties\u003c\/strong\u003e – merger control, UDI\/FDI, sector approvals, and warranties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, insurance, time, exit, and dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability caps, termination, winding up, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGovernance and Reserved Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint ventures often fail not because the business idea is bad, but because the decision-making model is unclear. Appendices 4 and 5 therefore contain a specific governance model where the parties can specify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of representatives from each party,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echairperson,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003equorum,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enormal decision majority,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich matters require unanimity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eescalation when the parties cannot agree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReserved Matters may include, for example, budget, major investments, new markets, major customer contracts, financing, IP sales, and changes to the JV's fundamental strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDeadlock – stepwise solution instead of immediate conflict\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a specific deadlock structure. The first step is internal escalation to senior decision-makers. Thereafter, the parties can choose between mediation, expert determination on technical issues, replanning, or a specifically agreed exit mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn aggressive buy-sell clause is not automatically built in. Such mechanisms can have very major financial consequences and should only be activated after separate legal and financial assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBackground IP and Foreground IP\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the most common conflicts in technology and development JVs is who owns what.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore clearly distinguishes between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackground IP\u003c\/strong\u003e – technology, software, patents, know-how, documentation, and other things a party owned or controlled before the JV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eForeground IP\u003c\/strong\u003e – results, technology, data, models, software, and other IP created within the JV project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendices 8 and 9 are used to determine licenses, ownership, registration, costs, the right to license third parties, enforcement, and what happens after the JV terminates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompetition law – especially important when parties are competitors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint ventures can create significant efficiency gains through shared risk, lower costs, shared know-how, and faster innovation. At the same time, cooperation between current or potential competitors can restrict competition if the agreement goes further than the project requires.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore limits information exchange to what is objectively necessary for the JV and specifically flags for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efuture individual prices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emargins,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer-specific terms,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estrategic plans,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompeting bids,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapacity information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 10 can activate \u003cstrong\u003eclean team\u003c\/strong\u003e, aggregation, and access restrictions so that competitively sensitive information is not spread more widely than necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNo price fixing or market division outside the JV\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement may not be used to coordinate the parties' independent competitive behavior outside the legitimate JV area. Price fixing, market division, bid coordination, or other prohibited coordination is not permitted just because the parties are simultaneously running a joint project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendices 2 and 11 therefore help the parties distinguish the JV market from activities where each company continues to act independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFull-function JV can be a concentration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Competition Act states that the formation of a joint venture that on a lasting basis performs \u003cstrong\u003eall the functions of an autonomous economic entity\u003c\/strong\u003e constitutes a merger (concentration).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that a company-based JV is not always just a regular cooperation agreement. Before implementation, the parties may need to assess whether the transaction must be notified to the Swedish Competition Authority (Konkurrensverket) or the European Commission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwedish notification thresholds 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the main Swedish rules, a concentration must be notified to the Swedish Competition Authority when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe combined turnover in Sweden of the undertakings concerned in the preceding financial year exceeds \u003cstrong\u003eSEK 1 billion\u003c\/strong\u003e, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eat least two of the undertakings concerned each have a Swedish turnover exceeding \u003cstrong\u003eSEK 200 million\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf only the first threshold is exceeded, a voluntary notification or a specific order from the Swedish Competition Authority may also be relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNew competition rules from August 1, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom \u003cstrong\u003eAugust 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Swedish Competition Authority gained extended possibilities to detect and review concentrations that would otherwise not be caught by the standard two-threshold rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe authority can, among other things, order companies to provide information for a limited period on concentrations to which they are a party. The package therefore does not contain a simple checkbox that only asks about 1 billion\/200 million, but a broader regulatory control in Appendix 13.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUDI\/FDI – investment in security-sensitive activities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the JV involves investment in or control over Swedish \u003cstrong\u003esecurity-sensitive activities\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Swedish Act (2023:560) on the Screening of Foreign Direct Investments may be applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 2026, both the ISP's notification process and the rules regarding which essential services are covered were updated. Appendix 13 therefore contains a specific UDI\/FDI screening point before Closing or other irrevocable implementation measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBudget, financing, and additional capital\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 6 makes it possible to agree on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eannual budget,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecost allocation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einvoicing model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebudget tolerance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliquidity reserve,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprocess for additional financing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes it clear whether a future capital need actually creates an obligation to contribute more money or only means that the parties must make a new decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCustomers, invoicing, and warranty liability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA contractual JV needs to clearly state who is actually the contracting party toward the customer. Appendix 11 therefore contains separate choices for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho signs customer contracts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho invoices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho bears warranty liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow revenues and direct customer costs are allocated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich customers are outside the JV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR and joint systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf personal data is to be shared or processed within the JV, the parties must determine their roles according to GDPR. The parties can be independent data controllers, joint data controllers, or have a data processor relationship depending on the actual setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf Article 28 of the GDPR requires a data processing agreement (DPA), this must be entered into separately. Appendix 10 does not replace a full DPA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability, insurance, and external contracts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 14 contains adaptable liability caps, carve-outs, and insurance levels. The template does not assume that the parties are automatically jointly and severally liable for each other's external contracts. Instead, it must be clear who has actually entered into a customer, supplier, or financing contract and what recourse rules apply between the parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExit and winding up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpon termination, there must be a practically feasible plan for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eongoing customer commitments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoutstanding receivables and costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejoint assets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata export and deletion,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBackground IP and Foreground IP,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany JV company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment or winding up of the project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Joint Venture Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same legal structure and 14 schedules. It is intended when parties, group functions, investors, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is, therefore, an English-language version under Swedish law – not a standard agreement under British or US law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtractual JV versus separate JV company,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe risk of simple partnership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the appendices are filled out in the correct order,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompetition law and information exchange,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efull-function JV and merger control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e2026 Swedish concentration rules,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eUDI\/FDI,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIP conflicts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeadlock,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Contracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Act on Trading Partnerships and Simple Partnerships (1980:1102),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompetition Act (2008:579), including amendments effective from August 1, 2026,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eArticle 101 of the TFEU and the European Commission's guidelines on horizontal cooperation agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2023:560) on the Screening of Foreign Direct Investments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been reviewed against the legal situation and regulatory information at the date of review. In the event of later legislative amendments, major changes in practice, or changed regulatory classification, a new check should be performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 43 pages • 14 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general working document and does not replace individual legal, competition, tax, or regulatory advice. Full-function JVs, large market shares, international joint ventures, joint companies with complex ownership structures, UDI\/FDI, large IP values, complicated financing, or advanced buy-sell\/deadlock mechanisms should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594953212246,"sku":"JOINT-VENTURE-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/joint-venture-avtal-svensk-2026-2027.png?v=1791090431"},{"product_id":"kommissionsavtal-commission-agreement-2026-2027-word-pdf-english-svensk-ratt","title":"Commission Agreement 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eCommission Agreement Template Package 2026\/2027 – Word\/PDF + English | Swedish Law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete and professional \u003cstrong\u003eCommission Agreement for companies\u003c\/strong\u003e in which a commission agent is commissioned to sell or purchase personal property in their own name but on behalf of the principal. The package is designed for commercial B2B relationships where the parties require clear rules regarding goods, inventory, instructions, customer agreements, price, commission, accounting, credit risk, self-dealing, VAT, complaints, confidentiality, liability, termination, and severance pay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is \u003cstrong\u003elegally reviewed against applicable Swedish law and current authority guidance as of October 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, and prepared for practical use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package includes a Swedish Commission Agreement, a complete English-language \u003cstrong\u003eCommission Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e under Swedish law, and a separate detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e6 files, 25 A4 pages, and 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is delivered digitally. No physical goods are sent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommission Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish version\u003c\/strong\u003e, 10 pages with 26 contract sections and 12 appendices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommission Agreement 2026\/2027 – English \/ Swedish law\u003c\/strong\u003e, 10 pages with corresponding structure and 12 schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, 5 pages with step-by-step instructions, VAT and contract law checkpoints, and a final checklist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a commission agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Commission Act (2009:865)\u003c\/strong\u003e, a commission is an assignment to sell or purchase personal property on behalf of another person but \u003cstrong\u003ein one's own name\u003c\/strong\u003e. The person performing the assignment is the commission agent, and the person whose economic interest the business concerns is the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe essential aspect is therefore that the commission agent becomes the visible contracting party toward third parties, while the transaction is economically executed on behalf of the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe difference from commercial agency and resale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template contains a clear distinction between three common forms of distribution:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommission:\u003c\/strong\u003e the intermediary acts in their own name but on behalf of the principal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Agency:\u003c\/strong\u003e the agent acts on behalf of the principal, and the agreement with the customer is concluded in the principal's name or by the agent forwarding offers to the principal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eResale:\u003c\/strong\u003e the reseller normally buys the goods and resells them in their own name and for their own economic account.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis distinction affects, among other things, who is the contracting party toward the end customer, who owns the inventory, how credit risk is handled, and which legal rules apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSales commission or purchase commission\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 2 allows for choosing whether the assignment concerns:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esales commission,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epurchase commission, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act applies to the purchase and sale of \u003cstrong\u003epersonal property\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is therefore not intended to be used unchanged as a pure service brokerage agreement or for real estate transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e26 contract sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparties and background,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe legal nature of the commission assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoods, market, territory, and sales channels,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstructions, loyalty, and duty to inform,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einventory, care, and segregation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreements with third parties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprice, discounts, and commercial instructions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eself-dealing and combination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission and reimbursement of expenses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccounting and settlement,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecredit risk and customer losses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT and invoicing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct liability, complaints, and consumer claims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrademarks and marketing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfidentiality and trade secrets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGDPR and information security,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompliance and sanctions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaudit and control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance and liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eright of lien and retention,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreement term and ordinary termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimmediate termination and bankruptcy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eseverance pay,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassignment and sub-agent,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egoverning law and dispute,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esignatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e12 practical appendices \/ schedules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eParties, contact, and authority\u003c\/strong\u003e – who is authorized to decide on price, discount, and contract changes?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssignment, goods, and market\u003c\/strong\u003e – type of commission, products, territory, and channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInventory, care, and insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e – storage location, inventory taking, shrinkage, segregation, and return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReporting and third-party agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e – reporting frequency, customer identity, and systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice, customer terms, and discount mandate\u003c\/strong\u003e – minimum\/maximum price, credit terms, and warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-dealing and combination\u003c\/strong\u003e – express choices for conflict-of-interest situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommission and compensation\u003c\/strong\u003e – commission percentage, basis, returns, VAT, shipping, and costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettlement, money, and credit risk\u003c\/strong\u003e – bank account, segregation, debt collection, and receivables takeover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVAT and invoicing\u003c\/strong\u003e – VAT number, invoice flow, and international transactions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct, complaints, return, and IP\u003c\/strong\u003e – product specification, consumer sales, and trademarks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidentiality, GDPR, and audit\u003c\/strong\u003e – roles, incident deadline, and right to audit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiability, insurance, agreement term, and dispute\u003c\/strong\u003e – liability cap, termination, and forum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe principal normally retains ownership of the commission goods\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act contains important protection under property law. When goods are delivered to the commission agent for sale, the principal remains the owner as a general rule until ownership transfers to the third party or, in cases of permitted self-dealing, to the commission agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore contains specific rules on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emarking and identification of commission goods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esegregation from other goods,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einventory,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eshrinkage and damages,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einsurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturn of unsold goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly important when the commission agent stores goods for several different principals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe commission agent is the contracting party toward the customer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the commission agent sells to a third party, it is done in the commission agent's own name. Therefore, as a general rule, the third party acquires rights against the commission agent and not directly against the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis affects how customer terms, invoicing, warranty, complaints, and credit risk should be structured. Appendix 4 and 5 are specifically designed to document these issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIf the end customer is a consumer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe commission agreement itself is a B2B agreement between principal and commission agent, but the end customer may still be a consumer. In such cases, mandatory consumer law applies toward the party selling to the consumer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act also contains special rules that, under certain conditions, enable a consumer to direct claims for defects against the principal in earlier sales stages. The package therefore marks consumer sales as a separate checkpoint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions and price\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the law, the commission agent must protect the principal's interests and follow instructions. The principal can, for example, specify a minimum price for sales commission or a maximum price for purchase commission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the instruction cannot or should not be followed, the commission agent must, under the Act's conditions, request new instructions or abandon the assignment, unless there are special reasons to act in another appropriate way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 5 therefore contains concrete fields for price, discount mandate, credit period, return, and warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-dealing – the commission agent becomes the buyer or seller\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-dealing\u003c\/strong\u003e means that the commission agent enters as the buyer or seller in the business that was to be carried out on behalf of the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can create a clear conflict of interest. The Commission Act regulates when self-dealing and so-called combination are permitted. Appendix 6 of the package therefore has the standard choice that self-dealing is not generally approved and must have clear legal support or specific approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf self-dealing or combination occurs, this must also be disclosed openly to the principal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommission – when is it earned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the Act, a commercial commission agent is entitled to commission on agreements entered into during the term of the assignment on behalf of the principal. In certain territorial or customer-based arrangements, the right to commission may be broader.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 7 makes the commission model concrete through separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission percentage or fixed amount,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission basis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eminimum compensation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturns and credit notes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efreight and VAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapproved costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act also contains certain mandatory protective rules for the commercial commission agent's right to commission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAccounting and real price toward third parties\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe commission agent must account for the assignment and the price agreed upon with the third party. The template therefore requires traceable documentation showing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer or supplier agreements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eactual price,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ediscounts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereturns,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecommission,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereimbursement of costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enet amount to the principal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 also contains audit and documentation points for situations where the principal needs to verify the settlement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCredit risk and customer identity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act contains special rules regarding the commission agent's liability when the agent does not disclose who the third-party agreement was entered with. The package therefore turns the issue of customer identity into an active contract choice rather than leaving it unregulated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 8 also specifies who is responsible for credit assessment, debt collection, and customer losses, as well as how any takeover of the commission agent's claims against third parties should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRight of lien and security interest\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act may give the commission agent a right of lien in the principal's goods and certain claims as security for commission and other compensation. The commission agent may also, under certain conditions, have the right to withhold materials or stop delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore does not attempt to write away such statutory rights with a simplified standard clause. Any additional security is documented in Appendix 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVAT – important to distinguish from civil law ownership\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Tax Agency (Skatteverket) treats mediation in one's own name on behalf of another as a separate VAT flow. In relevant situations, the goods or services are considered supplied in two stages: from the principal to the intermediary and from the intermediary to the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that the civil law rule regarding who owns the commission goods does not alone determine how invoices and VAT should be handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppendix 9 therefore contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe parties' VAT numbers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho invoices the end customer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow invoicing\/settlement occurs between the parties,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeckpoint for import\/export,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeckpoint for margin scheme and consignment stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNotice periods – specific statutory scale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a continuous commission agreement for an indefinite period, the Commission Act contains specific notice periods. The basic model is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e1 month during the first year of the assignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e2 months during the second year,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e3 months during the third year,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethereafter one additional month per commenced year,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emaximum 6 months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the parties agree on a longer notice period, the principal's notice period may not be shorter than the commission agent's. Appendix 12 therefore reminds the user to check the law before a standard period is specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeverance pay – cannot simply be written away\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the case of a continuous commercial commission, the commission agent may be entitled to \u003cstrong\u003eseverance pay\u003c\/strong\u003e when the agreement ends, for example, if the commission agent has brought in new customers or significantly increased trade and the principal continues to have substantial benefit from this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the law, the severance pay is limited to a maximum of an amount corresponding to one year's average commission according to the statutory calculation model. The claim must be made within \u003cstrong\u003eone year\u003c\/strong\u003e from the termination of the agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore does not contain an incorrect standard clause stating that the commission agent always waives severance pay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinancial instruments – special exclusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commission Act contains special exceptions when the assignment concerns trading in financial instruments. This template is primarily designed for commercial commission regarding other types of personal property and should not be used unchanged for securities trading or regulated financial activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEnglish Commission Agreement under Swedish law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe English version contains the same legal structure and 12 schedules. It is intended for when the principal, commission agent, group function, or advisors work in English but \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish substantive law\u003c\/strong\u003e is to be applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore an English-language Commission Agreement under Swedish law – not a British or American agency agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetailed user guide included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide explains step-by-step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow commission differs from agency and resale,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow sales and purchase commission, respectively, are selected,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow inventory and ownership are handled,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehow the commission is defined,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eself-dealing and combination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotice period and severance pay,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT and invoice flow,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econsumer sales,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal checklist before signing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReviewed for 2026\/2027\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legal review is dated \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 4, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package has been checked against, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCommission Act (2009:865),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eContracts Act (1915:218),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260), where sales occur to consumers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVAT Act (2023:200),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 (GDPR),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTrade Secrets Act (2018:558).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation 2026\/2027 means that the documents have been reviewed against the legal situation and authority information as of the review date. In case of later legislative changes or changed authority practice, a new check should be performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 documents • 6 files • 25 pages • 12 appendices\/schedules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX)\u003c\/strong\u003e – fully editable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDF\u003c\/strong\u003e – for reference, printing, and layout control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwedish + English main agreements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e – no physical product is sent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package is a professional general contractual foundation and does not replace individual legal, tax, or accounting advice. Financial instruments, international inventory and import setups, margin schemes, extensive consumer sales, regulated products, or other complex commission structures should be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55594969563478,"sku":"KOMMISSION-2026-2027","price":199.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kommissionsavtal-svensk-mall-2026-2027.png?v=1791091560"},{"product_id":"serviceavtal-underhallsavtal-2026-2027-sla-underhallsplan-prisbilaga-guide-word-pdf","title":"Service Agreement \u0026 Maintenance Agreement 2026\/2027 – SLA, Maintenance Plan, Price Appendix \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eService \u0026amp; Maintenance Agreement 2026\/2027 – complete B2B template package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a comprehensive agreement and operations package for companies that buy or sell \u003cstrong\u003eongoing service, preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, on-call services, technical support, or spare parts services\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is built to handle the entire relationship – from the scope of the agreement and service levels to price, spare parts, fault reporting, documentation, liability, and termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, against the Swedish contractual framework, including the Contracts Act, the Interest Act, the Limitation Act, and – for separate purchases of spare parts\/goods – the Sale of Goods Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e12 files and 16 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eService \u0026amp; Maintenance Agreement B2B\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSLA – service levels \u0026amp; fault classification\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance plan \u0026amp; service intervals\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice, spare parts \u0026amp; additional work\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFault reporting, service reports \u0026amp; deviations\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich companies is this agreement suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package can be used for many types of B2B service, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emachinery and production service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnical equipment and installations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIT\/OT equipment where operational service levels need to be regulated,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eworkshop and service equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproperty-related technical systems,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompany vehicles and special equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother ongoing service with preventive and corrective maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is a detailed service agreement needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pure service and maintenance services between companies, there is no comprehensive Swedish law that automatically regulates every practical issue. Therefore, the agreement is central to determining, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhat is actually included,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhich objects or facilities are covered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice intervals,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresponse times and arrival times,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eon-call services and service windows,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003espare parts and consumables,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadditional work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprice adjustments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elimitation of liability,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocumentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etermination and exit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClear distinction between service, maintenance, and troubleshooting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement separates ongoing service from preventive maintenance and reactive troubleshooting. This makes it possible to specify exactly what is covered by the fixed fee and what is to be charged separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSLA – measurable service levels\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SLA annex contains four priority levels and separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eacknowledgment time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresponse time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003earrival or action start time,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erestoration targets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice windows,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eon-call duty,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eescalation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereporting,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoptional service credits or liquidated damages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package makes a clear distinction between \u003cstrong\u003eresponse time\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003erestoration time\u003c\/strong\u003e. A response to a fault report is not the same as the fault being rectified, and a realistic SLA should therefore regulate both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFault classification P1–P4\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ready-made structure includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eP1 Critical\u003c\/strong\u003e – total stoppage or safety-critical impact,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eP2 High\u003c\/strong\u003e – significantly impaired function,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eP3 Normal\u003c\/strong\u003e – limited impact or functioning workaround,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eP4 Low\u003c\/strong\u003e – question, cosmetic error, or planned improvement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClock-stop when the supplier is waiting for the customer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SLA contains a clear model for when the SLA clock is paused, for example, when the supplier is waiting for necessary access, information, security clearance, or customer decisions. This reduces disputes regarding whether a service time has actually been exceeded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaintenance plan and service intervals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate maintenance plan helps the parties to document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eobject register and criticality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etime-based, operating-time-based, or condition-based maintenance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice intervals,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edowntime,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresponsible performer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emeasured values and deviations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecritical spare parts and lead times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice annex – fixed price, hourly rate, and spare parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price annex contains fields for fixed service fees, on-call preparedness, remote support, various hourly rates, travel, accommodation, freight, and spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts can, for example, be priced via:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed price list,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epurchase price plus agreed markup,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elist price with agreed discount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional work and change orders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common source of conflict is when technicians perform work that the customer later considers to have been outside the order. The package therefore includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eauthorized orderer,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eurgent cost limit for damage-mitigating work,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethreshold level where a written change order is required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evalidity period of the quote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor longer agreements, price adjustments can be linked to, for example, CPI, Labour Cost Index, or another agreed-upon index. The template contains fields for base month, adjustment frequency, first adjustment, and handling of negative index development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePayment terms and default interest\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Interest Act contains special rules for payments between traders. According to the main rule of the act, a claim for goods or services falls due no later than 30 days after a payment demand, although a longer period can be agreed upon between companies when the creditor explicitly approves this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDefault interest according to the Interest Act's standard rule is the reference rate plus eight percentage points when the provision is applicable. The agreement therefore has a clear payment and default section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpare parts and the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service itself is not generally regulated by the Sale of Goods Act. However, the Sale of Goods Act applies to the purchase of personal property and may therefore be relevant when the supplier sells spare parts or other goods separately. The package makes this distinction clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiability and liability caps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement contains an adaptable liability model with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eliability for direct damage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eselectable liability cap per contract year,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epossibility to regulate indirect damage\/consequential damage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003espace for special risks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereminder of Section 36 of the Contracts Act regarding unconscionable terms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty on work and spare parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parties can separately specify warranty periods for work and spare parts. It is also possible to select the manufacturer's warranty for spare parts and insert specific exceptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eForce majeure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains a balanced force majeure clause for extraordinary obstacles beyond a party's reasonable control. The clause requires notification and mitigation, and does not automatically make common staffing or delivery problems force majeure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality, IT security, and personal data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eService assignments may give the supplier access to premises, operational information, logs, contact details, or IT\/OT systems. The template therefore contains confidentiality and security rules as well as a checkpoint for a separate Data Processing Agreement (DPA) when the supplier processes personal data on the customer's behalf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFault reporting and service protocol\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operational form is used from the initial fault report to the completed measure and contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecase number, object, and contact person,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epriority and nature of the fault,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperational impact,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ework performed and measured values,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eparts and materials,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eroot cause,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatus and next step,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSLA deviation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer sign-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eContract period and termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement has selectable fields for initial contract period, automatic renewal or indefinite agreement, standard notice period, and formal requirements for termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEarly termination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is also a clause for material breach of contract with a grace period for rectification, as well as handling of bankruptcy, liquidation, and serious payment difficulties, with an explicit reservation for mandatory insolvency law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDiscontinuation and exit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the agreement ends, the customer should receive back keys, authorizations, documentation, and open faults. The package therefore includes a special exit rule for an orderly transition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLimitation period\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Limitation Act applies to claims to the extent that nothing else is specifically prescribed. For standard B2B claims, the general limitation period is ten years, unless the limitation is interrupted before then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant regarding consumers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package is primarily designed for \u003cstrong\u003ebusiness-to-business (B2B)\u003c\/strong\u003e. When the customer is a consumer, mandatory consumer protection, including the Consumer Services Act depending on the nature of the service, may affect which terms are permitted. Therefore, do not use the B2B template unchanged for consumer assignments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLegal basis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Contracts Act (1915:218), the Interest Act (1975:635), the Limitation Act (1981:130), and the Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) for relevant separate purchases of goods. Industry-specific rules and standard agreements may need to be considered depending on the type of equipment or service the agreement covers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55600416457046,"sku":"SERVICE-UNDERHALL-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/serviceavtal-underhallsavtal-2026-2027.png?v=1791175922"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-traktor-entreprenadmaskin-2026-2027-besiktningsprotokoll-agarbyte-guide-word-pdf","title":"Sales Contract Tractor \u0026 Construction Machinery 2026\/2027 – Inspection Report, Change of Ownership \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003ePurchase Agreement for Tractor \u0026amp; Construction Machinery 2026\/2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete template package for the purchase and sale of \u003cstrong\u003etractors, wheel loaders, excavators, mini-excavators, dumpers, motorized equipment, and other construction machinery\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed to function for private purchases, business-to-business transactions, and situations where a company sells to a consumer – with a clear indication of which regulatory framework applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally and practically reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, against the Sale of Goods Act (1990:931), the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260), and the Swedish Transport Agency's current regulations regarding tractors, motorized equipment, registration certificates, changes of ownership, and vehicle-related debts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e12 files and 16 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded in this package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase Agreement – Tractor \u0026amp; Construction Machinery\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix – Machine Details, Equipment \u0026amp; Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; Condition Report\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, Payment \u0026amp; Change of Ownership Receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist for Buyer and Seller\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich transactions is this package suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates can be used for the purchase or sale of, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagricultural tractors, tractor a or tractor b,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewheel loaders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexcavators and mini-excavators,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edumpers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emotorized equipment class I and II,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eforestry machines or other heavy equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emachinery with separate attachments, buckets, forks, or other equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate individual, company, or consumer – choose the right framework\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act applies to the purchase of personal property and is normally used when a private individual buys from a private individual or when a company trades with a company, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The Sale of Goods Act is dispositive, meaning that the agreement can to a large extent determine what should apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a trader sells a machine to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act applies instead. This also applies to used machines. Mandatory consumer law cannot be contracted away to the detriment of the consumer. Therefore, the main agreement includes a clear selection box for the type of purchase and specific warnings where clauses may need to yield to the Consumer Sales Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProper identification of the machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor expensive machines, make and model are not enough. The package therefore includes fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eserial number, PIN, or chassis number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emodel year and manufacturing year,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperating hours and kilometers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine and transmission details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edrivetrain, tires\/tracks, and quick coupler,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehydraulics and extra outlets,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious usage and service history.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three-page inspection report helps the parties document the machine's actual condition before the purchase. It contains checkpoints for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecold and warm starts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine noise, smoke, and warning lights,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoil and coolant leaks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransmission and drivetrain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehydraulics, cylinders, and hoses,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esteering, brakes, and undercarriage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etires, tracks, bearings, joints, and bushings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eframe, boom, chassis, and cracks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectronics, instruments, and error codes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecab, seatbelt, mirrors, and safety features,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efunction test under load,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknown defects and upcoming service needs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephoto documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuyer's duty of investigation under the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn private and B2B purchases, investigation is important. If the buyer has examined the machine, or waived the right to do so without an acceptable reason following the seller's request, the buyer normally cannot later claim defects that should have been discovered during an inspection. Therefore, the inspection report is a central part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\"As is\" is not an absolute disclaimer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement has an optional \"as is\" clause, but simultaneously explains its limitations. Even an item sold \"as is\" can be considered defective under the Sale of Goods Act if, for example, it does not match the seller's representations, the seller failed to inform the buyer of a significant known fact, or the item is in significantly worse condition than the buyer could reasonably have expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn consumer purchases, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act take precedence over such a clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinancing, leasing, and third-party rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes explicit checks for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eleasing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstallment plans,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eretention of title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epledges or other security interests,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother third-party rights to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduces the risk of the buyer paying for a machine that the seller is not free to transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRegistered tractor – specific change of ownership procedure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency has specific rules for tractors. A change of ownership for a tractor, including an A-tractor, must be reported on the \u003cstrong\u003emost recently issued registration certificate part 2\u003c\/strong\u003e and sent to the Swedish Transport Agency. For tractors, the usage must also be described so that the Transport Agency can assess how the vehicle should be taxed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package's change of ownership receipt and checklist therefore have special fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration certificate part 2,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate of transfer of ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edescription of usage for tractor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etemporary de-registration\/re-registration and inspection data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotorized equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotorized equipment class I must be registered and has a registration plate. Motorized equipment class II may need to be registered depending on how it is used. The package therefore includes options for both registered and unregistered machines and provides a reminder to check the actual vehicle status before the transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCheck vehicle-related debts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen purchasing a registered machine or tractor, the buyer should check if there are any vehicle-related debts or usage bans. A usage ban may remain in effect after a change of ownership, even when a previous owner is the one liable for payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist therefore includes specific checkpoints for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evehicle tax,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eusage bans,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ede-registration or re-registration status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evehicle-related debts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice, VAT, and payment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement distinguishes between prices including VAT, prices excluding VAT, and situations where VAT is not applicable. There are also fields for down payment, final payment, financing, payment date, and when ownership is to transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and transport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge machines often require separate transport. The agreement therefore has clear options for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery date and delivery location,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho arranges transport,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho pays the transport costs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhen the risk for the machine transfers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal receipt upon delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEquipment and accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate machine appendix documents exactly which equipment is included. This could be, for example, buckets, forks, tilt rotators, spare wheels, tires, tracks, quick couplers, GPS, keys, or spare parts. Serial numbers and condition can be specified for each piece of equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation that should accompany the sale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe appendix and checklist help the parties review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstruction manuals and operator manuals,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice books and service invoices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE marking\/declaration of conformity where available,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003espare parts catalogs, electrical and hydraulic schematics,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection or control reports,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewarranty documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-page receipt is used when the machine is actually handed over. It documents, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoperating hours and kilometers at delivery,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of keys,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eagreed-upon equipment and documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echange of ownership document,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etractor usage description,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany remaining discrepancies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChecklist for the entire transaction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a separate two-page checklist for both the buyer and the seller. It covers the transaction before the contract, upon signing, and at delivery, and also highlights typical red flags such as unclear identity, deviating serial numbers, unclear financing, usage bans, skipped test drives, and undocumented major damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are general document templates. In cases of very high values, complicated financing, leasing, modified machinery, unclear CE\/safety documentation, export\/import, or disputes over ownership, a legal and\/or technical specialist should be consulted before the transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55600460497238,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-TRAKTOR-MASKIN-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-traktor-entreprenadmaskin-2026-2027.png?v=1791179164"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-slapvagn-2026-2027-besiktningsprotokoll-agarbyte-vikter-guide-word-pdf","title":"Trailer Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – Inspection Report, Change of Ownership, Weights \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eTrailer Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – Complete Template Package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete document package for the purchase and sale of a \u003cstrong\u003etrailer, boat trailer, horse trailer, machinery trailer, car transporter, or any other registered trailer\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for private individuals, companies, and consumer purchases, combining the purchase agreement itself with weight specifications, inspection reports, delivery\/payment receipts, a change-of-ownership checklist, and a user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally and practically reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, against the Sale of Goods Act (1990:931), the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260), and the Swedish Transport Agency's current regulations regarding trailers, registration certificates, change of ownership, inspections, weights, driver's license restrictions, and vehicle-related debts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e12 files and 16 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase Agreement – Trailer\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix – Trailer specifications, equipment \u0026amp; weights\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; condition report\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, payment \u0026amp; change-of-ownership receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist for buyer and seller\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich trailers is the package suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe templates can be used for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estandard trailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eboat trailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehorse trailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emachinery trailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecar transporters,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etipper or construction trailers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother registered towed vehicles where the parties need to document the purchase and handover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate individual, company, or consumer – choose the right law\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act applies to the purchase of movable property and is normally used for purchases between private individuals or between companies, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The Sale of Goods Act is dispositive, meaning that the agreement can largely determine what should apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a trader sells a trailer to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act applies instead. It also applies to used goods and is mandatory for the benefit of the consumer. Therefore, the main agreement includes a clear selection box for the form of purchase and special markings where a contractual term may need to yield to the Consumer Sales Act.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIdentify the trailer correctly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echassis number\/VIN,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emake and model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emodel year and date of first registration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebraked or unbraked design,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of axles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecurb weight, gross weight, and maximum load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeights – one of the most important checks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trailer's registered weight specifications must always be read in conjunction with the towing vehicle's technical limitations and the driver's license requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore distinguishes between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ecurb weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – the trailer's registered weight in road-ready condition,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003egross weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – curb weight plus maximum permitted load,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003emaximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e – the difference between gross weight and curb weight,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003egross vehicle weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – the actual weight at a given time including the current load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fact that a trailer has a high maximum load, for example, does not automatically mean that every car or driver is permitted to tow it with a full load. The towing vehicle's maximum permitted trailer weight and gross train weight, as well as the driver's license requirements, must also be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three-page inspection report is built to help buyers and sellers document the actual condition of the trailer before the purchase. It includes checks of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eframe, beams, rust, and cracks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewelds and previous repairs,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eball coupling or drawbar eye,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoverrun device and safety cable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaxles, suspension, and torsion system,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewheel bearings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etires and rims,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice brake and parking brake,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebrake cables and linkages,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elighting and electrical connection,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eramps, tipping equipment, winch, or special fittings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eknown faults, photos, and final assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuyer's investigation duty under the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor private and B2B purchases, the investigation is important. A buyer who has inspected the trailer or declined to do so without acceptable reason after the seller's request generally cannot later invoke faults that should have been discovered. The inspection report is therefore a central appendix to the purchase agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\"As is\" is not a total disclaimer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains an optional term regarding the \"as is\" condition but simultaneously explains the limitation. According to the Sale of Goods Act, an item sold \"as is\" can still be defective if, for example, it deviates from the seller's information, the seller has failed to inform about a significant known circumstance, or the item is in a significantly worse condition than the buyer could reasonably have assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn consumer purchases, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act apply, and a general disclaimer clause cannot be used to diminish the consumer's statutory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePeriodic inspection – light and heavy trailers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor trailers with a gross weight of no more than 3,500 kg, the following generally applies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efirst inspection no later than 48 months after the month the trailer was first taken into service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethereafter, inspection no later than 24 months after the month in which the previous complete inspection was performed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTrailers with a gross weight exceeding 3,500 kg are subject to more frequent intervals – normally the first inspection within 12 months and annually thereafter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChange of ownership via the Swedish Transport Agency\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a registered trailer, the change of ownership must be reported to the Swedish Transport Agency. In most cases, private individuals can carry out the change of ownership via \"My Pages\" without a registration certificate. For written notifications of change of ownership, the \u003cstrong\u003emost recently issued registration certificate part 2\u003c\/strong\u003e is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore contains specific checkpoints for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number and chassis number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration certificate part 2,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate of change of ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration status (on\/off road),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfirmation of completed change of ownership.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle-related debts and usage bans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency recommends that anyone buying or selling a vehicle check for vehicle-related debts and usage bans. A vehicle with a usage ban must not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist therefore includes checks for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evehicle tax where applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eusage bans,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspection status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eother vehicle-related debts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNew tax rule for trailers from February 1, 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom \u003cstrong\u003eFebruary 1, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, vehicle tax is not charged for trailers with a taxable weight of up to \u003cstrong\u003e3,000 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Previously, the limit was significantly lower. Trailers with a taxable weight of 3,001 kg or more may still be subject to vehicle tax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis change is built into the user guide and the delivery checklist so that the buyer does not rely on outdated tax information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinancing, leasing, and third-party rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore purchasing, the buyer should check that the seller is actually permitted to transfer the trailer. The agreement has separate fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eleasing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstallment plans,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eretention of title,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epledge or other security interest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrice, VAT, and payment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe purchase agreement distinguishes between price including VAT, price excluding VAT, and situations where VAT is not applicable. There are also fields for down payment, remaining payment, payment date, and when ownership is to transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEquipment and special trailers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe appendix documents which equipment is actually included, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003espare wheel,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupport wheel and jack stands,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eramps and tailgates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etarpaulin,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewinch or electric winch,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elocks and anti-theft devices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadapter and electrical cable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003especial equipment for boats, horses, cars, or machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-page receipt is used when the trailer is actually handed over. It documents final payment, delivery date, keys\/locks, equipment, change of ownership, inspection status, and any discrepancies that have arisen since the inspection report was completed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChecklist for the entire transaction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist goes through the purchase step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck the seller and ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompare registration number and VIN\/chassis number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck weights and towing vehicle,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck inspection and debts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einspect frame, brakes, bearings, tires, and electrical,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocument known faults and photos,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esign purchase agreement and appendices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarry out payment and delivery,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecarry out change of ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esave all documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item will be sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are general document templates. In cases of very high values, unclear financing, serious frame\/brake damage, custom-built trailers, imported vehicles, unclear registration history, or disputes over ownership, a legal or technical specialist may need to be consulted before the transaction is completed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55600468951382,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-SLAPVAGN-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-slapvagn-2026-2027.png?v=1791179902"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-atv-fyrhjuling-2026-2027-besiktningsprotokoll-fordonsklass-guide-word-pdf","title":"Purchase Agreement ATV \u0026 Quad Bike 2026\/2027 – Inspection Report, Vehicle Class \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eSales Contract ATV \u0026amp; Quad Bike 2026\/2027 – complete template package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete document package for the purchase and sale of \u003cstrong\u003eATVs, quad bikes, and off-road vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for private sales, business transactions, and consumer purchases, and it helps the parties document both the purchase and the legally critical issue of \u003cstrong\u003ewhich vehicle class the quad bike actually belongs to\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package was legally and practically reviewed on \u003cstrong\u003eOctober 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e, against the Sale of Goods Act (1990:931), the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260), the Off-Road Driving Act (1975:1313), as well as the Swedish Transport Agency's current regulations regarding quad bikes, off-road vehicles, registration, driving licenses, and changes of ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 documents in both Word (DOCX) and PDF – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e12 files and 16 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThis is included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSales Contract – ATV \/ Quad Bike\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnnex – Vehicle class, equipment \u0026amp; register data\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; condition report\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, payment \u0026amp; change of ownership receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist for buyers and sellers\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 pages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAn ATV is not a separate legal vehicle class\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo quad bikes that look almost identical may be covered by entirely different regulations. The Swedish Transport Agency states that quad bikes can generally be registered as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoff-road vehicle (terränghjuling),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emotorcycle,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emoped,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etractor,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emotorized equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the agreement and annexes have specific fields for the actual vehicle class, registration status, and which regulations need to be checked before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate individual, business, or consumer – choose the right regulations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act applies to the purchase of movable property and is normally used when a private individual buys from a private individual or when a business trades with a business, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The Sale of Goods Act is dispositive (non-mandatory).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a trader sells a quad bike to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act applies instead. It also applies to used goods and is mandatory for the benefit of the consumer. The main agreement therefore has a clear checkbox for the form of purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three-page report helps buyers and sellers document the actual condition of the vehicle before the purchase. Control points include, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecold and hot starts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine noise, smoke, and error codes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoil and coolant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egearbox, CVT, and clutch,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e2WD\/4WD and differential lock,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epropeller shafts, drive shafts, and gaiters,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esteering, ball joints, and wheel bearings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esuspension and shock absorbers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eframe, welds, and cracks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebrakes, tires, lighting, and electrics,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewinch, hitch, and work equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe buyer's duty of investigation according to the Sale of Goods Act\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn private and B2B purchases, the investigation is important. If the buyer has examined the vehicle, or has failed to do so without acceptable reason after a prompt from the seller, the buyer normally cannot later invoke defects that should have been noticed during the investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\"As is\" condition is not a total disclaimer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement contains an optional clause regarding \"as is\" condition but simultaneously explains the limitation. Despite such a clause, an item can be defective if it, for example, deviates from the seller's representations, if the seller has failed to inform about a significant known circumstance, or if the item is in a significantly worse condition than the buyer could reasonably have expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn consumer purchases, the Consumer Sales Act's mandatory rules take precedence over contractual terms that diminish the consumer's rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUnregistered quad bike\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that a quad bike used on roads or off-road must be registered and that some form of driving authorization is required. Unregistered quad bikes may only be used within enclosed areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore contains specific warnings and control points so that an unregistered quad bike is not treated as if it were a normally registered road or off-road vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOff-road vehicle (terränghjuling)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn off-road vehicle is a type of off-road scooter. The Swedish Transport Agency states, among other things, that an off-road vehicle normally requires:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration and a registration plate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etraffic insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edriving license for off-road vehicles (förarbevis), unless an older driver's license\/tractor license allows for an exception,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esafety helmet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn off-road vehicle is normally not subject to vehicle tax and is usually only subject to mandatory inspection in the case of rental business or professional passenger transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOff-road driving – important for the buyer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fact that a vehicle is built for off-road use does not mean it can be driven freely in nature. The basic rule according to the Off-Road Driving Act is that driving a motor vehicle on bare ground off-road is prohibited for purposes other than those permitted by legislation. The prohibition also applies to one's own land.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere are, among other things, exceptions for certain utility purposes, for example in agriculture and forestry. The buyer therefore needs to check the planned usage separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChange of ownership and registration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe change of ownership procedure depends on the vehicle class the quad bike is registered as. For common registered vehicles, digital or written procedures can be used. For certain vehicle classes, such as tractors, there are specific requirements on how the change of ownership must be reported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe delivery receipt therefore contains checks for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evehicle class,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number and VIN\/PIN,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration certificate or digital register check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eon\/off-loading (registration status),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etax and fees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econfirmation of completed or reported change of ownership.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinancing and third-party rights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe agreement includes checks for leasing, installment plans, retention of title, liens, or other third-party rights. This reduces the risk of the buyer paying for a vehicle that the seller is not free to transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEquipment that can be documented\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate vehicle annex contains space for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewinch,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eplow blade,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecargo rack and box,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehitch or ball coupling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eextra wheels and tires,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eheated grips and windshield,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eGPS and other electronics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-page receipt is used when the vehicle is actually handed over. It documents final payment, delivery date, odometer reading\/operating hours, keys, equipment, vehicle class, change of ownership, insurance check, and any discrepancies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChecklist for the entire transaction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist goes through the following step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echeck of the seller and ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number and VIN\/PIN,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal vehicle class,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration and insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epotential financing,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice history,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etechnical inspection and test drive,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprice and payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery and change of ownership,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eauthorization and usage rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 documents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 A4 pages per format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are general document templates. In the case of an expensive vehicle, a modified quad bike, unclear import\/registration history, financing, serious technical defects, or an uncertain vehicle class, individual legal or technical advice may be needed before the transaction is completed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55600755376470,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-ATV-FYRHJULING-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-atv-fyrhjuling-2026-2027.png?v=1791186851"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-snoskoter-2026-2027-svenska-english-besiktningsprotokoll-agarbyte-guide-word-pdf","title":"Purchase Agreement Snowmobile 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Inspection Report, Change of Ownership \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSnowmobile Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete document package for buying and selling \u003cstrong\u003esnowmobiles\u003c\/strong\u003e according to Swedish law. The package is designed to help both buyers and sellers document the purchase itself, the vehicle's identity and condition, payment, delivery, and the transfer of ownership – while also addressing the specific regulations that apply to snowmobiles as off-road vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all six documents are provided in both a Swedish and an English version. You therefore receive \u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates, 24 files, and a total of 34 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each document is delivered in both editable Word format (DOCX) and PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#tryggare-kop\"\u003eBuilt for a safer snowmobile purchase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kopform\"\u003ePrivate sales, B2B and consumer sales\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#teknisk-kontroll\"\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#agarbyte\"\u003eTransfer of ownership and registry check\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#snoskoterregler\"\u003eDriver proficiency certificate, helmet, and off-road driving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and government sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package has been reviewed against current Swedish sales law, off-road vehicle legislation, and current guidance from the Swedish Transport Agency and the Swedish Environmental Protection Agency. The content is designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The guide also highlights which details should always be double-checked against current government registries and regulations at the time of the transaction.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKöpekontrakt \/ Purchase Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eParties, vehicle, price, condition, delivery, ownership transfer, and disputes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Details \u0026amp; Registry Check\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eVIN, registration, equipment, service, leasing, and registry data.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; Condition Report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eEngine, variator, track, skid\/bogie, chassis, electrics, test drive, and photo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, Payment \u0026amp; Ownership Transfer Receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFinal payment, delivery, keys, equipment, insurance, and ownership transfer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist for Buyer\/Seller\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003ePre-contract checks, red flags, delivery, and post-purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step instructions, legal rules, official checks, and practical workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"tryggare-kop\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a safer snowmobile purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA snowmobile transaction is not just about price and signatures. Expensive faults can exist in the engine, variator, chain case, track, skid, or chassis, while unclear ownership, leasing notes, or incorrect ownership transfers can create legal issues. The package therefore ties together the \u003cstrong\u003econtract, technical inspection, registry check, and delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e into a cohesive workflow.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kopform\"\u003ePrivate sales, B2B and consumer sales – the right legal framework from the start\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) applies to the sale of personal property and is normally used when a private individual buys from a private individual or when companies trade with each other, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The Sale of Goods Act is largely non-mandatory, meaning parties can regulate many issues in the contract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a business sells a snowmobile to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260) applies instead. This act is mandatory in the consumer's favor. A company cannot therefore use a standard term – for example, a general disclaimer or a clause regarding \"as-is\" condition – to impair the consumer's statutory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement therefore includes a clear choice of sales form, and the language is written to alert the user when consumer law may take precedence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdentify the correct snowmobile – registration number and VIN\/chassis number\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn a snowmobile transaction, the vehicle should be identified by more than just make and model. The package includes fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eregistration number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eVIN\/chassis number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emake and model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emodel year and year of manufacture,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emileage and operating hours,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine and cylinder volume,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrack\/track width,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of keys and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe registry attachment also helps the buyer verify if the registered owner corresponds with the seller and if there is any leasing note or other circumstance that must be investigated before payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"teknisk-kontroll\"\u003eThree-page inspection and condition report\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsed snowmobiles can have technical issues that are expensive to repair and not always visible during a quick viewing. Therefore, the package includes a separate three-page report with structured inspection points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe report includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecold and warm start, idling, and engine sound,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esmoke, oil and coolant leakage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprimary\/secondary variator and CVT function,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evariator belt, chain case, and drivetrain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereverse gear,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etunnel, bulkhead, and chassis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eA-arms, tie rod ends, skis, and carbides,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrack, lugs, track tension, and alignment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebogie wheels, bearings, slides\/hyfax, and shock absorbers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebrakes, lighting, instruments, and electric start,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etest drive, vibrations, warning indicators, and unusual sounds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephoto documentation and final assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe report is intended as a documented inspection by the parties. For expensive, hard-used, imported, or modified snowmobiles, the guide recommends professional workshop inspection when warranted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003e\"As-is\" – not the same as the seller being free from liability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor sales covered by the Sale of Goods Act, parties can use an \"as-is\" condition clause, but this clause is not unlimited. A vehicle may still be considered defective if, for example, it deviates from the seller's representations, the seller failed to inform the buyer about a material fact the seller was aware of, or the vehicle is in a significantly worse condition than the buyer could reasonably have expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn consumer sales, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act take precedence over contractual terms that are less favorable to the consumer. This is explained in both the agreement and the user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"agarbyte\"\u003eOwnership transfer – digitally when possible, registration certificate when required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that private individuals can, in most cases, report a change of ownership via \"My Pages.\" The e-service has its own eligibility requirements, including that both the seller and buyer are over 18 and have valid Swedish driver's licenses. If the e-service cannot be used, the report must be made in writing on the \u003cstrong\u003emost recently issued registration certificate part 2\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf at least one party is a company with a corporate registration number, the transfer of ownership must be made on registration certificate part 2 and sent to the Swedish Transport Agency. The package's delivery and ownership transfer receipt includes separate options for these situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCheck leasing, third-party rights, and registry data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the purchase price is paid, the buyer should verify that the seller is actually entitled to sell the vehicle. The package therefore includes checks for leasing, installment plans, retention of title, pledges, or other third-party rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency also recommends that buyers and sellers check for any vehicle-related debts and usage bans where such information is relevant. A usage ban can continue to encumber the vehicle after an ownership transfer, even if the previous owner remains liable for payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"snoskoterregler\"\u003eSnowmobile as an off-road vehicle – registration, insurance, and tax\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency defines a snowmobile as an off-road vehicle intended for travel on snow-covered ground and equipped with tracks and skis. An off-road vehicle is an off-road motor vehicle with a curb weight of no more than 450 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard snowmobiles, the following applies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eregistration plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003etraffic insurance:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003evehicle tax:\u003c\/strong\u003e normally no for off-road vehicles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eperiodic inspection:\u003c\/strong\u003e normally not for private use, but requirements may apply when a registered off-road vehicle is used in rental businesses or commercial passenger transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSnowmobile driver proficiency certificate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTo drive a snowmobile, a snowmobile driver proficiency certificate is normally required. The Swedish Transport Agency's current rules state that the driver must be 16 years old, have completed training with an authorized instructor, and passed a knowledge test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThose who obtained a Swedish driver's license or tractor license \u003cstrong\u003ebefore January 1, 2000\u003c\/strong\u003e, normally do not need a separate snowmobile driver proficiency certificate. The package guide also addresses the specific rules that may apply to organized snowmobile safaris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHelmet requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA safety helmet is required when driving a snowmobile, with the limited exceptions set forth in traffic regulations. The Swedish Transport Agency specifies that the helmet must be an approved safety helmet according to applicable requirements. Passengers on the snowmobile are also normally covered by the helmet requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSnowmobile on roads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road vehicles may normally not be driven on public roads. Exceptions exist, for example, when a road must be crossed or when terrain conditions make it necessary to travel the shortest suitable distance on a road. During such travel, the off-road vehicle may be driven at a maximum of 20 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is also relevant for the buyer: a snowmobile that can technically be driven on a road is not automatically legal to use there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Off-Road Driving Act – purchase does not imply an unrestricted right to drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSnowmobile driving is not included in the right of public access (allemansrätten). The Swedish Environmental Protection Agency emphasizes that motorized driving on others' land is not based on any general right under the right of public access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Off-Road Driving Act prohibits, among other things, driving on snow-covered forest land with seedlings or young forest unless it is obvious that driving can occur without risk of damage; the same applies to snow-covered agricultural land. The Off-Road Driving Ordinance specifies, among other things, that protection for young forest applies when the average height above the snow cover is less than two meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn mountain areas, there are also regulated areas with various restrictions. Municipalities, county administrative boards, national parks, and nature reserves may have additional rules. Therefore, the user guide recommends primarily following marked snowmobile trails and checking local regulations before travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModifications, tuning, and insurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAftermarket exhaust systems, power increases, ECU programming, and major chassis or suspension changes should be clearly documented in connection with the purchase. A modified snowmobile can affect value, reliability, insurance terms, and, in some cases, how the vehicle may be used. The agreement and inspection report therefore have specific fields for modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePrice, VAT, and traceable payment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main agreement contains separate fields for the purchase price, VAT, down payment, final payment, and payment method. This allows the same template to be used both for private sales and between companies. In corporate transactions, the parties must always assess the actual VAT handling based on the specific sale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more expensive vehicles, traceable payment is recommended, and the final payment should be coordinated with delivery and ownership transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeparate delivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe purchase agreement documents what the parties have agreed upon. The delivery receipt documents what actually happens when the snowmobile is handed over. Recorded details include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery date and location,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emileage and operating hours,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enumber of keys,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaccessories and documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eownership transfer method,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etraffic insurance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany new damage or deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide – in both languages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains not only documents to fill out. The separate guide explains how to use the entire package, in what order checks should be performed, and when a workshop or legal advisor should be involved. The guide is available in both Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about snowmobile purchase agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you need a written purchase agreement for a snowmobile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written agreement is strongly recommended. It documents, among other things, the parties, the vehicle, the price, payment, known defects, equipment, and delivery terms, and reduces the risk of later evidentiary problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the template when buying from a company?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The template has a separate option for company-to-consumer. However, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act apply regardless of what the parties write in a standard contract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan companies use the template between themselves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is also built for B2B and contains fields for corporate registration numbers, VAT, and company-related ownership transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo snowmobiles need periodic inspection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA standard private snowmobile does not normally undergo periodic inspection. Registered off-road vehicles used in rental businesses or professional passenger transport are, however, subject to periodic inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust a snowmobile have traffic insurance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Swedish Transport Agency requires traffic insurance for off-road vehicles. Always check the insurance in connection with delivery and ownership transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a driver proficiency certificate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNormally yes. Exceptions exist, for example, for those who obtained a Swedish driver's license or tractor license before January 1, 2000.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAm I allowed to drive a snowmobile on any land?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Snowmobile driving is not included in the right of public access, and the Off-Road Driving Act, local regulations, regulatory areas, and landowner relationships must be respected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All six documents are available in a separate English version adapted as a translation under Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For this specific product, Excel does not offer any relevant functionality. All data, checklists, and checks function better in Word\/PDF, and the package therefore does not contain an unnecessary spreadsheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6 Swedish + 6 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e34 A4 pages per format series total across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEditable Word files for customization and PDF files for printing\/reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and government sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template package has been reviewed against, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOff-Road Driving Act (1975:1313),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eOff-Road Driving Ordinance (1978:594),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/fordon\/fordonsregler\/regler-for-olika-fordonsslag\/terrangmotorfordon\/\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Off-road motor vehicles\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/korkort\/forarbevis\/forarbevis-for-snoskoter\/\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Driver proficiency certificate for snowmobiles\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/agarbyte\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Transfer of ownership of vehicles\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/registreringsbevis\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Registration certificate\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.naturvardsverket.se\/amnesomraden\/friluftsliv\/motortrafik-i-naturen\/snoskoter\/\"\u003eSwedish Environmental Protection Agency – Snowmobile\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general document templates. In cases involving a very high vehicle value, unclear financing\/leasing, imported snowmobiles, extensive tuning\/modifications, serious technical damage, or concrete disputes, legal and\/or technical specialists should be consulted.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55611306803542,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-SNOSKOTER-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-snoskoter-2026-2027-svenska-engelska.png?v=1791226513"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-vattenskoter-2026-2027-svenska-english-ce-win-besiktning-guide-word-pdf","title":"Jet Ski Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | CE\/WIN, Inspection \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurchase Agreement Personal Watercraft 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete document package for buying and selling a \u003cstrong\u003epersonal watercraft (PWC)\u003c\/strong\u003e according to Swedish law. The package is designed for private individuals, businesses, and consumer sales, and combines the purchase agreement with CE\/WIN verification, a technical inspection report, delivery and payment receipt, ownership documentation, a checklist, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all six documents are available in both a Swedish and an English version. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates, 24 files, and a total of 34 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each document is delivered in editable Word format (DOCX) and PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#tryggare-kop\"\u003eBuilt for a safer PWC purchase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kopform\"\u003ePrivate purchase, B2B, and consumer sales\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#ce-win\"\u003eCE marking, WIN, and import\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#besiktning\"\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#aganderatt\"\u003eOwnership and potential registration\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#forarbevis\"\u003eDriver's license and regulations at sea\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package has been reviewed against current Swedish sales law, the Act on Driver's Licenses for Personal Watercraft, current CE regulations for recreational craft\/PWC, and current guidance from the Swedish Transport Agency and the Coast Guard. The content is designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eParties, PWC, price, condition, CE, delivery, ownership, and dispute.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePWC data, CE \u0026amp; equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWIN, engine, CE documents, equipment, service, and financing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; condition report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eHull, engine, jet pump, impeller, iBR\/reverse, electronics, test drive, and photos.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, payment \u0026amp; ownership receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFinal payment, transfer, documents, potential registration, and receipt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist buyer\/seller\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRed flags, identity, CE, ownership, payment, and post-purchase check.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step use, legal status, CE\/import, driver's license, and practical example.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"tryggare-kop\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete PWC purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA PWC transaction requires documenting more than just the price. An altered or illegible WIN, unclear chain of ownership, lack of CE documentation, private import, a damaged jet pump, or major hull repair can be of great significance. Therefore, the package integrates \u003cstrong\u003elegal matters, identification, CE verification, technical condition, payment, and delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e into a single workflow.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kopform\"\u003ePrivate purchase, B2B, and consumer sales\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) applies to the sale of personal property and is normally used when a private individual buys from a private individual, or when a business trades with a business, unless otherwise agreed by the parties. The law is largely optional (dispositive).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a trader sells a PWC to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260) applies instead. A consumer's mandatory rights cannot be waived by standard terms. The main agreement therefore contains a clear selection of the form of purchase and warnings where consumer law may take precedence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat counts as a personal watercraft?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Act (2021:626) defines a personal watercraft as a watercraft with a hull length under four meters, a water jet unit as its primary propulsion, and a design where one or more people sit, stand, or kneel on the hull rather than inside the craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat definition is important because both driver's license rules and product requirements are linked to the term PWC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"ce-win\"\u003eCE marking, WIN, and documentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that PWCs must be CE marked, with the specific exceptions provided by the regulations. A properly CE-documented PWC should, among other things, have:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE mark,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emanufacturer's plate,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eidentification number\/WIN,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDeclaration of Conformity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstruction manual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore includes a separate CE\/WIN attachment and corresponding points in the inspection report.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsed private imports and major modifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that even used products imported privately into the EU can be subject to CE requirements when put into service. Major modifications to a product may also mean that the product's conformity needs to be reassessed. An imported or heavily modified PWC should therefore be examined extra carefully before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"besiktning\"\u003eInspection and condition report – three pages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe report helps the parties document the actual condition before payment and includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehull, bottom, intake, and signs of grounding\/collision,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecold and hot start, engine noise, and leakage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorrosion and salt damage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimpeller, wear ring, and jet pump,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereverse\/iBR and steering nozzle,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eemergency stop\/lanyard,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eelectronics, display, battery, and controls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etest drive, acceleration, steering, cooling, and vibrations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE\/WIN documentation and photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor expensive, imported, heavily used, or damaged PWCs, a professional marine\/workshop inspection is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003e“As is” is not an unlimited disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn purchases subject to the Sale of Goods Act, the parties can agree on an \"as is\" condition, but the clause does not eliminate all liability for defects. The item may still be defective if it deviates from the seller's information, if the seller withheld a significant known fact, or if it is in significantly worse condition than the buyer could reasonably have assumed. For consumer sales, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"aganderatt\"\u003eOwnership – not the same routine as a car or snowmobile\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA PWC is normally not subject to registration in the Swedish ship register. Since PWCs have a hull length under four meters, and boats under five meters can only be registered if there are special reasons, many PWCs lack public owner registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the following is particularly important:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epurchase agreement with full identification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eWIN\/hull ID and engine number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproof of payment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery\/ownership receipt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprevious receipt or other proof of ownership where available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the current PWC is actually registered as a recreational craft, the Swedish Transport Agency's ship register procedures must be followed. For example, regarding a Certificate of Nationality, the Swedish Transport Agency lists a Bill of Sale as an example of an acquisition document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLeasing, financing, and third-party rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe buyer should verify that the seller actually has the right to sell the craft. The templates therefore contain separate fields for leasing, installment plans, retention of title, pledges, and other third-party rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePrice, VAT, and payment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe purchase agreement contains fields for the purchase price, VAT, down payment, final payment, and payment method. For larger amounts, traceable payment is recommended, and that the final payment is coordinated with physical delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"forarbevis\"\u003eDriver's license – at least 15 years old\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, a driver's license is required to operate a PWC. According to the Act (2021:626), a driver's license can be issued to those who have turned \u003cstrong\u003e15 years old\u003c\/strong\u003e and have completed the prescribed training with a passing grade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator must carry a valid driver's license and a valid identity document on board. The Swedish Transport Agency allows certain specific exceptions, for example within rescue services, approved training, and certain organized competition contexts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaritime regulations, speed limits, and local ordinances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Coast Guard emphasizes that PWC operators have the same responsibility as other maritime traffic to follow maritime regulations. Rules regarding sobriety, speed, yielding, and good seamanship also apply to PWCs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLocal or regional regulations may also limit where and how the craft may be operated. The user guide therefore instructs the buyer to check the current rules for the area where the PWC will be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsurance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a checkpoint for appropriate PWC insurance before use. Insurance terms can be affected by factors such as tuning, racing, rental, anti-theft protection, and commercial use, so the buyer should check the terms directly with their insurance company.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe purchase agreement documents what the parties have agreed upon. The separate receipt documents what actually happens during the handover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal payment and payment reference,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edate, place, and operating hours,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ekeys\/start fobs and equipment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE documents and manual,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany ship register action,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enew damages or discrepancies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide – Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide shows step-by-step how to use the package: check ownership and WIN, review CE documentation, perform technical verification, choose the right form of purchase, fill in the contract, coordinate payment and delivery, and save the correct documentation after the purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes one need a written purchase agreement for a PWC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written agreement is strongly recommended. Since many PWCs are not in a public owner register, the purchase agreement, proof of payment, and delivery receipt are particularly important as proof of the transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo PWCs have registration numbers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot normally in the same way as road vehicles. A PWC can in some cases be registered as a recreational craft if there are special reasons, but that is not the standard owner transfer routine for most PWCs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a WIN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWIN is the craft's identification number. It should be compared against physical marking, the manufacturer's plate, and documentation before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust a PWC be CE marked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, yes, with specific exceptions in the regulations. Check imported, older, or heavily modified craft particularly carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a driver's license?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, yes. A driver's license can be issued from the age of 15 after approved training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used when a business sells to a private individual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Choose business → consumer in the agreement. The mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act then apply regardless of standard terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All six documents are also available in a separate English version under Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product does not require calculation functions or database-like management. Word and PDF are therefore the most useful formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6 Swedish + 6 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e34 A4 pages per format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2021:626) on driver's licenses for personal watercraft,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2016:96) on recreational craft and personal watercraft,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Personal watercraft \/ driver's license,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – CE marking and buying CE-marked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Register PWC as a recreational craft,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCoast Guard – Personal watercraft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general document templates. In the event of unclear ownership, missing\/altered WIN, lack of CE documentation, private import, major modification, extensive hull\/engine damage, or a concrete dispute, a legal and\/or marine technical specialist should be consulted.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55614037328214,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-VATTENSKOTER-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-vattenskoter-2026-2027-svenska-engelska.png?v=1791232879"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-batmotor-2026-2027-svenska-english-ce-serienummer-besiktning-guide-word-pdf","title":"Purchase Agreement Boat Engine 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | CE, Serial Number, Inspection \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBoat Motor Purchase Agreement 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete document package for buying and selling \u003cstrong\u003eoutboard engines, inboard engines, and sterndrive engines\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is designed for private individuals, companies, and consumer purchases, and combines the purchase agreement itself with a motor\/CE attachment, a technical inspection report, delivery and payment receipt, theft\/ownership verification, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all six documents are available in both a Swedish and an English version. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates, 24 files, and a total of 34 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each document is delivered in editable Word format (DOCX) and PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#tryggare-kop\"\u003eBuilt for a secure boat motor purchase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kopform\"\u003ePrivate, B2B, and consumer purchases\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#ce\"\u003eCE, serial numbers, and import\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#besiktning\"\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#stold\"\u003eOwnership and theft risk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#leverans\"\u003ePayment and delivery\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package has been reviewed against current Swedish sales law, the Recreational Craft and Personal Watercraft Act (2016:96), current CE guidance from the Swedish Transport Agency, and the Swedish Police Authority's current advice on identification and anti-theft protection for boat motors. The content is designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eParties, motor, price, condition, CE, delivery, ownership, and disputes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Motor, CE \u0026amp; Equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eSerial number, power, import, service history, CE, and accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspection \u0026amp; Condition Report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eMotor, cooling, compression, drive, propeller, trim\/tilt, and load testing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery, Payment \u0026amp; Ownership Receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFinal payment, physical delivery, documents, equipment, and ownership.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChecklist for Buyer\/Seller\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRed flags, serial number, theft risk, service, payment, and delivery.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step, legal status, CE\/import, theft protection, and practical example.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"tryggare-kop\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a secure boat motor purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA used boat motor can be worth large amounts without having any public ownership registration equivalent to the road vehicle registry. At the same time, a tampered serial number, unclear chain of ownership, lack of CE documentation, water in the gear housing, or extensive tuning can change the risk profile of the deal. The package therefore connects \u003cstrong\u003eownership, engine number, law, technical inspection, CE\/import, payment, and physical delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kopform\"\u003ePrivate, B2B, and consumer purchases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sale of Goods Act (1990:931) applies to the sale of personal property and is normally used when a private individual buys from a private individual or when companies trade with each other, unless otherwise agreed. The Sale of Goods Act is largely dispositive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a business sells a boat motor to a consumer, the Consumer Sales Act (2022:260) applies instead. It is mandatory for the benefit of the consumer. A standard clause regarding, for example, \"as is\" condition can therefore not be used to override the consumer's statutory rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOutboards, inboards, and sterndrives in the same package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main contract and appendices have specific fields for engine type, make, model, engine number\/serial number, power, fuel, operating hours, shaft length or drive type, and associated equipment. This allows the package to be used for both standalone outboard motors and other common recreational boat engines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"ce\"\u003eCE, engine number, and documentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Act (2016:96) on recreational craft and personal watercraft includes, among other things, \u003cstrong\u003epropulsion engines installed or specifically intended to be installed on or in recreational craft or personal watercraft\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Swedish Transport Agency states that engines are covered by CE rules and that relevant products must have correct labeling and documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the engine, the package can therefore document and verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine manufacturer's label,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eunique engine serial number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE marking where applicable,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDeclaration of Conformity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstruction manual,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eservice book and invoices,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimport\/purchase documents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePower increase over 15 percent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe law defines a modification that increases the engine's nominal power by more than \u003cstrong\u003e15 percent\u003c\/strong\u003e as a major engine modification. Tuning and major power modifications are therefore a separate check point in the contract, the appendix, and the user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate import and older engines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical application of CE rules depends on, among other things, when and how the product was placed on the EU market or put into service. The Swedish Transport Agency specifically warns against products that have been privately imported without correct CE documentation. The package is therefore designed to document actual import history rather than automatically assuming that an older motor should have the same documentation as a newer one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"besiktning\"\u003eInspection and condition report – three pages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate report includes a structured inspection of, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine number and any damage to the marking,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecold start and warm start,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eidle speed, engine noise, and smoke,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoil, fuel, and cooling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecorrosion and salt damage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimpeller\/water pump and cooling water flow,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egear housing or drive,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epropeller and propeller shaft,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrim\/tilt,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecompression on up to six cylinders,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ediagnostics\/error codes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eload testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe report is a party inspection. In case of higher values, obvious faults, private imports, or uncertain service history, a professional marine engine inspection is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"stold\"\u003eOwnership, engine number, and theft risk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBoat motors are attractive targets for theft. The police emphasize that the engine number is a central piece of information when registering and identifying a stolen boat motor and recommend that boat owners document the engine number as well as use visible and hidden marking and, preferably, a tracking device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package's checklist therefore treats a missing, ground-off, altered, or painted-over engine number as a clear red flag. Furthermore, the buyer is encouraged to request reasonable documentation of the seller's chain of ownership, such as previous receipts or purchase agreements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLeasing, financing, and third-party rights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn engine can be subject to leasing, installment plans, retention of title, liens, or other third-party rights. The main agreement therefore contains a specific seller's declaration and separate fields for these situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003e\"As is\" is not a total disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen purchasing under the Sale of Goods Act, the parties can agree on \"as is\" condition, but such a clause does not automatically eliminate all liability for defects. Incorrect information, failure to disclose known material facts, or a condition significantly worse than the buyer could reasonably have expected may still be relevant. For consumer purchases, mandatory consumer protection applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eService history and operating hours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor\/CE appendix contains specific fields for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elast service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimpeller\/water pump,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine oil and filter,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egear housing\/drive oil,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etiming belt and other belts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003espark plugs and fuel system,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emajor previous repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes it easier to document what the seller has actually stated and what documentation was presented before the deal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEquipment – what is actually included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor an outboard motor, controls, propellers, cabling, instruments, keys, steering components, and mounting hardware can represent significant value. Therefore, the appendix includes separate checkboxes for these parts so that the parties do not have to argue afterwards about what was actually included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"leverans\"\u003ePayment and physical delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe purchase agreement documents what the parties have agreed upon. The separate delivery, payment, and ownership receipt documents what actually happens during the handover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt records, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal payment and payment reference,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edelivery date and location,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eengine number and operating hours,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edismantling or installation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epropeller\/drive, controls, keys, and documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany new damage or discrepancies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide – Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide describes the entire workflow from initial check to final delivery. It covers ownership, serial numbers, CE, private imports, major engine modifications, technical inspection, theft risk, \"as is\" condition, payment, and when a specialist should be consulted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you need a written purchase agreement for a boat motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written agreement is highly recommended. For a standalone motor, the agreement, proof of payment, delivery receipt, and a photo of the engine number can be central parts of the evidence regarding ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould the boat motor's serial number be in the agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The package has several separate check points for the engine number\/serial number because it is a key piece of identification information and is important for reporting theft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the boat motor be CE-marked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePropulsion engines are covered by the CE regulations when the requirements in the legislation are met. For older motors, import cases, and specific exceptions, the concrete history should be verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the template be used when a company sells to a consumer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Select business → consumer. However, the mandatory rules of the Consumer Sales Act apply regardless of the standard terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the package be used for inboards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is built for outboards, inboards, and engines with sterndrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All six documents are available in a separate English version under Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For this product, Excel does not provide any relevant calculation or register function. Word and PDF are therefore the most useful formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6 Swedish + 6 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e34 A4 pages per format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item will be shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSale of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2016:96) on recreational craft and personal watercraft,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – CE marking and buying CE-marked,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – declaration of conformity for engines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish Police Authority – theft of boats and boat motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general document templates. In the event of a tampered engine number, unclear ownership, suspected stolen goods, private imports with uncertain CE status, major power increases, high-value engines, or significant technical defects, a legal and\/or marine engine technical specialist should be consulted.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55614522327382,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-BATMOTOR-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-batmotor-2026-2027-svenska-engelska.png?v=1791234455"},{"product_id":"kopekontrakt-elcykel-2026-2027-svenska-english-batteri-ramnummer-besiktning-guide-word-pdf","title":"Purchase Agreement Electric Bicycle 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Battery, Frame Number, Inspection \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurchase Agreement Electric Bicycle 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete document package for buying and selling an \u003cstrong\u003eelectric bicycle \/ elcykel\u003c\/strong\u003e in accordance with Swedish law. The package is designed for private individuals, businesses, and consumer purchases, and it combines the purchase agreement itself with a battery\/motor appendix, technical inspection report, delivery and payment receipt, theft\/ownership verification, checklist, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all six documents are available in both a Swedish and an English version. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates, 24 files, and a total of 34 A4 pages per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each document is delivered in editable Word format (DOCX) and PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#byggd-for\"\u003eBuilt for a safer electric bike purchase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#250w\"\u003e250 W \/ 25 km\/h – when is an electric bike legally a bicycle?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#batteri\"\u003eBattery, charger, and battery health\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#besiktning\"\u003eInspection and condition report\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#ramnummer\"\u003eFrame number, ownership, and theft risk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kopform\"\u003ePrivate purchase, B2B, and consumer purchase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package has been reviewed against current Swedish sales law and the Swedish Transport Agency's latest regulations for bicycles with electric assistance, bicycles, and Class II mopeds, as well as the Swedish Police Authority's current advice regarding frame numbers and bicycle theft. The content is designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKöpekontrakt \/ Purchase Agreement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eParties, electric bike, price, classification, condition, battery, delivery, and dispute.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElcykel, batteri \u0026amp; utrustning \/ Electric bike, battery \u0026amp; equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFrame number, motor, 250 W\/25 km\/h, battery, charger, service, and accessories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBesiktnings- \u0026amp; skickprotokoll \/ Inspection \u0026amp; condition report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFrame, fork, wheels, brakes, drivetrain, motor, battery, and test ride.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeverans-, betalnings- \u0026amp; äganderättskvittens \/ Delivery, payment \u0026amp; ownership receipt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eFinal payment, frame number, battery serial number, accessories, and physical delivery.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChecklista köpare\/säljare \/ Checklist buyer\/seller\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRed flags, classification, theft risk, payment, and post-purchase check.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetaljerad användarguide \/ Detailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step, sales law, classification, moped limit, battery, and practical workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"byggd-for\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete electric bike purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA used electric bike needs to be assessed on two levels simultaneously: \u003cstrong\u003elegal vehicle classification and technical condition\u003c\/strong\u003e. A modified motor may mean the vehicle can no longer be used as an ordinary bicycle, while a worn battery can represent a large portion of the financial risk. The package therefore connects \u003cstrong\u003e250 W\/25 km\/h verification, frame number, battery data, inspection, payment, and delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"250w\"\u003e250 W \/ 25 km\/h – when is an electric bike legally a bicycle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that a bicycle with electric assistance counts as a bicycle if:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe vehicle has pedals or a crank mechanism,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe electric motor only boosts the power from pedaling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe motor does not provide any power assistance at speeds over \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe motor's continuous rated power does not exceed \u003cstrong\u003e250 watts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the vehicle deviates from these requirements, it is no longer automatically a bicycle. The Swedish Transport Agency states that the vehicle may then likely be considered a moped with other technical and legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStronger electric bike-like vehicles – Class II moped\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThere is also a special type of Class II moped with pedals and an auxiliary motor of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1,000 W\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the auxiliary motor must not provide power assistance above 25 km\/h. This is not an ordinary electric bike. For such mopeds, traffic insurance and licensing requirements according to moped regulations apply, among other things.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore helps the buyer document actual motor power, assistance limit, any throttle function, and details regarding tuning or reprogramming before the agreement is signed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTuning can change the entire risk profile\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common problem in the used market is that an electric bike has been fitted with a tuning chip, software, a different display\/controller, or other modifications that cause the assistance to continue beyond the legal bicycle limit or to function in a way that does not match the definition of a bicycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore not enough that an ad calls the vehicle an \"electric bike.\" The agreement contains an explicit seller statement regarding tuning, and the inspection report has a separate check of the assistance function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"batteri\"\u003eBattery, charger, and battery health\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery is often one of the most expensive components of an electric bike and can have significant depreciation even when the bike itself looks good. The package therefore contains fields for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebattery make and model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebattery serial number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003evoltage, Ah, and Wh,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eyear of manufacture\/purchase,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estated number of charge cycles,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eavailable battery diagnostics or health data,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoriginal or compatible charger,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebattery keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA stated range is not the same as guaranteed battery capacity. In the case of an expensive battery system or uncertain history, the guide recommends a separate battery diagnostic at a workshop or dealership.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRed flags for batteries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe inspection report highlights, among other things, swelling, cracks, heavy corrosion, burn marks at contacts, charging problems, and recurring error codes. In the event of clear physical damage or a history of overheating, the battery should not be treated as a mere cosmetic remark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"besiktning\"\u003eThree-page inspection and condition report\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a separate inspection report adapted for electric bikes. It covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eframe number, frame, and any damage,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efront fork, wheels, spokes, and bearings,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etires, brakes, and steering,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echain\/belt, sprockets, cranks, pedals, and gears,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emotor assistance and assistance limit,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edisplay, controller, wiring, and error codes,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebattery, locking, charger, and contacts,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etest ride, braking, shifting, and unusual noises,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ephoto and identity documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe bicycle's standard safety equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Transport Agency states that a bicycle must always have \u003cstrong\u003ea bell and brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. For riding in the dark, prescribed lighting and reflectors are also required. Therefore, the package checks not only the electrical system but also the standard bicycle functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"ramnummer\"\u003eFrame number, ownership, and theft risk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectric bikes generally lack a public ownership register equivalent to the road traffic register. A clear purchase agreement, traceable payment, and correct frame number therefore become important parts of the proof of ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe police recommend that bike owners note down the frame number and use it when reporting a theft. The package therefore includes the frame number in the main agreement, the inspection report, the checklist, and the delivery receipt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarning signs before purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe frame number is ground off, illegible, or appears altered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe seller does not want to identify themselves,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe price is very low without a reasonable explanation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe chain of ownership cannot be explained,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe battery or bike has identifying details removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a check of previous receipts or other reasonable ownership documentation where available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kopform\"\u003ePrivate purchase, B2B, and consumer purchase\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSales of Goods Act (1990:931)\u003c\/strong\u003e generally applies between private individuals and in B2B relationships unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The Act is dispositive (non-mandatory), and the buyer's inspection can be of great significance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a company sells an electric bike to a consumer, the \u003cstrong\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260)\u003c\/strong\u003e applies instead. It is mandatory for the benefit of the consumer, and standard terms cannot limit statutory consumer rights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003e\"As is\" is not a total disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen purchasing under the Sales of Goods Act, the parties can agree on an \"as is\" condition, but the clause does not automatically remove all liability for defects. Incorrect information, failure to disclose an important known fact, or a condition significantly worse than what the buyer could reasonably have expected may still be relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and payment receipt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate document is used when the electric bike is actually handed over. It documents, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal payment and payment reference,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eframe number and battery serial number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eodometer reading,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebattery, charger, and keys,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany new deviations since the contract,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efinal check of 250 W\/25 km\/h and tuning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetailed user guide in both languages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe guide shows the order in which the package should be used: identity verification, vehicle classification, battery data, technical check, agreement, payment, and delivery. It also contains a special section on when a workshop or legal specialist should be consulted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power can a standard electric bike have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor's continuous rated power may be a maximum of 250 W if the vehicle is to fall within the standard bicycle definition with electric assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the motor assist above 25 km\/h?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot as motor assistance if the vehicle is to be counted as a standard electric-assisted bicycle. You can, of course, cycle faster through your own pedaling power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMay the electric bike have a throttle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard bicycle definition is based on the motor only boosting pedaling power. If a vehicle can be driven in another way, the classification needs to be checked specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the electric bike is 500 W or 1,000 W?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt may then fall outside the standard bicycle definition. There is, for example, a type of Class II moped with a motor of up to 1,000 W and 25 km\/h. In that case, other requirements apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you need a purchase agreement for a used electric bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA written agreement is strongly recommended, especially for more expensive electric bikes. It documents frame number, battery, classification, price, known defects, accessories, and ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the package be used when a company sells to a private individual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Choose company → consumer in the agreement. The Consumer Sales Act's mandatory rules will then apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All six documents are also available in a separate English version under Swedish law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For this product, Excel adds no practical function. Classification, battery data, checklists, and inspection work better in Word\/PDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6 Swedish + 6 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e34 A4 pages per format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSales of Goods Act (1990:931),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConsumer Sales Act (2022:260),\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eAct (2001:559) on Road Traffic Definitions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/fordon\/fordonsregler\/regler-for-olika-fordonsslag\/moped\/Elcykel\/\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Bicycle with electric assistance or moped?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/sv\/vagtrafik\/fordon\/fordonsregler\/regler-for-olika-fordonsslag\/cykel\/\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Bicycle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.transportstyrelsen.se\/moped-klass-ii\"\u003eSwedish Transport Agency – Class II moped\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/polisen.se\/utsatt-for-brott\/polisanmalan\/stold-inbrott-ran\/stold\/cykelstold\/\"\u003ePolice – Bicycle theft and frame number\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general document templates. In cases of manipulated or unclear vehicle classification, suspected stolen goods, filed-off frame numbers, damaged batteries, major frame\/fork damage, or specific disputes, a legal and\/or technical specialist should be consulted.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55614847058262,"sku":"KOPEKONTRAKT-ELCYKEL-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kopekontrakt-elcykel-2026-2027-svenska-engelska.png?v=1791236947"},{"product_id":"cyber-resilience-act-cra-compliance-2026-2027-svenska-english-riskbedomning-sbom-incidentrapportering-word-pdf-excel","title":"Cyber Resilience Act (CRA) Compliance 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Risk Assessment, SBOM \u0026 Incident Reporting Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCyber Resilience Act (CRA) Compliance 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA comprehensive compliance package for companies that \u003cstrong\u003emanufacture, develop, or place products with digital elements on the EU market\u003c\/strong\u003e and need to prepare or document their efforts in accordance with \u003cstrong\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/2847 – Cyber Resilience Act (CRA)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package combines Swedish and English work templates with an advanced Excel register for \u003cstrong\u003ecybersecurity risks, SBOM, vulnerabilities, CRA reporting, and technical documentation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 Swedish + 7 English document templates in both Word and PDF formats, plus 1 Excel workbook – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Word\/PDF series comprises a total of \u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per language version\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally \u0026amp; technically reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#datum\"\u003eKey CRA dates 2026–2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#full-compliance\"\u003eBuilt for a complete CRA workflow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#risk\"\u003eCybersecurity risk assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#sbom\"\u003eSBOM, vulnerabilities \u0026amp; CVD\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#rapportering\"\u003e24h \/ 72h incident and vulnerability reporting\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#teknisk\"\u003eTechnical documentation \u0026amp; conformity\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#support\"\u003eSupport period \u0026amp; security updates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel register for CRA compliance\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#nis2\"\u003eCRA vs. NIS2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis \u0026amp; sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and technically reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package has been reviewed against the Cyber Resilience Act, Regulation (EU) 2024\/2847, including Articles 13–14 as well as Annexes I, II, and VII, and against the European Commission's current implementation and reporting guidance. The package is designed for practical compliance work during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"datum\"\u003eKey CRA dates 2026–2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA is already in force, but different obligations become applicable at different times:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeptember 11, 2026:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufacturers' reporting obligations for actively exploited vulnerabilities and severe incidents became applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecember 11, 2027:\u003c\/strong\u003e the CRA's main product and cybersecurity requirements become fully applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that organizations should not wait until 2027 to build risk assessments, vulnerability management, reporting routines, technical documentation, and evidence chains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eTemplate \/ Tool\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCRA Implementation \u0026amp; Compliance Plan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCybersecurity Risk Assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVulnerability Management \u0026amp; CVD Policy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncident \u0026amp; Vulnerability Reporting 24h\/72h\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Documentation \u0026amp; Conformity Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUser Information, Security Updates \u0026amp; Support Period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCRA Compliance Register – Risk, SBOM, Vulnerability \u0026amp; Reporting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eBilingual workbook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"full-compliance\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete CRA workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe CRA is not about a single policy. The company needs to be able to demonstrate how cybersecurity risks are identified and mitigated, how components and vulnerabilities are tracked, how actively exploited vulnerabilities and serious incidents are reported, how technical documentation is compiled, and how security updates are handled during the support period. Therefore, the package links together \u003cstrong\u003egovernance, risk assessment, SBOM, CVD, incident reporting, technical supporting documents, user information, and an Excel register\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich companies are affected by the CRA?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA targets products with digital elements made available on the EU market. This can include both hardware and software, as well as many connected or network-related products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is primarily built for \u003cstrong\u003emanufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e, but the checklists and user guide also help identify issues that importers and distributors need to verify. The exact role must always be assessed based on the actual supply chain and the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"risk\"\u003eCybersecurity risk assessment – a core element of the CRA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA requires the manufacturer to conduct a cybersecurity risk assessment for the product with digital elements and take the result into account during planning, design, development, production, delivery, and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe risk template and the Excel register help the organization document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct, version, and intended use,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eassets and security-critical functions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethreat and misuse scenarios,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprobability and consequence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexisting controls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eresidual risk,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eaction plan, responsible party, and deadline,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elink to the CRA's essential cybersecurity requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"sbom\"\u003eSBOM, vulnerability management, and Coordinated Vulnerability Disclosure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA's vulnerability requirements mean that the manufacturer must be able to identify and document vulnerabilities and components included in the product. Annex I stipulates, among other things, that vulnerabilities and components shall be identified and documented, including through a \u003cstrong\u003emachine-readable SBOM\u003c\/strong\u003e that covers at least the product's top-level dependencies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package therefore contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSBOM register in Excel,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecomponent\/version\/supplier\/PURL\/CPE,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edirect or transitive dependency,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCVE\/advisory and severity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efixed version and review date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCVD policy and external vulnerability contact,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etriage, remediation, and disclosure routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"rapportering\"\u003eCRA reporting: 24 hours, 72 hours, and final report\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSince September 11, 2026, manufacturers have been required to report \u003cstrong\u003eactively exploited vulnerabilities\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eserious incidents\u003c\/strong\u003e that affect the security of products with digital elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe European Commission's reporting guidance outlines the following main points:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ewithin 24 hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e early warning after the organization has become aware,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ewithin 72 hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e full notification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eactively exploited vulnerability:\u003c\/strong\u003e final report no later than 14 days after the corrective or mitigating measure has become available,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eserious incident:\u003c\/strong\u003e final report within one month of the 72-hour notification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel file includes a specific sheet for reporting cases where the 24h and 72h deadlines are calculated automatically based on the awareness date and time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"teknisk\"\u003eTechnical documentation – Annex VII\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA's technical documentation shall provide oversight and conformity evidence for the product. The package's technical documentation checklist includes, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct description and intended use,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003earchitecture, component relationships, and secure development process,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSBOM and vulnerability handling,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecybersecurity risk assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupport period and justification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapplied standards\/specifications,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etest and verification evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEU Declaration of Conformity and release gate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUser information – Annex II\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUser information needs, among other things, to enable the user to identify the manufacturer and product, find a contact point for vulnerabilities, understand the intended use and relevant security preconditions, and obtain instructions for secure installation, use, updating, and decommissioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore includes a dedicated worksheet for Annex II-like customer\/user information and a clear field for the \u003cstrong\u003esupport period end date\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"support\"\u003eSupport period and security updates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer shall determine a support period that reflects how long the product is reasonably expected to be used, taking into account, among other things, the nature of the product, expected use, and relevant market conditions. The CRA's general rule is that the support period should normally be at least five years, unless the product is not reasonably expected to be used for a shorter period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package helps the organization document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eexpected product lifetime,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edecided support period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ejustification and evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esecurity updates and distribution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eend date to be communicated to users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA also includes requirements on how long security updates must be kept available. Therefore, the organization should plan for both distribution and long-term availability of relevant updates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConformity assessment, EU Declaration, and CE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhich conformity assessment path is permitted depends, among other things, on the product's CRA classification. The package contains checkpoints for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estandard product\/default category,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimportant product class I,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eimportant product class II,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecritical product,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eapplicable standards\/specifications,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany notified body,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEU Declaration of Conformity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCE release gate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template does not replace a formal product classification or external conformity assessment when such is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eExcel register – more than a static checklist\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe included XLSX file is a practical compliance register with separate tabs for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – key performance indicators and key CRA dates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – products, versions, classification, and support period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – risk level and action plan,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSBOM\u003c\/strong\u003e – components, version data, and vulnerability link,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVulnerability Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – CVE\/advisories, severity, and status,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReporting Deadlines\u003c\/strong\u003e – automatic 24h\/72h deadlines,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – technical documentation and evidence chain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSources\u003c\/strong\u003e – key official CRA sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbook contains data validation, risk level formulas, and automated deadline calculations, but is designed so that the user can further build upon it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"nis2\"\u003eCRA vs. NIS2 – different focus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA and NIS2 can both be relevant to the same organization, but they have different focuses. The CRA is primarily a \u003cstrong\u003eproduct regulation\u003c\/strong\u003e for cybersecurity in products with digital elements and their vulnerability management. NIS2\/cybersecurity regulation focuses to a greater extent on organizations' risk management and incident reporting as entities providing essential or important services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new CRA package therefore complements the Mallbutiken existing NIS2 package rather than replacing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSanctions – why documentation matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA contains significant administrative sanction levels. For certain central infringements, maximum administrative fines can amount to \u003cstrong\u003e15 million euros or 2.5 percent of total global annual turnover\u003c\/strong\u003e, whichever is higher and subject to the conditions and exemptions stipulated in the regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractical and dated documentation is therefore important not only for implementation but also to be able to demonstrate how the organization has actually worked with compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended workflow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify products and economic operator role.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eClassify the product according to the CRA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConduct and document the cybersecurity risk assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBuild SBOM and CVD\/vulnerability process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine support period and update strategy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare technical documentation and user information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSet up 24h\/72h reporting and chain of responsibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eConduct conformity assessment and collect evidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eKeep registers updated after release and during the support period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about the CRA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the reporting requirements already in effect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Manufacturers' CRA reporting obligations for actively exploited vulnerabilities and serious incidents became applicable on September 11, 2026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen does the main part of the CRA come into effect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main application begins on December 11, 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo we need an SBOM?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRA's vulnerability handling requirements include documentation of components and vulnerabilities, including a machine-readable SBOM that covers at least top-level dependencies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CRA the same thing as NIS2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The CRA focuses on products with digital elements and the product's cybersecurity lifecycle. NIS2 has a different organizational and operational focus. A company may be affected by both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the CRA only apply to hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The regulation covers products with digital elements and can include both hardware and software depending on the product and market situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English templates included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven Word\/PDF documents are available in both Swedish and English.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The package contains a separate XLSX workbook for product registers, risks, SBOM, vulnerabilities, reporting deadlines, and evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a certification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The package is a professional documentation and work support tool. It does not replace a notified body, product testing, external cybersecurity testing, or individual legal assessment when such is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Swedish document templates + 7 English document templates.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 DOCX + 14 PDF + 1 XLSX = 29 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per Word\/PDF format series.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel workbook with 8 compliance tabs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical goods are shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/2847 – Cyber Resilience Act.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/policies\/cra-summary\"\u003eEuropean Commission – Cyber Resilience Act summary\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/policies\/cra-reporting\"\u003eEuropean Commission – CRA reporting obligations\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/factpages\/cyber-resilience-act-implementation\"\u003eEuropean Commission – CRA implementation\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/eli\/reg\/2024\/2847\/oj\"\u003eEUR-Lex – Regulation (EU) 2024\/2847\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The CRA is a technical and legal product regulation. Product classification, conformity assessment, applicable standards, and reporting obligations must be verified based on the actual product, the role of the economic operator, and the distribution model. The template package is a structured working and documentation aid – not a guarantee of full compliance in every individual situation.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55614949949782,"sku":"CRA-COMPLIANCE-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/cra-compliance-mallpaket-2026-2027.png?v=1791238292"},{"product_id":"gpsr-produktsakerhet-recall-compliance-2026-2027-svenska-english-riskbedomning-safety-gate-guide-word-pdf-excel","title":"GPSR Product Safety \u0026 Recall Compliance 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Risk Assessment, Safety Gate \u0026 Guide Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGPSR Product Safety \u0026amp; Recall Compliance 2026\/2027 – complete template package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete compliance package for companies that manufacture, import, distribute, or sell consumer products in the EU in accordance with the \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Product Safety Regulation (EU) 2023\/988 – GPSR\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is built for practical work with product safety before products are placed on the market and after they have started being sold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Swedish + English:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 Swedish and 7 English document templates in Word and PDF, as well as an advanced Excel register for product portfolios, risks, traceability, online offers, accidents, corrective actions, and recalls. A total of \u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#byggd-for\"\u003eBuilt for a complete GPSR workflow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#riskanalys\"\u003eInternal product safety risk assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel19\"\u003eArticle 19 – e-commerce and distance selling\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#olyckor\"\u003eAccidents \u0026amp; Safety Business Gateway\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#recall\"\u003eRecall, Article 36, and remedies under Article 37\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel register and operational follow-up\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed: October 5, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package has been reviewed against the consolidated version of \u003cstrong\u003eRegulation (EU) 2023\/988\u003c\/strong\u003e and the European Commission's current guidance on product safety. The GPSR has been applied since \u003cstrong\u003eDecember 13, 2024\u003c\/strong\u003e. The templates are designed for work during 2026\/2027 but must always be adapted to the product category, any sector-specific EU legislation, and the company's economic role.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument \/ tool\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance plan \u0026amp; role assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eScope, economic role, responsible person, release gate, and implementation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct safety risk assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eHazards, probability, severity, controls, and residual risk.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTraceability \u0026amp; online sales\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eProduct ID, economic operators, and Article 19 checklist for e-commerce.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccident report \u0026amp; Safety Business Gateway\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 20 intake, trigger assessment, official reporting, and follow-up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecall plan \u0026amp; recall notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDirect consumer contact, Article 36 format, remedies, and effectiveness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical documentation \u0026amp; evidence checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 9 documentation, test evidence, labeling, complaints, and retention.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord + PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step from scope to recall and specialist escalation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGPSR Product Safety \u0026amp; Recall Register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e9 worksheets for KPI, products, risks, traceability, online audit, accidents, corrective actions, recall, and evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"byggd-for\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete GPSR workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe GPSR is not just a recall regulation. The regulation requires companies to work in a structured manner even \u003cstrong\u003ebefore market release\u003c\/strong\u003e with safety, internal risk analysis, technical documentation, product identification, and responsible economic operators – and subsequently with complaints, accidents, corrective actions, online information, and recalls. The package ties the entire process together in the same document structure.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich companies can benefit from the package?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturers of consumer products,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eImporters from countries outside the EU,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDistributors and wholesalers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eE-retailers and D2C brands,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompanies that sell via marketplaces,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompliance, quality, and product safety teams,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCompanies that need to document a responsible economic operator in the EU.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is particularly relevant for non-food products where the GPSR applies directly or serves as a safety net alongside other sector-specific product legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe GPSR has applied since December 13, 2024\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe General Product Safety Regulation replaced the older General Product Safety Directive and modernized the EU's rules for safe consumer products. The framework explicitly takes greater account of e-commerce, direct imports, digital features, traceability, accident reporting, and more effective recalls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompanies should therefore not use older product safety routines without verifying that they cover the new GPSR requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"riskanalys\"\u003eInternal risk analysis and technical documentation – Article 9\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore a manufacturer places a product on the market, an \u003cstrong\u003einternal risk analysis\u003c\/strong\u003e must be conducted and technical documentation established. The documentation must at least contain a general product description and the characteristics relevant for the safety assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the risks of the product warrant it, the documentation shall, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eidentify hazards and risk scenarios,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocument solutions that eliminate or reduce risk,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einclude relevant test results,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estate applied European standards or other relevant safety documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edocument residual risk and the decision on an acceptable safety level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical documentation must be kept up to date and be available to market surveillance authorities for \u003cstrong\u003e10 years after market release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct identification and economic operator in the EU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProducts must be identifiable through, for example, type, batch, or serial number or other identifiers. The manufacturer must also provide their name\/brand and contact details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GPSR also contains requirements that there must be a \u003cstrong\u003eresponsible economic operator established in the EU\u003c\/strong\u003e for products covered by the regulation. When the manufacturer is outside the EU, this control becomes particularly important for importers and e-retailers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel19\"\u003eArticle 19 – specific requirements for e-commerce and distance selling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GPSR requires that an online offer clearly and visibly displays certain information. The package's Article 19 audit and Excel register help companies verify that the product listing contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe manufacturer's name\/registered trade name or brand,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe manufacturer's postal address and electronic address,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eif the manufacturer is outside the EU: the name of the responsible person and their postal and electronic address,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct image, type, and other identification information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erelevant warnings and safety information in a language that the consumer can understand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly relevant for Shopify, marketplaces, and other e-commerce channels because a correct physical label does not automatically mean that the online offer fulfills Article 19.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplaints and after-market monitoring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProduct safety work does not end when the product is launched. Companies need functioning contact paths and internal registers for safety-related complaints and signals from customers, distributors, importers, and other actors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package helps link a complaint to the correct product, batch, and risk assessment and determine whether corrective action, sales stop, withdrawal, safety warning, or recall needs to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"olyckor\"\u003eAccidents and Safety Business Gateway – Article 20\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a product made available on the market causes a relevant accident, the manufacturer must ensure that the accident is reported via the \u003cstrong\u003eSafety Business Gateway\u003c\/strong\u003e to the competent authority in the member state where the accident occurred, without undue delay after the manufacturer becomes aware of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 20 covers, among other things, events that have led to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeath, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eserious permanent or temporary adverse effects on a person's health or safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImporters and distributors who become aware of such an accident must inform the manufacturer without undue delay. The accident template in the package is therefore structured around time of awareness, product ID, country, injury report, trigger assessment, reporting reference, and corrective action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Gate and Safety Business Gateway – not the same thing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Gate\u003c\/strong\u003e is the EU's rapid alert system and public ecosystem for dangerous non-food products. \u003cstrong\u003eSafety Business Gateway\u003c\/strong\u003e is the business-oriented channel for submitting certain product safety information to authorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide explains the difference so that regulatory authority reporting is not confused with public consumer communication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"recall\"\u003eRecall and direct consumer contact – Article 35\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the event of a product safety recall or safety warning, identifiable affected consumers must be contacted \u003cstrong\u003edirectly and without undue delay\u003c\/strong\u003e. Companies that have customer data must use it for recalls and safety warnings in accordance with the conditions stated in the GPSR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf not all affected consumers can be reached directly, the information must be disseminated clearly through other appropriate channels for the greatest possible reach, for example, websites, social media, newsletters, stores, or other communication channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eArticle 36 – what a recall notice must contain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen written recall information is provided, it must be formulated as a \u003cstrong\u003eproduct safety recall notice\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package contains a separate work template that helps the company include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe headline Product safety recall,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct image, name, and brand,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebatch\/serial number and instructions on where the identifier is found,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einformation on when, where,  and by whom the product was sold, when such information is available,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea clear description of the hazard,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003einstructions to immediately stop using the product,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe remedies offered,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea toll-free phone number or interactive online service,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ea request to spread the recall information when appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GPSR also states that phrasing that downplays the perception of risk should be avoided in the recall notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eArticle 37 – repair, replacement, or refund\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the event of a product safety recall, the consumer must be offered an \u003cstrong\u003eeffective, free, and fast remedy\u003c\/strong\u003e. As a general rule, the consumer must be able to choose between at least two of the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erepair of the recalled product,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereplacement with a safe product of the same type and at least the same value and quality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadequate refund that at least corresponds to the price the consumer paid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExceptions exist when other alternatives are impossible or would entail disproportionate costs in accordance with the regulation's conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eExcel register – operational GPSR control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package's XLSX workbook is built as a living compliance tool and contains nine worksheets:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – KPI for products, open risks, incidents, and recalls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – economic role, markets, and GPSR scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – likelihood × severity with automatic risk classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraceability\u003c\/strong\u003e – suppliers, importers, distributors, and product ID.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Offer Audit\u003c\/strong\u003e – Article 19 control for product listings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccidents \u0026amp; Incidents\u003c\/strong\u003e – time of awareness, Article 20, and Safety Business Gateway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrective Actions\u003c\/strong\u003e – stop sale, withdrawal, warning, and recall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecall Notice Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – Article 36 and Article 37.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Checklist \/ Sources\u003c\/strong\u003e – evidence documentation and legal sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe difference between GPSR and CE marking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GPSR does not automatically replace sector-specific EU harmonization legislation. Many product groups are covered by specific rules, including CE-related requirements. At the same time, the GPSR can serve as a safety net for risks that are not fully regulated by such special legislation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, the package's compliance plan always begins with a \u003cstrong\u003escope and regulatory assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e before risk checklists are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe difference between GPSR and supplier agreements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template shop's supplier agreements can regulate product compliance, quality requirements, recall, and liability between two companies. This GPSR package has a different purpose: to help the organization document and manage its \u003cstrong\u003eown regulatory product safety process\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about GPSR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen did the GPSR start to apply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe regulation has been applied since December 13, 2024.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the GPSR only for manufacturers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturers have central obligations, but importers, distributors, responsible persons in the EU, and online marketplaces may also be covered by specific GPSR requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust we have a risk assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturers must conduct an internal risk analysis before the product is placed on the market and establish relevant technical documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Article 19 also apply to a Shopify store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf products are offered online or through other distance selling, the offer is covered by Article 19. The product information therefore needs to be reviewed as an online offer, not just as physical labeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Safety Business Gateway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the EU's business channel for certain product safety reporting to competent authorities, including relevant accident reporting according to Article 20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust we contact customers directly during a recall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifiable affected consumers must be contacted directly and without undue delay during a recall\/safety warning according to Article 35.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long should technical documentation be saved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's technical documentation must be kept available for market surveillance authorities for 10 years after the product has been placed on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel register is a central part of the package and is used for operational follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven documents are available in both Swedish and English versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 Word\/PDF files.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Excel register.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e29 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:02023R0988-20260529\"\u003eEUR-Lex – Regulation (EU) 2023\/988, consolidated version\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commission.europa.eu\/topics\/business-and-industry\/product-safety_en\"\u003eEuropean Commission – Product safety\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ec.europa.eu\/safety-gate\/\"\u003eSafety Gate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general compliance and document templates and do not replace individual legal, technical, or product safety advice. High-risk products, sector-specific CE regulations, serious accidents, regulatory matters, or multinational recalls should be handled with relevant specialist expertise.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615049007446,"sku":"GPSR-COMPLIANCE-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/gpsr-produktsakerhet-compliance-2026-2027.png?v=1791239783"},{"product_id":"eudr-due-diligence-2026-2027-svenska-english-geolokalisering-riskbedomning-dds-word-pdf-excel","title":"EUDR Due Diligence 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Geolocation, Risk Assessment \u0026 DDS Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEUDR Due Diligence 2026\/2027 – complete compliance package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete work and document package for companies that need to prepare for or implement compliance with the \u003cstrong\u003eEU Deforestation Regulation, EUDR – Regulation (EU) 2023\/1115\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is built for the \u003cstrong\u003ecurrent 2026\/2027 legal model\u003c\/strong\u003e and takes into account the simplifications and amendments introduced after the original regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package helps the business move from product and role assessment to information gathering, geolocation, country benchmarking, risk assessment, risk mitigation, Due Diligence Statement (DDS) or simplified declaration where applicable, as well as downstream\/trader traceability and five-year documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 + Excel:\u003c\/strong\u003e you receive \u003cstrong\u003e7 Swedish + 7 English document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e, all in both Word (DOCX) and PDF, as well as a separate professional Excel register. A total of \u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e42 A4 pages per format series across Swedish + English\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#tidskritiskt\"\u003eApplication date 30 December 2026 \/ 30 June 2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#roller\"\u003eWhat is the company's EUDR role?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#scope\"\u003eProducts and commodities covered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel9\"\u003eArticle 9 – information and geolocation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#risk\"\u003eRisk assessment, country benchmarking, and risk mitigation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#dds\"\u003eDDS and simplified Article 4a declaration\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#downstream\"\u003eDownstream operators and traders\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel – operational EUDR register\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and regulatorily reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe template package is updated according to the consolidated EUDR regulation and the amendments applicable in 2026\/2027, including amended application dates, simplified obligations for micro and small primary producers, the revised model for downstream operators and traders, current country benchmarking, and the updated product scope. The content is intended as a structured compliance basis – the actual assessment of products, CN codes, countries, and suppliers must always be performed by the business itself.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eTemplate \/ Register\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eUsage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Plan \u0026amp; Role Assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eScope, role, company size, application date, and responsibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformation Gathering \u0026amp; Geolocation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 9 data, plots\/establishments, production time, suppliers, and evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Assessment \u0026amp; Country Benchmarking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 10, country risk, supply chain, mixing risk, and decision log.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Mitigation \u0026amp; Supplier Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 11, supplementary data, audit, geospatial verification, and corrective actions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDDS \u0026amp; Simplified Declaration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003ePreparation basis for DDS and Article 4a regime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownstream\/Trader Traceability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eSuppliers, customers, DDS\/declaration ID, and five-year retention.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step from CN code and role to documented release.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEUDR Excel Register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e1 XLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard, products, suppliers, geolocation, risk, mitigation, DDS, and downstream traceability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"tidskritiskt\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eTime-critical – two key dates\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor \u003cstrong\u003elarge and medium-sized entities\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as micro\/small entities that were already covered by the EU Timber Regulation, the key application date is \u003cstrong\u003e30 December 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e. For most other \u003cstrong\u003emicro and small entities\u003c\/strong\u003e, the application date is \u003cstrong\u003e30 June 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package therefore has a specific flow for roles and company size, and the Excel register calculates which date should normally be used as a starting point.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"roller\"\u003eStart with the right EUDR role – not a generic questionnaire\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe revised EUDR model makes role assessment crucial. The package distinguishes between, among others:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eoperator\u003c\/strong\u003e – the entity that first places a relevant product on the Union market or exports it,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003emicro\/small primary producers\u003c\/strong\u003e that may be covered by the specific simplified Article 4a regime,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003edownstream operator\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003etrader\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eauthorized representative\u003c\/strong\u003e, where relevant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important because obligations are no longer the same for all actors in the supply chain. It is primarily the first operator that carries out the full due diligence process and submits the DDS, while downstream actors and traders in the revised model primarily work with traceability, reference data, and the management of new information or substantiated concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"scope\"\u003eWhich commodities and products are covered?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEUDR is still based on seven central commodity groups:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecattle,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecocoa,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecoffee,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eoil palm,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erubber,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esoy,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, it is not enough to just ask if a product \"contains wood\" or \"contains coffee.\" The legal product scope is governed by \u003cstrong\u003eAnnex I and the relevant CN\/HS codes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package therefore contains product and code fields so that the business can document why a product has been assessed as covered or not covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe product scope has changed during 2026\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe updated Annex I has changed which derived products are covered. Some products have been removed and others added. Newly added products according to the 2026 update have a later application date. Therefore, the user should always check the current CN code against the applicable annex and not rely on an old product list from 2023 or 2024.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree core requirements for relevant products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe regulation is fundamentally based on the premise that a relevant product must be:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003edeforestation-free\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduced in accordance with the \u003cstrong\u003erelevant legislation of the country of production\u003c\/strong\u003e, and\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecovered by the documentation and due diligence required for the actor in question.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDeforestation-free status is assessed against the regulation's central cut-off date of \u003cstrong\u003e31 December 2020\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package's evidence checklists therefore link both geolocation, production time, and deforestation-free proof to each product\/batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel9\"\u003eArticle 9 – information gathering and geolocation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate Article 9 basis helps the business collect and link, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct description and quantity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecountry and, where relevant, region of production,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduction date or period,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupplier and customer information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeolocation for relevant production areas or establishments,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproof that the product is deforestation-free,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproof of compliance with relevant legislation in the country of production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGeolocation – point, polygon, or establishment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGeolocation must be sufficiently precise to link the commodity to the plot where it was produced. The package and the Excel register have separate fields for latitude\/longitude, polygon\/GeoJSON reference, and cattle-related establishments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor land plots  over four hectares used for relevant commodities other than cattle, geolocation generally needs to be described by polygon. For cattle, the focus is on the establishments where the animals have been kept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecific relief for certain micro\/small primary producers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe simplified Article 4a regime allows certain micro and small primary producers to submit a simplified declaration instead of a normal DDS. In that specific situation, the rules may also allow the use of a postal address instead of geolocation when the statutory requirements are met. The package treats this as an \u003cstrong\u003eexception with specific conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, not as a general EUDR rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"risk\"\u003eRisk assessment according to Article 10\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not enough for a supplier to answer \"yes\" to a compliance question. The risk assessment must document why the risk can be considered non-existent or negligible. The template package therefore includes a structured assessment of, for example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe country's current benchmarking classification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epresence of forest and deforestation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erights of indigenous peoples and other affected groups where relevant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereliability and traceability of documentation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecomplexity of the supply chain,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisk of mixing with products of unknown origin,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erisk of circumvention or misleading supply chains,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubstantiated concerns and other relevant information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCountry benchmarking – low, standard, and high risk\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel register includes support for the EU's current country benchmarking. Under the current classification, \u003cstrong\u003eBelarus, the Democratic People's Republic of Korea, Myanmar, and the Russian Federation\u003c\/strong\u003e, among others, are classified as high-risk countries. Countries not explicitly classified as low or high risk are treated as standard risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA low country risk does not automatically mean that documentation can be skipped. The Article 13 simplified due diligence can only be used when its conditions are met, and the business still needs to manage, for example, the risk of circumvention and mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRisk mitigation according to Article 11\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the risk assessment does not show non-existent or negligible risk, the business must take adequate risk-mitigation measures before the relevant product is placed on the market or exported. The package's mitigation plan supports, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eadditional supplier information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindependent audit or verification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003egeospatial control,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elot\/batch segregation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupplier requirements and corrective actions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecapacity support for suppliers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ealternative sourcing when risk cannot be mitigated to an acceptable level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"dds\"\u003eDDS – Due Diligence Statement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard operator process concludes with a \u003cstrong\u003eDue Diligence Statement\u003c\/strong\u003e submitted via the EU information system before the relevant product is placed on the market or exported. The package's DDS basis helps the user collect the data and internal approvals that need to be ready before the electronic submission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel register stores, among other things, product ID, declaration type, submission date, DDS reference\/declaration ID, country, risk result, and estimated document retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSimplified declaration according to Article 4a\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor micro and small primary producers that meet the requirements, there is a separate simplified declaration model. It is a different legal path than a normal DDS and should therefore be documented separately. The package has its own template fields and Excel options for this regime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"downstream\"\u003eDownstream operators and traders – the new model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn important change is that downstream operators and traders are not generally required to duplicate the first operator's full due diligence or submit a new DDS for the same upstream basis. Instead, the obligations focus on traceability and the verification of relevant reference data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe downstream\/trader template and the Excel register therefore document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho the product was purchased from,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewho it was supplied to when the information must be preserved,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtact information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDDS reference or simplified declaration identifier,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etransaction\/availability date,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eany new information about lack of compliance,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether the competent authority has been informed when required,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efive-year retention period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"dokumentation\"\u003eFive years of documentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEUDR sets extensive requirements for provable documentation. The package uses five-year retention as a central control point for DDS\/declaration basis, the due diligence system, and relevant downstream\/trader traceability information. The Excel register therefore automatically calculates retention dates from registered event dates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eExcel – an operational EUDR register, not just an empty list\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe included XLSX file is built to actually be used as a simpler EUDR control register. It contains the following worksheets:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – KPIs for products, plots, risks, mitigation, and declarations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – CN\/HS code, commodity, role, company size, and automatic application date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuppliers\u003c\/strong\u003e – producers, suppliers, and audit status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlots \u0026amp; Geolocation\u003c\/strong\u003e – coordinates, polygon references, production time, and Article 4a relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry Benchmarking\u003c\/strong\u003e – current low\/standard\/high-risk logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – automatic risk level from probability × impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMitigation Log\u003c\/strong\u003e – measures, deadlines, residual risk, and evidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDDS \u0026amp; Declarations\u003c\/strong\u003e – DDS, Article 4a declarations, and five-year retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownstream Traceability\u003c\/strong\u003e – upstream\/downstream operators and reference numbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e – basis for Article 9, deforestation-free, legality, risk, and governance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSources\u003c\/strong\u003e – central legal sources and EU resources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"arbetsflode\"\u003ePractical workflow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA typical usage is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the product's CN\/HS code and whether it is covered by the current Annex I.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine the company's role and size as well as the application date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eMap the producer, suppliers, products\/batches, and production locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCollect Article 9 information and geolocation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eCheck country benchmarking and perform the Article 10 risk assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePerform Article 11 risk mitigation if the risk is not non-existent\/negligible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare and submit a DDS or simplified Article 4a declaration when the legal model requires it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDocument downstream traceability and preserve relevant documentation for five years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about EUDR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen does EUDR start to apply to companies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor large and medium-sized entities, the central obligations apply from 30 December 2026. For most other micro and small entities, 30 June 2027 applies. Micro\/small companies that were already covered by the EU Timber Regulation follow the earlier 30 December 2026 date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich commodities are covered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scope of the EUDR includes cattle, cocoa, coffee, oil palm, rubber, soy, and wood, as well as the derived products listed in the current Annex I. The exact CN code must therefore be verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust all companies submit a DDS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Following recent regulatory changes, it is primarily the first operator that conducts full due diligence and submits the DDS. Downstream operators and traders have a different traceability model. Micro\/small primary producers may, under certain conditions, use a simplified declaration in accordance with Article 4a.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust geolocation always be provided?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFull due diligence requires geolocation data in accordance with Article 9. The specific Article 4a regime may in some cases allow for a postal address instead, but this is a limited exception and should not be used for other actors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is country benchmarking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe EU classifies countries or parts of countries as low, standard, or high risk. The classification affects the level of control and the possibility of simplified due diligence but does not replace the company's documentation obligation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the risk is not negligible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product must not be placed on the market or exported on the basis of an incomplete risk assessment. Risk mitigation measures must be implemented until the conclusion can be justified and documented according to applicable rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven document templates are available in both a Swedish and a separate English version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The package includes a comprehensive EUDR register in Excel with a dashboard, product\/supplier register, geolocation, country benchmarking, risk, mitigation, DDS\/declarations, and downstream traceability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 advanced Excel register.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e42 A4 pages per format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official EU sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegulation (EU) 2023\/1115 on deforestation-free products – consolidated version 2026.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRegulation (EU) 2025\/2650 – amended and simplified obligations, including Article 4a and the downstream model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eImplementing Regulation (EU) 2025\/1093 – country benchmarking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eImplementing Regulation (EU) 2026\/1565 – EUDR Information System.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDelegated Regulation (EU) 2026\/2102 – updated product scope in Annex I.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEuropean Commission's current EUDR guidance and FAQ.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The EUDR is specific to products, roles, countries, and supply chains. The template package is a structured working tool and does not replace individual legal advice, CN classification, geospatial analysis, or authority decisions. In the event of an unclear product code, complicated sourcing, a high-risk country, a substantiated concern, or uncertainty regarding Article 4a, a specialist assessment should be performed before placing on the market or exporting.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615168807254,"sku":"EUDR-DUE-DILIGENCE-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/eudr-due-diligence-2026-2027-svenska-english.png?v=1791242429"},{"product_id":"aml-kyc-penningtvatt-compliance-2026-2027-svenska-english-riskbedomning-kyc-pep-goaml-word-pdf-excel","title":"AML\/KYC \u0026 Anti-Money Laundering Compliance 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Risk Assessment, KYC, PEP \u0026 goAML Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\u003cdiv id=\"about-the-template\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAML\/KYC \u0026amp; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA comprehensive working and documentation package for Swedish \u003cstrong\u003eobliged entities subject to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing rules\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package connects \u003cstrong\u003ebusiness-wide risk assessment, customer due diligence (KYC), beneficial ownership, PEP checks, customer risk classification, enhanced due diligence, ongoing monitoring, suspicion assessment, goAML, confidentiality, internal controls, training, data protection and record retention\u003c\/strong\u003e into one coherent compliance workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e seven documents are included in both Swedish and English. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates in Word + PDF plus an advanced Excel register\u003c\/strong\u003e – a total of \u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Word\/PDF series comprises \u003cstrong\u003e40 A4 pages across the Swedish and English versions per format series\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#reviewed\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#included\"\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#workflow\"\u003eBuilt for a complete AML\/KYC workflow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#risk\"\u003eBusiness-wide risk assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kyc\"\u003eKYC, beneficial ownership and PEP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#risk-profile\"\u003eCustomer risk and enhanced due diligence\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#monitoring\"\u003eMonitoring, suspicion assessment and goAML\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#retention\"\u003eData protection, confidentiality and 5-year retention\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#eu2027\"\u003eEU AMLR 2027 – separate gap analysis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#sources\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"reviewed\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and regulatorily reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package is based on the current Swedish Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Act (2017:630), relevant supervisory guidance and the risk environment described by Swedish authorities in 2026. \u003cstrong\u003eEU AMLR Regulation (EU) 2024\/1624 will mainly apply from 10 July 2027.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2027 material is therefore clearly separated as preparation and gap analysis and does not imply that proposed Swedish 2027 legislation is already in force.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"included\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance plan \u0026amp; scope assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eScope, supervision, responsibilities, annual cycle and 2027 change control.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBusiness-wide AML\/CFT risk assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eProducts\/services, customer types, distribution, geography, threats and vulnerabilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKYC, beneficial owner \u0026amp; PEP\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eIdentity, authority, UBO, ownership structure, purpose and nature, PEP and high-risk third countries.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomer risk \u0026amp; enhanced due diligence\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRisk profile, EDD, senior approval and documented customer acceptance.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonitoring, suspicion assessment \u0026amp; goAML\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDeviation analysis, reporting decisions, confidentiality and goAML workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProcedures, internal controls, training \u0026amp; data protection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e3 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRoles, control plan, training, retention and model risk.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e4 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step guidance, common supervisory deficiencies and EU 2027 preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAML\/KYC Compliance Register – Excel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard + business risk, customers, KYC, PEP, monitoring, SAR\/goAML decisions, retention, controls and 2027 gap analysis.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"workflow\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete AML\/KYC workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA documented policy is not enough unless it is connected to the business's actual risks and customer cases. The package therefore links \u003cstrong\u003ebusiness-wide risk assessment → customer risk → KYC\/UBO\/PEP → monitoring → suspicion assessment → goAML → internal control and retention\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Excel register also provides an operational dashboard for ongoing follow-up.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is the package for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is intended for businesses that are actually subject to Swedish anti-money laundering legislation. Whether the rules apply depends on the business type and sector. Relevant sectors can include financial firms and certain accounting, bookkeeping, tax, company-service, real-estate brokerage, gambling and other regulated activities. \u003cstrong\u003eUsing a template does not in itself make a company an obliged entity.\u003c\/strong\u003e Always verify Chapter 1, Section 2 of the Swedish Anti-Money Laundering Act and the supervisory authority and regulations applicable to the specific business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"risk\"\u003eBusiness-wide risk assessment – the foundation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwedish AML legislation requires an obliged entity to assess \u003cstrong\u003ehow its products and services may be used for money laundering or terrorist financing and the level of that risk\u003c\/strong\u003e. The assessment should consider products and services, customers, distribution channels and geographical risk factors and be detailed enough to support procedures and other risk-mitigation measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template helps document:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe size, nature and scope of the business,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eproducts and services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ecustomer types and ownership structures,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eremote, intermediary and digital distribution,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003egeographical exposure,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethreats and vulnerabilities,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einherent and residual risk,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe design and effectiveness of controls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eaction plans and responsibilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent guidance from the County Administrative Board states that the business-wide risk assessment should be evaluated regularly, \u003cstrong\u003eat least annually\u003c\/strong\u003e, and more often where necessary because the business or risk environment changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kyc\"\u003eKYC – identity, authority and beneficial ownership\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KYC template goes beyond a basic customer form. It documents the customer's identity, representatives and authority, beneficial owner, ownership and control structure, the purpose and intended nature of the business relationship and expected customer behaviour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder current Swedish law, the investigation of beneficial ownership should at least include a search of the Swedish beneficial ownership register where applicable. A registry match may not be sufficient in every situation; further independent verification can be required depending on the risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePEP – more than a checkbox\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the customer or beneficial owner is a politically exposed person, additional measures apply. The package therefore includes a dedicated PEP gate covering:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePEP status, family members and known close associates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eappropriate measures to establish source of wealth and source of funds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eenhanced ongoing monitoring,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eapproval by an authorised senior decision-maker,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efollow-up of former PEPs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent Swedish rules require PEP-related measures to continue for \u003cstrong\u003e18 months\u003c\/strong\u003e after the person ceases to hold the relevant public function and thereafter where the remaining risk is still high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"risk-profile\"\u003eCustomer risk and enhanced due diligence – EDD\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA customer's risk profile should be based on both the business-wide risk assessment and the specific customer due diligence performed. The package helps document customer type, ownership, geography, PEP status, distribution channel, products\/services, transaction or activity patterns, financial circumstances and source of funds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher-risk situations require more extensive controls. For high-risk third countries, the templates contain dedicated fields for additional customer and UBO information, purpose and nature, financial circumstances, source of funds and senior-management approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"monitoring\"\u003eMonitoring, deviations and suspicion assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOngoing monitoring is a separate part of the package. A case begins with what has actually been observed and what behaviour was expected. The workflow then documents enhanced KYC, any explanation received, relevant links, source of funds\/assets and known risk typologies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the assessment results in \u003cstrong\u003ereasonable grounds to suspect money laundering or terrorist financing\u003c\/strong\u003e, relevant circumstances must be reported to the Swedish Police Authority without delay in accordance with applicable Swedish law. The Swedish Financial Intelligence Unit uses \u003cstrong\u003egoAML\u003c\/strong\u003e for reports from obliged entities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidentiality \/ tipping-off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package keeps suspicion logs separate from customer-facing KYC documentation. An obliged entity must not improperly disclose to the customer or an outside party that a suspicion assessment is being or has been carried out or that information has been submitted to the authorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"retention\"\u003eData protection and record retention\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent Swedish AML legislation contains specific rules on personal-data processing. Documents and information relating to customer due diligence and relevant transactions are normally retained for \u003cstrong\u003efive years\u003c\/strong\u003e from the statutory starting point. Where necessary to prevent, detect or investigate money laundering or terrorist financing, certain information can be retained longer, but under the current rules the total period must not exceed ten years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel workbook therefore includes a separate retention register that calculates the ordinary five-year date and distinguishes it from a separately documented decision on extended retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInternal controls, training and model risk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe governance document includes roles for management, AML responsibility, central compliance functions and independent review where justified by the size and nature of the business. It also contains a control plan for KYC files, customer risk, PEP\/EDD, monitoring, goAML decisions, access rights, retention and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the business uses models for risk assessment, risk classification or monitoring, a dedicated control point covers model-risk management and quality assurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Excel register – operational compliance, not just documents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included XLSX workbook contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard with key indicators,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness Risk Assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProducts \u0026amp; Services,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer Register,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKYC \u0026amp; UBO,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePEP \u0026amp; High Risk,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitoring,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspicion Decision Log,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetention,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining \u0026amp; Controls,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2027 Gap Analysis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvidence Checklist and sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRisk levels, retention dates and several control indicators are formula-driven. The workbook is designed to function as a living operational register rather than a static example.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"eu2027\"\u003eEU AMLR from 10 July 2027 – clearly separated from current Swedish law\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/1624 has been adopted and will mainly apply from \u003cstrong\u003e10 July 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. During 2026, the Swedish Government also presented proposals to adapt Swedish law, including proposals to replace the current Swedish AML Act and expand certain obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause final Swedish legislation may still change, the package's 2027 section is designed as a \u003cstrong\u003egap analysis and change-control plan\u003c\/strong\u003e. It clearly distinguishes between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003erequirements that apply under Swedish law in 2026,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEU rules that have been adopted but apply from 2027,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwedish legislative proposals that must be re-verified after final parliamentary decisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurrent risk environment in 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe national risk assessment published in 2026 describes a higher overall risk of money laundering and terrorist financing in Sweden than five years earlier. The package is therefore designed so that current official information and the organisation's own experience can be incorporated into the risk model instead of relying on old standard assumptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a KYC template for every company?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The package is primarily designed for obliged entities subject to AML legislation. Other businesses may have separate reasons to identify customers, but should not treat the package as proof that AML legislation applies to them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the package include a business-wide risk assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is one of the core components and covers products\/services, customers, distribution channels, geography, threats, vulnerabilities, controls and residual risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre beneficial ownership and PEP checks included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The KYC documents cover UBO\/beneficial ownership, ownership structure, PEPs, family members\/known close associates, EDD and authorised senior approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I report directly to the Swedish Financial Intelligence Unit using the template?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template supports internal assessment and documentation. The actual report is submitted through the Financial Intelligence Unit's goAML system under the applicable process. The package does not replace goAML registration or official reporting forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long should KYC records be retained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder current Swedish AML legislation, relevant KYC and transaction information is normally retained for five years from the statutory starting point. Specific circumstances may justify a longer period, up to ten years under the current rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the 2027 rules already Swedish law?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. AMLR is adopted EU law and will mainly apply from 10 July 2027. Swedish legislative proposals from 2026 must be distinguished from finally enacted Swedish law. The package therefore contains a separate 2027 gap analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is one of the products where Excel adds significant functionality through live customer records, risk logs, monitoring, retention tracking and implementation follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 document files\u003c\/strong\u003e – DOCX + PDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 advanced Excel workbook (XLSX).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e29 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e40 A4 pages per format series across Swedish + English.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"sources\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/data.riksdagen.se\/dokument\/sfs-2017-630.html\"\u003eSwedish Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Act (2017:630)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lansstyrelsen.se\/stockholm\/samhalle\/betalning-ekonomi-och-pengar\/forhindra-penningtvatt-och-finansiering-av-terrorism\/gor-en-allman-riskbedomning.html\"\u003eCounty Administrative Board – business-wide risk assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/polisen.se\/om-polisen\/polisens-arbete\/finanspolisen\/\"\u003eSwedish Police \/ Financial Intelligence Unit – goAML and reporting\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fi.se\/sv\/publicerat\/fi-forum\/2026\/fi-forum-nationell-riskbedomning-av-penningtvatt--och-finansiering-av-terrorism\/\"\u003eSwedish Financial Supervisory Authority – national risk assessment 2026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/regeringen.se\/rattsliga-dokument\/departementsserien-och-promemorior\/2026\/07\/eus-penningtvattspaket\/\"\u003eSwedish Government – EU anti-money laundering package Fi2026\/01654\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32024R1624\"\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/1624 – AMLR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32024L1640\"\u003eDirective (EU) 2024\/1640 – AMLD6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are general compliance and document templates. Sector-specific regulations, supervisory requirements, the exact scope of the business, complex ownership structures, PEP\/high-risk cases, suspicious-activity reporting and the transition to AMLR in 2027 may require individual legal or specialist compliance advice.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615279366486,"sku":"AML-KYC-COMPLIANCE-2026-2027","price":249.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/aml-kyc-penningtvatt-2026-2027-svenska-english.png?v=1791244395"},{"product_id":"incident-response-cyber-crisis-2026-2027-svenska-english-nis2-gdpr-dora-word-pdf-excel","title":"Incident Response \u0026 Cyber Crisis 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | NIS2, GDPR, DORA Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\u003cdiv id=\"about-the-template\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIncident Response \u0026amp; Cyber Crisis 2026\/2027 – complete operational template package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete template package for companies and organisations that need to manage \u003cstrong\u003eIT incidents, cyber incidents and cyber crises\u003c\/strong\u003e from the first alert through final reporting, recovery and improvement. The package is intentionally broader than a pure NIS2 or GDPR package: it serves as the operational incident backbone and helps the organisation determine when the \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Cybersecurity Act\/NIS2, GDPR, DORA, customer agreements, supplier agreements or cyber insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e trigger specific reporting or communication requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Swedish + English:\u003c\/strong\u003e seven documents are included in both language versions. All are delivered in Word and PDF and are complemented by an advanced Excel register with automatic regulatory reporting clocks. The package contains \u003cstrong\u003e29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#reviewed\"\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#included\"\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#built-for\"\u003eBuilt for the full incident lifecycle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#nis2\"\u003eSwedish Cybersecurity Act\/NIS2 – 24h, 72h and final report\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#gdpr-dora\"\u003eGDPR and DORA – separate reporting tracks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#classification\"\u003eIncident classification and severity\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#crisis\"\u003eCyber crisis and communications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#evidence\"\u003eEvidence, chain of custody and forensics\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#recovery\"\u003eRecovery and Post-Incident Review\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel register and automatic deadlines\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#sources\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"reviewed\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed: 6 October 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package has been reviewed against the current \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Cybersecurity Act (2025:1506)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the NIS2 incident-reporting structure, the GDPR rules on personal data breaches and current DORA reporting for relevant financial entities. The templates are designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e and explicitly separate the trigger criteria and deadlines under the different regulatory frameworks.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"included\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncident Response \u0026amp; Cyber Crisis Plan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eMaster plan, roles, authority, the first 60 minutes and regulatory trigger points.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncident Intake, Classification \u0026amp; Severity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eCIA impact, severity, regulatory screening and classification decision.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24h \/ 72h \/ Final Report\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWorking fields for the Swedish Cybersecurity Act\/NIS2 reporting chain and GDPR\/DORA cross-checks.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCyber Crisis \u0026amp; Communications Plan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eSITREP, audience matrix, customer notice and communications log.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Containment, Evidence \u0026amp; Forensics Log\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eTechnical action register, chain of custody, IoCs and supplier evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecovery, Continuity \u0026amp; Post-Incident Review\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRecovery gates, verification, root cause and remediation plan.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed user guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e2 pages\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWorkflow, legal cross-checks, incident types and common pitfalls.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncident Response Excel Register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eXLSX\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard, incident register, regulatory deadlines, actions, evidence, communications, contacts and PIR.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"built-for\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for the full incident lifecycle – not only the regulatory notification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA major risk during a cyber incident is treating technology, legal obligations, communications and recovery as separate workstreams. This package connects \u003cstrong\u003edetection → classification → containment → reporting assessment → communications → recovery → Post-Incident Review\u003c\/strong\u003e. The same Incident ID follows the case throughout the process.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe first 60 minutes – one common structure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe master plan starts with decisions that often need to be taken before the organisation has a complete picture. The Incident ID and awareness time are recorded immediately, an Incident Lead is appointed, an alternative communications channel is secured and volatile evidence is preserved before irreversible actions are taken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is also where regulatory clocks should be started. The moment when the organisation actually becomes \u003cem\u003eaware\u003c\/em\u003e of an incident can be central under the Swedish Cybersecurity Act, GDPR and DORA. The templates therefore distinguish between detection time, awareness time and classification time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"nis2\"\u003eSwedish Cybersecurity Act\/NIS2 – 24 hours, 72 hours and one month\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweden's \u003cstrong\u003eCybersecurity Act (2025:1506)\u003c\/strong\u003e entered into force on 15 January 2026. It requires appropriate and proportionate technical, operational and organisational security measures. The areas expressly covered include \u003cstrong\u003eincident handling\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ebusiness continuity and crisis management\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an entity covered by the Act that suffers a \u003cstrong\u003esignificant incident\u003c\/strong\u003e, the package supports the following operational sequence:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewithin 24 hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e early warning after the entity becomes aware of the incident,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewithin 72 hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e incident notification for other entities; trust service providers have a 24-hour deadline for the incident notification as well,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eon request:\u003c\/strong\u003e an intermediate report with relevant status updates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewithin one month after the incident notification:\u003c\/strong\u003e final report; if the incident is still ongoing, a progress report is followed by a later final report.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder the Act, a significant incident is an incident that has caused or is capable of causing severe operational disruption to the service or financial loss to the entity, or that has affected or is capable of affecting other natural or legal persons by causing considerable material or non-material damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"gdpr-dora\"\u003eThe same incident may trigger several legal reporting tracks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package does not make the common mistake of treating NIS2, GDPR and DORA as the same thing. They have different scopes, trigger criteria and recipients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGDPR – personal data breach\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the incident means that personal data has been destroyed, altered, lost or disclosed to or accessed by unauthorised persons, the GDPR track must be assessed separately. Where a personal data breach is reportable, the starting point is notification to the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY) within \u003cstrong\u003e72 hours of becoming aware\u003c\/strong\u003e. Where the breach is likely to result in a high risk, affected data subjects may also need to be informed without undue delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDORA – financial entities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDORA applies to relevant financial entities. For a major ICT-related incident, the current reporting standards include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ean initial report as soon as possible, \u003cstrong\u003ewithin four hours after classification as major\u003c\/strong\u003e and no later than \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours after awareness\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ean intermediate report no later than \u003cstrong\u003e72 hours after the initial report\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea final report no later than \u003cstrong\u003eone month after the intermediate report\u003c\/strong\u003e or the latest updated intermediate report.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel register therefore uses a separate DORA clock instead of mixing it with the NIS2 timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"classification\"\u003eIncident classification – from technical event to SEV level\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Incident Intake template helps the team assess confidentiality, integrity and availability together with physical\/safety, financial and third-party impact. The incident is then classified into four levels from SEV-4 to SEV-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SEV level is an internal governance tool and does not replace the legal assessment of whether an incident is, for example, “significant” under the Swedish Cybersecurity Act or “major” under DORA. Regulatory screening is therefore a separate decision step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"crisis\"\u003eCyber crisis and communications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger incidents, technical incident handling is not enough. The Cyber Crisis plan establishes a crisis organisation with roles such as Incident Lead, Crisis Manager, Legal\/Compliance, Communications, DPO\/Privacy and Supplier Lead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes a reusable \u003cstrong\u003eSITREP\u003c\/strong\u003e for management, an audience matrix for employees\/customers\/authorities\/suppliers\/media, a customer-notification structure and a communications log. The pre-publication checklist reduces the risk of releasing unverified information or security details that could be exploited by an attacker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"evidence\"\u003eEvidence, chain of custody and technical containment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnical actions can destroy evidence if they are carried out without documentation. The package therefore includes a separate action register and chain-of-custody section for logs, disk\/memory data, cloud exports and other relevant evidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe document covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etime and time zone,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esource\/system and the person who collected the material,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ehash\/integrity reference where relevant,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003estorage location and access\/transfer history,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndicators of Compromise – IP address, domain, hash, account, process and TTP,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esupplier incidents and which logs\/evidence have been requested.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"recovery\"\u003eRecovery, continuity and Post-Incident Review\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recovery template uses clear reconnection gates: backups should be verified, clean installation sources available, compromised credentials rotated and the vulnerability or root cause addressed before systems are reconnected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter restoration, a Post-Incident Review is carried out covering root cause, contributing factors, what worked, what did not work, regulatory lessons and supplier lessons. Improvement actions are assigned an owner, priority, deadline and evidence requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eExcel register with automatic reporting clocks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel workbook is more than a list. It acts as an operational control panel and includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – open incidents, SEV-1\/2 and active reporting tracks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncident Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – detection, awareness, phase, impact and next update,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegulatory Deadlines\u003c\/strong\u003e – separate NIS2, GDPR and DORA clocks,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAction Log\u003c\/strong\u003e – containment, recovery, regulatory and communications actions,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Chain\u003c\/strong\u003e – chain of custody and integrity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommunications\u003c\/strong\u003e – version, audience, approval and evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContacts\u003c\/strong\u003e – incident team, authorities, suppliers, insurer and forensics,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Incident\u003c\/strong\u003e – PIR, remediation and residual risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, the Swedish Cybersecurity Act's 24-hour and 72-hour deadlines are calculated automatically from the recorded awareness time. DORA uses a separate formula that takes both awareness time and the time of classification as a major incident into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen the package is particularly useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ecompanies that want to establish a professional Incident Response process,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNIS2\/Swedish Cybersecurity Act-regulated entities that want to complement their broader NIS2 programme,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaaS, IT, MSP and cloud organisations,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eorganisations processing significant volumes of personal data,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efinancial entities that need to coordinate DORA with internal cyber-crisis management,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eorganisations with critical supplier and third-party dependencies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow this differs from Mallbutiken's other incident templates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eNIS2 Template Package\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the broader systematic cybersecurity programme. The \u003cstrong\u003eGDPR Personal Data Breach\u003c\/strong\u003e package goes deeper into Articles 33\/34 and the IMY process. This package instead focuses on \u003cstrong\u003ethe operational incident and cyber crisis as a whole\u003c\/strong\u003e – from the first alert to containment, regulatory triage, customer communications, recovery and Post-Incident Review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the package only for organisations covered by NIS2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Incident Response process can be used by most organisations. The Swedish Cybersecurity Act\/NIS2 track is activated only if the organisation and incident fall within that regulatory framework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre all cyber incidents reportable within 24 or 72 hours?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The deadlines apply only when the trigger criteria under the relevant framework are met. The package therefore contains separate screening and decision points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the same incident need to be reported under both NIS2 and GDPR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. An incident can simultaneously be significant under the Swedish Cybersecurity Act and constitute a reportable personal data breach. The two assessments should be carried out in parallel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs DORA included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as a separate cross-track for relevant financial entities. The package does not, however, replace a complete DORA compliance programme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven Word\/PDF templates are provided in a separate English version. The Excel register uses clear internationally usable incident fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel register is a central part of the product and includes automatic regulatory deadlines and registers for incidents, actions, evidence, communications and Post-Incident Review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 DOCX + 14 PDF + 1 XLSX = 29 delivery files.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per Word\/PDF format series across both language versions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item is shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"sources\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/cybersakerhetslag-20251506_sfs-2025-1506\/\"\u003eSwedish Cybersecurity Act (2025:1506)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN-SV\/ALL\/?uri=CELEX:32022L2555\"\u003eDirective (EU) 2022\/2555 – NIS2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.imy.se\/verksamhet\/dataskydd\/det-har-galler-enligt-gdpr\/personuppgiftsincidenter\/hantering-av-personuppgiftsincidenter\/\"\u003eIMY – Personal data breach handling\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fi.se\/sv\/marknad\/rapportering2\/ikt-risker-dora\/\"\u003eSwedish Financial Supervisory Authority – ICT risks and DORA\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/SV\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32025R0301\"\u003eCommission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025\/301 – DORA incident reporting\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The package is an operational and documentation aid. It does not automatically determine whether an organisation is subject to a particular regulatory framework or whether a specific incident meets a legal reporting threshold. Always verify the current sector, competent authority, regulations, contractual requirements and the actual incident circumstances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615332614486,"sku":"INCIDENT-RESPONSE-CYBER-CRISIS-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/incident-response-cyber-crisis-2026-2027.png?v=1791245747"},{"product_id":"gdpr-gallringspolicy-data-retention-2026-2027-svenska-english-retention-schedule-radering-excel","title":"GDPR Data Deletion Policy \u0026 Data Retention 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | Retention Schedule, Erasure \u0026 Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGDPR Data Deletion Policy \u0026amp; Data Retention 2026\/2027 – complete SV\/EN package with Word, PDF \u0026amp; Excel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete operational template package for companies and organizations that need to introduce, document, and actually comply with the \u003cstrong\u003eGDPR principle of storage limitation\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package helps the organization move from “we should delete data” to a controlled process with a retention schedule, deletion routines, legal holds, processor control, backup management, and measurable follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Swedish + English:\u003c\/strong\u003e seven templates are available in both languages and are delivered in both editable Word format and PDF. Also included is an advanced Excel register for ongoing management. In total, you get \u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates + 1 Excel register = 29 delivery files\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#byggd-for\"\u003eBuilt for actual deletion – not just a policy\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#lagringsminimering\"\u003eGDPR storage limitation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#retention\"\u003eRetention Schedule and storage period assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#radering\"\u003eDeletion, anonymization, and backup\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#legal-hold\"\u003eLegal hold and legal claims\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#bitraden\"\u003eSystems and data processors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel register and Dashboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package has been reviewed against the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679, the Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection (IMY) current guidance on storage limitation and deletion, as well as relevant Swedish retention rules, including the Accounting Act and the Statute of Limitations Act. The templates are designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eTemplate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSV\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eUsage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Plan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRoles, inventory, decision model, and implementation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetention Policy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eGoverning rules for storage, deletion, anonymization, and exemptions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetention Schedule\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eJustify storage time per processing, trigger, and legal basis.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeletion \u0026amp; Anonymization Routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eOperational deletion, deletion log, verification, and backup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLegal Hold \u0026amp; Deletion Exemptions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDefined exemptions for legal claims, investigations, and audits.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSystem, Processor \u0026amp; Backup Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eSaaS, subprocessors, soft delete, cache, backup, and deletion evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eWord\/PDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step from inventory to verified deletion.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGDPR Data Retention Register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard + operational registers with formulas and follow-up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"byggd-for\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for actual deletion – not just a policy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMany organizations have a statement about “personal data being stored as long as necessary” but lack the connection between purpose, storage time, system settings, and actual deletion. This package ties together the \u003cstrong\u003elaw, retention schedule, technical systems, data processors, backup, and proof of completed deletion\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"lagringsminimering\"\u003eGDPR principle of storage limitation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 5.1(e) of the GDPR means that personal data must not be kept in a form which permits identification of data subjects for longer than is necessary for the purposes for which the personal data are processed. When the data is no longer needed, it must, as a general rule, be deleted or de-identified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IMY emphasizes that organizations should determine how long different personal data may be stored and have functioning routines for deletion, for example through regular checks or automated deletion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThere is no general “save everything for X years” rule\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA central part of the package is therefore a \u003cstrong\u003eretention assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each storage period is linked to a clear purpose, legal basis, retention trigger, and a justification of why that specific time is necessary. Where there are specific legal requirements, they are documented separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"retention\"\u003eRetention Schedule – connecting law to real systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Retention Schedule template helps the business to document, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprocessing and purpose,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal basis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edata subjects and data categories,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esystems and data processors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eretention trigger – e.g., end of contract, case closure, or latest activity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estorage period or event-based rule,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enecessity assessment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003estatutory retention requirements,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal claims\/legal hold,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeletion\/anonymization method,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ereview date and responsible party.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGDPR Article 30 also states that the record of processing activities shall, where possible, include the envisaged time limits for erasure of different categories of personal data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"radering\"\u003eDeletion, anonymization, pseudonymization, and backup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package clearly distinguishes between several technically and legally different actions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard delete \/ purge\u003c\/strong\u003e – the data is deleted from the operational system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnonymization\u003c\/strong\u003e – identification is removed in a way that makes re-identification not reasonably possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePseudonymization\u003c\/strong\u003e – reduces risk, but the data is still personal data and therefore does not count as final deletion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifecycle\/TTL\u003c\/strong\u003e – automatic deletion of, for example, logs or object storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup expiry\u003c\/strong\u003e – secure deletion through scheduled rotation instead of permanent parallel archiving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBackup must not become a hidden permanent archive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe system and backup control documents, among other things, the retention of the backup, whether granular deletion is possible, what happens during a restore, and how the organization ensures that previous deletion decisions are reapplied after a restore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"legal-hold\"\u003eLegal hold and legal claims\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn certain situations, the organization may need to retain data longer in order to establish, exercise, or defend legal claims. The package therefore contains a separate legal hold template that requires a defined decision with affected individuals, systems, data categories, start date, and review date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swedish Statute of Limitations Act generally has a ten-year limitation period for claims and normally three years for certain consumer claims. However, this does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e automatically mean that all personal data should be saved for ten or three years. Retention must still be necessary and proportionate for the specific claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccounting – seven years does not mean all customer data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Accounting Act requires that accounting information be preserved until the end of the seventh year after the end of the calendar year in which the financial year ended. It is therefore important to distinguish between the actual accounting information and other operational customer data that is not covered by the same requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package's policy and retention schedule therefore have separate fields to document \u003cstrong\u003ewhat type of document or information is actually covered by the specific retention requirement\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHR and former employees\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IMY emphasizes to employers that personal data about employees may only be stored as long as necessary for the purpose and that the employer needs to have established times and routines for deletion. When data must be retained due to, for example, legal requirements, access and authorization should be restricted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"bitraden\"\u003eSystems and data processors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA well-written policy does not help if the SaaS platform cannot delete data. Therefore, the package includes a technical verification template for system owners and data processors with checks for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eindividual deletion,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eTTL\/lifecycle policies,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esoft delete,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esearch index and cache,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebackup retention,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003econtract termination,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esubprocessors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003edeletion certificate\/evidence,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erestore process and re-application of deletion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eExcel register with Dashboard and automatic follow-up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe included XLSX file is built for ongoing use and contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with KPIs for overdue deletion, legal holds, erasure requests, and system gaps,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eProcessing Register,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eRetention Schedule,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDeletion Queue with automatic calculation of deletion dates,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eLegal Holds,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eErasure Requests with automatic response deadline,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eSystems \u0026amp; Processors,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eBackup \u0026amp; Archives,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eDeletion Log,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eEvidence Checklist and Sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"radering\"\u003eThe right to erasure and retention are not the same thing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 17 of the GDPR provides a right to erasure in certain situations but also contains exceptions, for example when processing is necessary for compliance with a legal obligation or for the establishment, exercise, or defense of legal claims. The package's erasure request register therefore helps to distinguish between \u003cstrong\u003ethe data subject's request\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eorganization's regular deletion schedule\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a general GDPR rule that personal data must be saved for, for example, two or five years?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. As a general rule, the storage period must be derived from the purpose, necessity, and legal basis. Specific legislation may, however, require that certain information or documents be preserved for a certain time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould all customer information be saved for seven years due to the Accounting Act?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Accounting Act's retention requirements apply to accounting information. Other customer information must be assessed based on its own purpose and legal basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs pseudonymization the same thing as deletion?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Pseudonymized data is usually still personal data. Pseudonymization can reduce risk but does not replace final deletion when the retention period has expired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should backup be handled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBackup needs a documented retention and rotation model. It is also important to define what happens if an older backup is restored so that previously deleted personal data is not permanently reintroduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan we stop deletion in the event of a dispute?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in some cases a defined legal hold may be justified. It should be documented, proportionate, and reviewed regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven templates are available in a separate English version within a Swedish\/EU legal context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is one of the products where Excel is central to operational management and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 DOCX + 14 PDF + 1 XLSX = 29 files.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per Word\/PDF format series across SV+EN.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical item will be sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and authority sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN-SV\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32016R0679\"\u003eGeneral Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016\/679 – specifically Articles 5, 13, 14, 17, and 30\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.imy.se\/vanliga-fragor-och-svar\/hur-lange-far-vi-spara-uppgifter\/\"\u003eIMY – How long may we store personal data?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.imy.se\/verksamhet\/dataskydd\/det-har-galler-enligt-gdpr\/grundlaggande-principer\/\"\u003eIMY – Basic principles under the GDPR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.riksdagen.se\/sv\/dokument-och-lagar\/dokument\/svensk-forfattningssamling\/bokforingslag-19991078_sfs-1999-1078\/\"\u003eAccounting Act (1999:1078)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/data.riksdagen.se\/dokument\/sfs-1981-130.html\"\u003eStatute of Limitations Act (1981:130)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template package is a general compliance tool. Organizations with specific archival, medical record, supervisory, labor law, or sector-specific regulations need to supplement the retention schedule with the rules that apply to their specific operations.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615364661590,"sku":"GDPR-RETENTION-GALLRING-2026-2027","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/gdpr-gallring-data-retention-2026-2027.png?v=1791247029"},{"product_id":"dsa-marketplace-compliance-2026-2027-svenska-english-kybc-notice-action-artikel-31-32-word-pdf-excel","title":"DSA Marketplace Compliance 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | KYBC, Notice \u0026 Action, Articles 31–32 Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDSA Marketplace Compliance 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete compliance package for \u003cstrong\u003eonline marketplaces and digital platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e that need to work in a structured manner with the EU's \u003cstrong\u003eDigital Services Act (DSA), Regulation (EU) 2022\/2065\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is specifically designed for platforms that enable consumers in the EU to enter into distance contracts with traders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package combines legal application assessment, \u003cstrong\u003etrader traceability\/KYBC\u003c\/strong\u003e, notice-and-action, statements of reasons, internal complaint handling, compliance-by-design, listing-audit, consumer information pursuant to Article 32, and an operational Excel register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all seven documents are available in Swedish and English. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates, 28 Word\/PDF files + 1 Excel register = 29 delivery files in total\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#byggd-for\"\u003eBuilt for a complete DSA marketplace flow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#scope\"\u003eWhich DSA rules apply to your platform?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel30\"\u003eArticle 30 – trader traceability\/KYBC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel16\"\u003eArticle 16–17 – notice \u0026amp; action and statement of reasons\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel20\"\u003eArticle 20–21 – complaints and redress\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel31\"\u003eArticle 31 – compliance by design\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#artikel32\"\u003eArticle 32 – illegal products\/services\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eThe Excel register\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package has been reviewed against the current Digital Services Act, relevant EU guidance, and Swedish supervisory information from PTS. The DSA has been fully applied since \u003cstrong\u003eFebruary 17, 2024\u003c\/strong\u003e. The templates are designed for use during \u003cstrong\u003e2026\/2027\u003c\/strong\u003e, but actual obligations always depend on the type of service, company size, any exemptions, and whether the platform is a VLOP\/VLOSE.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eIncluded in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Plan \u0026amp; Application Assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eService classification, micro\/SME exemptions, VLOP status, responsibilities, and release gate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrader Traceability \u0026amp; KYBC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 30 onboarding, register check, ID, payment account, and self-certification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotice \u0026amp; Action + Statement of Reasons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 16–17: reporting illegal content, processing, moderation decisions, and justification.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Complaint Handling \u0026amp; Redress\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 20–21: six-month window, reconsideration, and out-of-court dispute settlement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance by Design \u0026amp; Listing Audit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 31: mandatory listing fields, pre-publish check, and random post-checks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIllegal Product\/Service – Consumer Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eArticle 32: six-month purchase window, direct information, public notice, and redress.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step from scope assessment to operational drift and supervisory evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDSA Marketplace Compliance Register.xlsx\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\" colspan=\"2\"\u003eCommon operational register\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard, traders, notices, moderation, complaints, listing audit, article 32, and evidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"byggd-for\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for a complete DSA marketplace flow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe DSA is layered. An online marketplace can simultaneously be a \u003cstrong\u003ehosting service, online platform, and marketplace\u003c\/strong\u003e. Therefore, a single “DSA policy” is not enough. The package links together \u003cstrong\u003escope assessment, trader onboarding, illegal-content notices, moderation decisions, complaints, listing-compliance, product checks, and consumer information\u003c\/strong\u003e in the same operational model.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"scope\"\u003eWhich DSA rules apply to your platform?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe DSA applies to intermediary services offered to recipients in the EU. The exact level of obligation depends on the type of service the platform provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHosting services\u003c\/strong\u003e are covered by, among other things, notice-and-action under Article 16 and statements of reasons under Article 17.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e are covered by additional rules, but Article 19 contains an important exemption for micro and small enterprises, except when the platform is designated as a VLOP.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline marketplaces\u003c\/strong\u003e that allow consumers to enter into distance contracts with traders are covered by Articles 30–32 when these rules are applicable. Article 29 contains a separate micro\/SME exemption, also with exceptions for VLOPs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe compliance plan therefore contains a specific classification matrix so that the business does not activate the wrong requirements or miss obligations that apply despite the SME exemption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel30\"\u003eArticle 30 – trader traceability and KYBC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 30 requires that an online marketplace, when the provision applies, collects specific information about the trader \u003cstrong\u003ebefore\u003c\/strong\u003e they are allowed to use the platform to offer products or services to consumers in the EU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains fields and control steps for, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ename, address, phone number, and email,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eID document or relevant electronic identification,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epayment account details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003etrade register\/public register and registration number,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe trader's self-declaration to only offer products\/services that comply with applicable EU law,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003everification against official databases and reliable documents,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emismatch, correction requests, restrictions, and onboarding decisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 30(7) is handled separately: the information that must be displayed publicly must be made clear, easily accessible, and understandable, at least on the page where the product\/service information is displayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel16\"\u003eArticle 16–17 – notice \u0026amp; action and statement of reasons\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHosting services must provide an electronic and user-friendly mechanism where individuals and organizations can notify specific information they consider to be illegal. The package structures this notification so that, for example, exact URL, legal justification, the notifier's contact details, and a good-faith statement can be documented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe workflow then continues with assessment, decision, and \u003cstrong\u003estatement of reasons\u003c\/strong\u003e. The templates capture, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe restriction taken,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eterritorial scope and duration,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe facts and circumstances the decision is based on,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elegal or contractual basis,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ewhether automated means have been used,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eavailable opportunities for reconsideration and redress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor online platforms covered by Article 24(5), the package also includes a check of whether the statement of reasons should be submitted to the European Commission's \u003cstrong\u003eDSA Transparency Database\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel20\"\u003eArticle 20–21 – internal complaints and redress\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen Article 20 applies, affected users and certain reporters must have access to an effective, electronic, and cost-free internal complaint system for at least \u003cstrong\u003esix months\u003c\/strong\u003e from the relevant decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template therefore automatically includes six-month windows in the Excel register and a reconsideration checklist for, among other things, new information, proportionality, risk of discrimination, automation, and decisions to uphold, modify, or overturn the previous action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe decision must also inform about available out-of-court dispute settlement pursuant to Article 21 and other avenues for redress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel31\"\u003eArticle 31 – compliance by design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor online marketplaces covered by Article 31, the interface must be designed so that traders can provide necessary information about, for example, product\/service, trader, economic operator, and relevant labeling or safety information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a concrete listing audit for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003emandatory publication fields,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003epre-publish completeness check,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eproduct\/service identification and images,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eeconomic operator and contact details,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003elabeling and safety information,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erandom post-checks against official, freely available, and machine-readable databases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor consumer products, there is also a clear link to the GPSR so that DSA Article 31 and the product safety process can share control libraries without confusing the regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"artikel32\"\u003eArticle 32 – when an illegal product or service has already been sold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the marketplace becomes aware that a trader has offered an illegal product or service, it must, to the extent contact information is available, inform consumers who purchased it via the platform during the \u003cstrong\u003esix months\u003c\/strong\u003e preceding the knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe information must include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethat the product or service is illegal,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ethe trader's identity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003erelevant opportunities for redress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the platform lacks contact information for all affected consumers, corresponding information must be made public and easily accessible on the platform's interface. The package therefore contains both a direct-notice and public-notice log.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwedish DSA supervision\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSwedish Post and Telecom Authority (PTS)\u003c\/strong\u003e is Sweden's Digital Services Coordinator. Supervision is shared between PTS, the Swedish Consumer Agency (Konsumentverket), and the Swedish Press and Broadcasting Authority, depending on the DSA provision. According to PTS, the Swedish Consumer Agency has, among other things, supervisory responsibility for Articles 31 and 32.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe user guide therefore helps the business document which competent authority is relevant in the specific case, rather than assuming that the same authority handles all DSA matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eDSA Marketplace Compliance Register – Excel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel file is intended as an operational system-of-record and contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – open traders, notices, decisions, complaints, and Article 32 cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope \u0026amp; Exemptions\u003c\/strong\u003e – service classification and Article 19\/29 exemptions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrader Register\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eTrader Verification\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotice \u0026amp; Action\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eModeration Decisions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplaints \u0026amp; Redress\u003c\/strong\u003e with automatic six-month windows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eListing Audit\u003c\/strong\u003e for Article 31.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIllegal Product Cases\u003c\/strong\u003e with automatic purchase cut-off six months back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparency Metrics\u003c\/strong\u003e for, among other things, notices, decisions, complaints, and statements of reasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSources\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about DSA Marketplace Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the DSA apply to all marketplaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe DSA fundamentally covers intermediary services offered to recipients in the EU, but the concrete obligations vary significantly depending on the type of service and size. Therefore, the package always starts with an application assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre small marketplaces exempt from everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Article 19 and Article 29 contain specific exemptions for certain micro and small enterprises, but these apply to different sections. Hosting obligations such as notice-and-action under Article 16 and statements of reasons under Article 17 must be assessed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is KYBC in the DSA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the practical verification of the trader information required by Article 30 before a trader is allowed to sell via the marketplace, including identity, registry data, payment account, and self-certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMust the marketplace check that every product is legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 31 does not require general monitoring or full product certification. The platform must, among other things, build an interface that enables correct information, make best efforts to verify that the information has been provided, and make reasonable random checks against relevant official databases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long can a DSA complaint be submitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen Article 20 applies, the internal complaint system must be available for relevant complaints for at least six months from the decision in question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if an illegal product has already been sold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArticle 32 requires specific information to affected consumers for purchases during the six months preceding the platform's knowledge, as well as public information when direct contact is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English documents included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven documents are available in both Swedish and English versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel register is a central part of the package and contains practical registers, status fields, data validation, and automatic six-month calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 Word\/PDF files + 1 Excel register = 29 files total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 A4 pages per Word\/PDF format series across Swedish + English.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical goods are sent.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and regulatory sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/eli\/reg\/2022\/2065\"\u003eRegulation (EU) 2022\/2065 – Digital Services Act\u003c\/a\u003e, especially Articles 14, 16–17, 19–21, 24, 29–32, 33, and 93.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/policies\/digital-services-act\"\u003eEuropean Commission – Digital Services Act\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/policies\/dsa-notice-and-action-mechanism\"\u003eEuropean Commission – Notice \u0026amp; Action\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu\/en\/faqs\/dsa-transparency-database-questions-and-answers\"\u003eEuropean Commission – DSA Transparency Database\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pts.se\/internet-och-telefoni\/dsa-forordningen---regler-om-digitala-tjanster-for-en-sakrare-onlinemiljo\/\"\u003ePTS – DSA Regulation\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The DSA is a complex layered regulatory framework. In cases of unclear service classification, micro\/SME exemptions, VLOP\/VLOSE status, regulatory orders, suspected criminal activity, systematic trader violations, or cross-border supervision, specialized legal advice should be sought.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615403295062,"sku":"DSA-MARKETPLACE-COMPLIANCE-2026-2027","price":149.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/dsa-marketplace-compliance-2026-2027.png?v=1791248315"},{"product_id":"leverantorskod-esg-due-diligence-2026-2027-svenska-english-csddd-readiness-ddq-cap-word-pdf-excel","title":"Supplier Code \u0026 ESG Due Diligence 2026\/2027 – Swedish + English | CSDDD Readiness, DDQ \u0026 CAP Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003cdiv id=\"om-dokumentmallen\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier Code \u0026amp; ESG Due Diligence 2026\/2027 – complete 2-in-1 package in Swedish + English\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete work and document package for companies wanting to build a professional, risk-based process for \u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Code of Conduct, supplier due diligence, human rights, environmental risks, forced-labour risks, DDQ, CAP, audits, and grievances\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is specifically designed for procurement, compliance, ESG, legal, quality, and management. It serves both as a practical tool for companies already meeting customer or group requirements for supplier due diligence and as \u003cstrong\u003eCSDDD-readiness\u003c\/strong\u003e ahead of upcoming national implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1:\u003c\/strong\u003e all seven documents are provided in separate Swedish and English versions. You receive \u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates in Word + PDF, as well as an advanced Excel register – 29 delivery files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cnav aria-label=\"About the document template\" style=\"border:1px solid #dbe4ea;padding:16px;border-radius:10px;background:#f7fafc;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the document template\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#granskad\"\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed 2026\/2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#riskbaserad\"\u003eBuilt for risk-based supplier management\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#csddd\"\u003eCSDDD after the EU's 2026 amendment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#forced-labour\"\u003eForced Labour Regulation 2027\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#supplier-code\"\u003eSupplier Code of Conduct\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#ddq\"\u003eSupplier DDQ and risk assessment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#cap\"\u003eCAP, remediation, and audit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#excel\"\u003eExcel register and dashboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and sources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/nav\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"granskad\" style=\"border:1px solid #b7dec5;background:#e9f6ee;padding:18px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegally and operationally reviewed: October 6, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package is updated according to \u003cstrong\u003eDirective (EU) 2026\/470\u003c\/strong\u003e, which amended the CSDDD's scope, data collection principles, monitoring, and application date. It also takes into account \u003cstrong\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/3015 on products made with forced labour\u003c\/strong\u003e and the European Commission guidelines published in September 2026. The package is relevant for 2026\/2027 but should always be adapted to the specific jurisdiction, sector, contractual relationship, and risk.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"detta-ingar\"\u003eWhat is included in the package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eDocument\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eSwedish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eEnglish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\u003cth style=\"text-align:left;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;background:#15324b;color:#fff;\"\u003eUsage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Plan \u0026amp; CSDDD-readiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eScope, governance, roles, implementation, and 2027-readiness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Code of Conduct\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eHuman rights, working conditions, environment, ethics, notification, and CAP.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Due Diligence Questionnaire – DDQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRisk-based supplier questionnaire with evidence fields.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Assessment \u0026amp; Segmentation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eCountry, sector, workforce, complexity, evidence, and criticality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrective Action Plan – CAP \u0026amp; Remediation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eRoot cause, action, deadline, verification, remediation, and escalation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAudit, Monitoring \u0026amp; Grievance Procedure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eAudit program, evidence, findings, complaints, and review frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed User Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eStep-by-step from scope to supplier register, CAP, and 2027-readiness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier ESG Due Diligence Register\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eExcel (XLSX)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:10px;\"\u003eDashboard, supplier register, scoring, DDQ, CAP, audit, grievance, and forced-labour readiness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv id=\"riskbaserad\" style=\"background:#fff4cc;border-left:5px solid #d9a800;padding:20px;border-radius:8px;margin:22px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size:1.1em;\"\u003eBuilt for risk-based supplier management – not checkbox compliance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe package starts with a supplier register and risk segmentation. More comprehensive DDQ, audit, and evidence requirements are only used where the risk profile warrants it. This is particularly important following the EU's 2026 amendment to the CSDDD, which explicitly limits unnecessary information requests directed at smaller business partners.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeparate from a standard supplier agreement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe template store already offers a separate supplier agreement for commercial terms such as price, delivery, warranty, SLA, liability, and ordering processes. This product serves a different function: \u003cstrong\u003eresponsible purchasing and documented supplier due diligence\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Supplier Code can therefore be attached to an existing Supplier Agreement or accepted separately. The user guide describes how version numbers, audit\/verification rights, the CAP process, notification requirements, and consequences for material breach can be linked to the main agreement without turning every minor deviation into an automatic ground for termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"csddd\"\u003eCSDDD after the EU's 2026 amendment – correct timeline and correct scope\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCSDDD – Directive (EU) 2024\/1760 – was materially amended by \u003cstrong\u003eDirective (EU) 2026\/470\u003c\/strong\u003e. For EU companies, the main threshold is now companies with \u003cstrong\u003emore than 5,000 employees\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003emore than 1.5 billion euros in global net turnover\u003c\/strong\u003e. Specific rules apply to groups, third-country companies, and certain franchise\/license models, among others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the current directive text, member states must adopt implementation rules no later than July 26, 2028, and \u003cstrong\u003eapply them from July 26, 2029\u003c\/strong\u003e. The product is therefore deliberately marketed as \u003cstrong\u003eCSDDD-readiness\u003c\/strong\u003e for 2026\/2027 – not as if every Swedish company already had a statutory CSDDD requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInformation requirements for smaller suppliers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDirective (EU) 2026\/470 limits the trickle-down effect. For in-depth assessments, information from business partners should only be requested when necessary. For business partners with \u003cstrong\u003efewer than 5,000 employees\u003c\/strong\u003e, information under the new model should only be requested when it cannot reasonably be obtained by other means.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is built into the package's approach: use public sources, existing evidence, and certifications first, and then send a targeted DDQ when risk or information gaps actually justify it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitoring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFollowing the 2026 amendment, Article 15 of the CSDDD states that formal periodic assessments shall be conducted after significant changes, in the event of new risks, and at least every \u003cstrong\u003efive years\u003c\/strong\u003e. Operational procurement work may simultaneously require more frequent reviews of high-risk suppliers. Therefore, the Excel register allows the user to set an individual review frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVoluntary model clauses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the amended CSDDD, the European Commission is to adopt guidance on voluntary model clauses no later than \u003cstrong\u003eJuly 26, 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e. The package is therefore version-controlled so that contractual annexes can be updated once this guidance is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"forced-labour\"\u003eForced Labour Regulation – important as early as 2027\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/3015\u003c\/strong\u003e prohibits products made with forced labour from being placed on or made available on the EU market, or exported from the EU. The regulation primarily begins to apply on \u003cstrong\u003eDecember 14, 2027\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe European Commission guidelines from September 2026 contain practical guidance on voluntary due diligence regarding forced labour. The guidelines do not in themselves create a general due diligence requirement, but describe how companies can mitigate risk through, for example, supplier policies, risk-based screening, contractual requirements, worker voice, audits, corrective actions, and follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel register therefore contains a separate sheet for \u003cstrong\u003eForced Labour Readiness\u003c\/strong\u003e, including recruitment fees, migrant\/staffing risk, state-imposed forced labour, traceability, and high-risk indicators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"supplier-code\"\u003eSupplier Code of Conduct – ready-to-use supplier code\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Supplier Code covers, among other things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eprohibitions against forced labour, human trafficking, and improper recruitment fees,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003echild labour and protection for young workers,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ediscrimination, harassment, and retaliation,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003efreedom of association and collective bargaining,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eworking hours, rest, wages, and overtime,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ehealth, safety, and working environment,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eenvironmental permits, chemicals, waste, emissions, and resource risk,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ebribery, fraud, conflicts of interest, and business ethics,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esanctions, export control, and competition law,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esub-suppliers and risk-based cascading,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003enotification, audit, CAP, and remediation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"ddq\"\u003eSupplier DDQ – questions when the risk profile requires more data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe DDQ template contains fields for company profile, production countries, ownership structure, workforce, staffing, migrant labour, recruitment fees, ID documents, working hours, wages, child labour, working environment, environmental permits, sub-suppliers, whistleblowing, anti-corruption, and risk management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe point is not to collect maximum data. The user guide shows how the DDQ is used selectively for medium\/high-risk suppliers or when public and existing sources are insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRisk assessment with a practical 1–5 model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate risk template and Excel file assess six main factors:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecountry\/region,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esector\/commodity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eworkforce model,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003esupply chain complexity,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003eevidence quality,\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003ecriticality and leverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel file automatically calculates the total score and risk class – \u003cstrong\u003eLow \/ Medium \/ High \/ Critical\u003c\/strong\u003e – while the professional assessment is still documented in free text.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"cap\"\u003eCAP, remediation, audit, and grievance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCorrective Action Plan\u003c\/strong\u003e includes root cause, action, responsible party, deadline, verification method, residual risk, and remediation assessment. Support is also provided for decisions regarding continued relationship, stop-orders, suspension, or controlled termination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe audit\/monitoring template includes desktop, remote, on-site, and independent audit, worker interviews, evidence logs, findings, severity, and a grievance log. This makes the package useful even for companies not subject to the CSDDD but wanting a robust procurement governance process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"excel\"\u003eAdvanced Excel register for the entire supplier process\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excel workbook contains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e – KPI for suppliers, risk, DDQ, CAP, audits, grievances, and forced-labour readiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – country, category, spend, criticality, Code acceptance, and responsible party.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisk Assessment\u003c\/strong\u003e – six risk factors with automatic total score and risk class.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDDQ Tracker\u003c\/strong\u003e – sent\/received DDQ, results, evidence quality, and follow-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCode Acceptance\u003c\/strong\u003e – version control and link to the main agreement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFindings \u0026amp; CAP\u003c\/strong\u003e – deviation, root cause, action, deadline, and remediation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAudit Register\u003c\/strong\u003e – planned\/completed audit and next review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrievances\u003c\/strong\u003e – notifications, worker voice, and investigation status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eForced Labour Readiness\u003c\/strong\u003e – dedicated 2027 preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvidence Checklist\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSources\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"faq\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes CSDDD already apply to all Swedish companies in 2026?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. After the 2026 amendment, the CSDDD's main scope is much narrower, and member states' implementation rules are to be applied from July 26, 2029, according to the current EU directive. The package is therefore clearly marked as CSDDD-readiness for cases where the company does not already have other contractual or customer-driven obligations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a smaller company use the package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The package is explicitly built for proportional use. Smaller companies can use the supplier code, risk register, DDQ, and CAP based on their actual risk and resource level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Supplier Code replace a supplier agreement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Supplier Code mainly regulates conduct, due diligence, and risk. Commercial terms should be in a separate supplier agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Swedish and English included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All seven documents are available as separate Swedish and English versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Excel included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A complete XLSX register with a dashboard and operational follow-up is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Forced Labour Regulation a general due diligence requirement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe regulation prohibits products made with forced labour from the EU market\/export. The Commission's 2026 guidelines on due diligence are indicative and voluntary in themselves. The package uses them as practical risk-mitigation support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFormat and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 document templates\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7 Swedish + 7 English.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 DOCX + 14 PDF + 1 XLSX = 29 files in total.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWord (DOCX) + PDF + Excel (XLSX).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30 A4 pages per Word\/PDF format series across Swedish + English.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigital product – no physical goods are shipped.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"kallor\"\u003eLegal basis and official sources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:02024L1760-20260318\"\u003eCSDDD – consolidated directive text, March 18, 2026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32026L0470\"\u003eDirective (EU) 2026\/470\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.consilium.europa.eu\/en\/press\/press-releases\/2026\/02\/24\/council-signs-off-simplification-of-sustainability-reporting-and-due-diligence-requirements-to-boost-eu-competitiveness\/\"\u003eEU Council – simplification of sustainability due diligence 2026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:32024R3015\"\u003eRegulation (EU) 2024\/3015 – Forced Labour Regulation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eur-lex.europa.eu\/legal-content\/EN\/TXT\/?uri=CELEX:52026XC04637\"\u003eEuropean Commission Forced Labour Guidelines, September 2026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mneguidelines.oecd.org\/due-diligence-guidance-for-responsible-business-conduct.htm\"\u003eOECD Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Business Conduct\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#f3f5f7;border:1px solid #d5dde3;padding:16px;border-radius:8px;margin-top:20px;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The template package is general. In cases involving credible allegations of forced labour, child labour, serious human rights violations, government investigations, sanctions, complex high-risk chains, or uncertainty regarding CSDDD scope, specialist advice should be sought.\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615445533014,"sku":"SUPPLIER-ESG-DD-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/supplier-code-esg-due-diligence-2026-2027.png?v=1791250106"},{"product_id":"kravbrev-betalningspaminnelse-2026-2027-svenska-english-b2b-konsument-ranta-inkasso-word-pdf-excel","title":"Kravbrev \u0026 Betalningspåminnelse 2026\/2027 – Svenska + English | B2B, Konsument, Ränta \u0026 Inkasso Word\/PDF\/Excel","description":"\n\u003ch2\u003eKravbrev \u0026amp; Betalningspåminnelse 2026\/2027 – komplett mallpaket för egen fordringshantering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDet här är ett professionellt 2-i-1-paket för företag och andra borgenärer som behöver hantera förfallna \u003cstrong\u003eegna fordringar\u003c\/strong\u003e på ett strukturerat sätt enligt svensk rätt. Paketet innehåller svenska och engelska Word- och PDF-mallar samt ett avancerat Excel-register för uppföljning av fordringar, ränta, avgifter, bestridanden och betalningsplaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background:#e9f6ee;border-left:4px solid #2c5d7c;padding:14px 16px;margin:18px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJuridiskt granskat: 6 oktober 2026.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPaketet skiljer mellan betalningspåminnelse, inkassokrav, B2B-förseningsersättning, dröjsmålsränta och tvistiga fordringar. Det är utformat för egen fordringshantering och ersätter inte individuell juridisk rådgivning.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDet här ingår\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 redigerbara Word-mallar\u003c\/strong\u003e – 8 svenska + 8 engelska.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 motsvarande PDF-filer\u003c\/strong\u003e för utskrift, arkivering och referens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Excel-register\u003c\/strong\u003e med dashboard, fordringsregister, ränteberäkning, avgiftskontroll, betalningsplaner, bestridanden och legal readiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33 leveransfiler totalt.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMallarna i paketet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetalningspåminnelse – konsument \/ Payment Reminder – Consumer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetalningspåminnelse – B2B \/ Payment Reminder – B2B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInkassokrav – egen konsumentfordran \/ Collection Demand – Own Consumer Claim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInkassokrav – egen B2B-fordran \/ Collection Demand – Own B2B Claim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRänte- och kostnadsspecifikation \/ Late Interest \u0026amp; Cost Statement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmorteringsplan \/ betalningsplan \/ Payment Plan Agreement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBorgenärens svar på bestridande \/ Creditor Response to Objection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnvändarguide \/ User Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eViktiga juridiska kontroller som är inbyggda\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePåminnelseavgift:\u003c\/strong\u003e paketet utgår inte från att 60 kr alltid får läggas på. Rätten till påminnelseavgift behöver normalt ha avtalats senast när skulden uppkom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInkassokrav:\u003c\/strong\u003e mallarna separerar kapital, ränta och kostnader och innehåller fält för räntesats, ränteperiod, betalningsfrist och invändningskanal enligt strukturen i 5 § inkassolagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInkassokostnad:\u003c\/strong\u003e när lagens villkor är uppfyllda är den normala schablonen högst 180 kr för inkassokrav och 170 kr för upprättande av skriftlig amorteringsplan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eB2B-förseningsersättning:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 kr kan vara tillämpligt vid kvalificerade handelstransaktioner mellan näringsidkare eller mot offentligt organ. Paketet varnar uttryckligen för dubbel ersättning när andra schablonkostnader också används.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDröjsmålsränta:\u003c\/strong\u003e ränteunderlaget stödjer den generella modellen i räntelagen med gällande referensränta + 8 procentenheter när den lagregeln är tillämplig. Avtal och speciallagstiftning kan ge annat resultat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBestridande:\u003c\/strong\u003e separat mall och Excel-status hjälper användaren att stoppa automatisk indrivning och göra en saklig kontroll när gäldenären invänder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExcel – fordringsregister och kontroll\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArbetsboken innehåller bland annat:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClaims Register \/ Fordringsregister\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterest Calculator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFees \u0026amp; Compensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePayment Plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisputes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnforcement Readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSettings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEgen fordran kontra inkassoverksamhet åt andra\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInkassolagen omfattar indrivning av egna och andras fordringar. Tillståndsplikten träffar framför allt indrivning för någon annans räkning eller fordringar som övertagits för indrivning. Detta paket är därför primärt utformat för \u003cstrong\u003eegen fordran\u003c\/strong\u003e. Den som driver inkassoverksamhet åt andra behöver göra en separat tillståndsbedömning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKonsumentkredit – särskild kontroll\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKonsumentkredit är ett specialområde. Den nya konsumentkreditlagen (2026:1011) träder i kraft den 20 november 2026 och särskilda regler kan begränsa ränta och andra dröjsmålskostnader. Paketet innehåller därför tydliga varningar om att generella regler inte ska användas mekaniskt på konsumentkredit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFör vem passar paketet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmå och medelstora företag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEkonomi- och redovisningsfunktioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKonsulter och byråer som hanterar egna kundfordringar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastighets-, service-, handels- och e-handelsföretag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFöretag som vill standardisera sin interna kravprocess\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRättslig grund och källor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInkassolag (1974:182), särskilt 1–8 §§\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLag (1981:739) om ersättning för inkassokostnader m.m.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRäntelag (1975:635)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKonsumentkreditlag (2026:1011) där den är tillämplig från 20 november 2026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinansinspektionens tillsyn och tillståndsregler för inkassoverksamhet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKronofogdens regler om betalningsföreläggande och verkställighet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFormat och leverans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital nedladdningsprodukt. Word-filerna kan redigeras i moderna Word-kompatibla program. PDF-filerna fungerar som fasta referensversioner och Excel-filen som löpande kontrollregister. Kontrollera alltid uppdaterad ränta, avtalsvillkor och den enskilda fordringens rättsliga grund innan utskick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Svenska Dokumentmallar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55615976374614,"sku":"KRAVBREV-PAMINNELSE-2026-2027","price":79.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0827\/2373\/3846\/files\/kravbrev-betalningspaminnelse-2026-2027.png?v=1791265951"}],"url":"https:\/\/mallbutiken.se\/en\/collections\/foretagsavtal-mallar.oembed?page=2","provider":"Mallbutiken","version":"1.0","type":"link"}